Today’s News 5th December 2018

  • Putin Initiates Trilateral Summit With India And China

    Authored by Melkulangara Bhadrakumar via The Strategic Culture Foundation,

    The trilateral summit meeting of Russia, India and China on the sidelines of the G20 at Buenos Aires on December 1 becomes a landmark event in Asian security and global politics. The so-called RIC format has taken a big leap forward with the leaderships of the three countries agreeing “to hold further such trilateral meetings on multilateral occasions” – to quote from an Indian External Affairs Ministry statement.

    What is of particular interest is that Russian President Vladimir Putin took the initiative and both Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi and Chinese Presdient Xi Jinping instinctively warmed up to the idea. The three leaders were intensely conscious of the backdrop in which the meeting took place.

    They referred to the imperatives of cooperation and coordination between their countries in meeting the challenges to security and development. Promotion of the multilateral system, the democratization of the international order and world peace and stability was repeatedly stressed.

    Significantly, Prime Minister Modi’s remarks were most emphatic and specific.

    Modi noted that the meeting provided “an opportunity to freely and openly discuss some key matters that cause concern on the global level.” He added,

    “Your Excellencies, without a doubt, the world today is going through a period of serious change, instability and growing geopolitical tensions. There is serious pressure being exerted on the global leadership. Multilateral relations and the world order based on common rules are being increasingly rejected by various unilateral, transnational and local groups, and different nations around the world. We can see this happening as sanctions are imposed outside the UN mandate and protectionist policies are gaining strength.”

    “The Doha Development Agenda within the WTO has failed. Since the Paris Agreement, we have not seen the expected level of financial commitment on behalf of the developed countries in favour of the developing states. Therefore, when it comes to climate, justice is currently at risk. We are still very far from achieving the goals of sustainable development.”

    Modi’s thinly veiled criticism of the US policies will be noted. All three leaders underscored that Russia, India and China have an important leadership role in the present international milieu and acknowledged the need to strengthen the RIC trilateral cooperation mechanism.

    The RIC summit at Buenos Aires can be seen as the logical evolution of the shifts taking place in the geopolitics of the Asia-Pacific region in the recent period. Despite robust American efforts, the countries of the region refrain from identifying with the Trump administration’s strident moves against China. Simply put, they don’t want to get entangled with the erratic, unpredictable US policies.

    On the other hand, the US’ capacity to dominate China militarily is progressively diminishing and the latter is expanding its influence into southeast Asia and western Pacific, which used to be exclusive American “sphere of influence”. The Trump administration’s America First project has put off Asian countries such as India, which seek a relationship with the US based on mutual respect and mutual benefit.

    From the Indian perspective, notably, Modi has shown enthusiasm for Putin’s initiative on the trilateral summit of the RIC. Modi’s calculus needs explaining. Modi has not only revived the verve of the India-Russia relations, which suffered atrophy in the past decade, but sees the partnership as an anchor sheet of India’s strategic autonomy. In retrospect, Modi’s informal summit with Putin at Sochi has been a defining moment in finessing India’s regional and global strategies in the highly volatile international environment.

    Modi’s forceful decision in October to press ahead with the S-400 missile deal with Russia in the face of immense US pressure underscores his grit to pursue independent foreign policies. Indeed, the RIC summit took place in the immediate context of the last-minute cancellation of President Trump’s meeting with Putin.

    Secondly, Modi is building on the consensus he reached with President Xi at their Wuhan informal summit in April. India and China have intensified their bilateral contacts with a view to enhance their strategic communication. Modi held summit meetings with Xi thrice during the period since April alone. (Modi’s last “bilateral” with Trump was in November 2017.)

    India’s calibrated distancing from the US’ containment policies against China were articulated with great clarity at Modi in a major speech at the Shangri La Dialogue in Singapore on June 1 where he sought an inclusive approach to the Asia-Pacific security.

    The “Wuhan spirit” has produced positive results. The India-China border tensions have subsided and the focus is on confidence building, pending resolution of the border dispute. The Chinese ambassador to India recently said that the bilateral relations are witnessing one of their best periods in history.

    Conceivably, Putin seized the moment to connect the dots by initiating the proposal on the RIC format at summit level. This was an idea that was originally mooted in 1998 by the great Russian strategic thinker and then Foreign Minister Evgeniy Primakov but it was ahead of its time. Two decades later, it is apparent that the RIC need not necessarily impose constraints on China and/or India’s independent and non-bloc policies.

    Meanwhile, through these two decades, the so-called “Primakov Triangle” also engendered an eastern vector in the Russian foreign policy with Moscow prioritizing the strengthening of its relations with Asian countries. Importantly, the strongpoint of the Primakov doctrine – its focus on multilateral cooperation and multilateral institutions – proved to be far-sighted and has acquired relevance.

    Given the above, Russia sees the RIC dialogue mechanism as an indispensable element of multilateral net diplomacy that can provide gravitas to the processes leading toward establishment of a fair world order.

    How the RIC format at the summit level will evolve as a strategic triangle remains to be seen.

    There is a degree of asymmetry within the RIC insofar as Russia enjoys close military and political relationships with both China and India, which is not the case between China and India. Again, India and China have a strong interest in economic partnership with the West. Nor is India or China seeking an “anti-western” alliance. But RIC format is flexible enough to allow room for discussion on the broad range of international problems.

    Politically, China and India’s attitude vis-à-vis RIC remains pragmatic as they pursue and intensify cooperative relations with both the West and Russia. But in the post-Wuhan phase, India and China would probably visualize the potential to use the RIC discussion club to create traction for the Sino-Indian normalization. Russia can play a unique role here in fostering strategic trust.

    To what extent Modi and Putin have candidly discussed this facet of the RIC process during their “intense” talks in Sochi in May remains untold but they are working on a matrix. Conceivably, Russia and China also would have a common interest in encouraging India’s strategic autonomy.

    As time passes, the RIC summit format is destined to shape up as a major template of regional and international security and global development. A high degree of personal rapport already exists between and amongst Putin, Modi and Xi. One striking thing about the RIC summit is the strategic congruence in the Russian, Indian and Chinese statements. 

  • How America's Homeless Population Has Changed Over The Last Decade

    Though the crisis of homelessness across the US has eased somewhat over the past decade, there are still some 550,000 homeless people in the US, equivalent to roughly one-fifth of one percent of the population.

    Data from the Department of Housing and Urban Development cited by Business Insider shows that the US homeless population decreased by 14.4% between 2007 – when there were roughly 650,000 homeless in the US – and 2017.

    Homeless

    The fluctuations in the homeless population weren’t even across the US. Michigan led the country by decreasing its homeless population by 68% between 2007 and 2017. New Jersey and Kentucky also saw decreases of more than 50% over that time period.

    But while some states in saw meaningful reductions, there were 14 states (including Washington, DC) where homeless populations rose from 2007 to 2017. North Dakota, one of the most sparsely populated states in the US, saw a staggering increase of 71.2%. South Dakota and Wyoming also saw sizable increases of 60%.

    Homeless

    But as property values in some of the largest and trendiest urban centers have risen since the crisis, the state level figures mask crises in the cities. In a recent piece, Bloomberg chronicled the homelessness crisis in Los Angeles. The city made record progress over the past year placing homeless people in housing. But the overall rate remains high nearly 60,000 people in a city of 4 million, that’s an increase of 47% since 2012. The number of people becoming homeless for the first time increased by 16% to nearly 10,000. 

    That being said, the face of homelessness is changing. There are more professional workers living in their cars in parking lots.

    Research by Zillow recently found that every 5% increase in rents in LA resulted in another 2,000 people becoming homeless, one of the highest correlations in the US. And with Amazon moving into Queens, the backlash by the working class, who are the most vulnerable segment of the population has already begun. 

  • This Anti-Gun Bill Requires Access To Social Media & Internet Search History Of Prospective Buyers

    Authored by Daisy Luther via The Organic Prepper blog,

    In New York (the state, not just the city) there’s a rather Orwellian gun bill on the table that would require would-be firearm purchasers to turn over 3 years of their social media history and one year of their internet search history if they want to buy a gun.

    “A three-year review of a social media profile would give an easy profile of a person who is not suitable to hold and possess a firearm,” said Brooklyn Borough President Eric Adams, who has proposed the legislation with New York State Senator Kevin Parker. (source)

    Applicants to purchase a gun would be required by law to turn over their social media passwords to accounts like Twitter, Facebook, Snapchat, and Instagram, and they’d have to allow police to see a year’s worth of their searches on a year’s worth of searches on Google, Yahoo, and Bing.  As well, anyone renewing their permit for a pistol would be subject to this invasive investigation.

    Now, for those of you sitting there saying, “That’s fine, I don’t use social media and I use Duck Duck Go or StartPage” this is great – for now.

    How long do you think it would be before other outlets like blogs where you comment or these different search engines are added to the list of things that are searched? Trust me, if it gets passed, this is a greasy slide straight to the bad place.

    What will the police be looking for?

    According to a write-up on the Democrat and Chronicle, a daily newspaper in Rochester, NY:

    Police would be required to look for evidence the applicant searched for or used racist or discriminatory language, threatened the safety of another person, inquired about or alluded to an act of terrorism, and, finally, “any other issue deemed necessary by the investigating officer.” (source)

    Think for a moment about how much the investigating officer’s bias would come into play here. In some ways of thinking, people who say “all lives matter” are considered the epitome of racism even when taken out of context.

    And what about a couple of women talking about a breakup using heated language in a conversation about the ex who has become the enemy? Are they really going to act on it or are they just blowing off some steam?

    Then I think about my search history regarding terrorism – I’m a blogger, for goodness sakes. My search history is a dark place.  What if you’re researching what kind of gun you want to buy and you’re looking up things like “stopping power” or some other thing the anti-gun folks consider “scary” that is a completely legitimate question in reality?

    And “any other issue deemed necessary” is just far, far too broad to provide any comfort whatsoever that the investigations would be fair and impartial. All of this is completely subjective. Anyone with a dark sense of humor, regardless of their sanity or upstanding citizen-ness, is going to be in for a hard time.

    This social media and search history bill is unconstitutional on so many levels.

    If you think it takes a long time now to get a gun or a carry permit (it can be weeks to months in some states), imagine how long it would take if officers are poring over everything on your laptop for the past 3 years. People in those areas would be waiting for far longer to make a purchase they’re allowed to make by the Second Amendment of the constitution.

    Then there’s the dirty little pre-crime aspect of the whole thing. Eric Adams, one of the founders of this bright idea, said it was just basic police work. “If the police department is reviewing a gang assault, a robbery, some type of shooting, they go and do a social media profile investigation.”

    But as the Foundation for Economic Education points out, in those cases, police are investigating a crime, not trying to predict one.

    First, comparing the search of a prospective gun buyer’s internet history to routine police investigations is odd. When an assault, robbery, or shooting occurs, police are investigating a crime. That is not the case with someone trying to buy a firearm; the buyer is simply trying to make a lawful purchase. This bill is closer to what one might call pre-crime, an idea that has served as a plot device in dystopian literature for more than half a century. (The 2002 Tom Cruise movie Minority Report, a story that centers around a state that has figured out how to stop crimes before they happen, was based on a 1956 Philip K. Dick novel.) (source)

    This complete lack of privacy for gun owners is also concerning. Remember, it isn’t just new gun owners who would have to submit to this investigation – any gun owner who wants to keep his or her firearm in a place where permission must be renewed would be subject to an invasive search every time they were up for renewal. This, to me, slips into the realm of unreasonable searches, against which we are protected by the 4th amendment.

    The right of the people to be secure in their persons, houses, papers, and effects, against unreasonable searches and seizures, shall not be violated, and no Warrants shall issue, but upon probable cause, supported by Oath or affirmation, and particularly describing the place to be searched, and the persons or things to be seized. (source)

    Buying a gun is not a crime, which means there is no probable cause, right?

    And who gets to decide whether something is hate speech? Ask any two people if a statement is hateful, and you’re likely to get two different answers. It all depends where you’re coming from. If some self-loathing, social justice warrior type is the one investigating versus some rigidly alt-right traditionalist, they’re going to see the social media commentary of a person very differently. You simply cannot make sweeping laws like this and leave the enforcement up to human beings who have their own biases without setting up a system of unfairness.

    Fee states:

    Additionally, there is the issue of defining hate speech, a notoriously nebulous term. (Europe has already shown where the road of state-regulated hate speech takes us.) What authority would determine what speech qualifies as “hateful”? To deny someone a fundamental right based on the state’s interpretation of “hate speech” would be an affront to constitutional principles. (source)

    These people want to “protect” us right into dystopia.

    But they don’t enforce the laws we already have.

    They’re not even enforcing the gun control measures already in place.

    The folks who want to make it more difficult for innocent people to exercise their second amendment rights should perhaps focus on the laws that are already in place instead of heaping even more of the onus on innocent people.

    Several of last year’s mass shootings would not have occurred if those laws were enforced.

    Nicolas Cruz, who shot up the high school in Florida. had serious mental health issues that were not properly reported and documented. Had they been, he would not have been able to purchase a gun – at least not legally.

    And Devin Patrick Kelly, the guy who shot up a church in a small town in Texas, had a dishonorable discharge for violently assaulting his wife and child. Had the military reported this as they were obligated to do, he would not have passed the background check. He would not have been able to legally purchase those guns either.

    We must ask ourselves this question seriously.

    If we don’t enforce the gun laws that are already on the books, what good will more gun laws do?

    More laws will mean that innocent people have a greater burden and that bad people will continue to flout the law with no fear of repercussions.

    I don’t want to lose my right to protect myself just because government agencies aren’t taking seriously their responsibilities in preventing crimes.

    Devin Kelley should not have been able to buy a gun according to the current laws. But the Air Force did not follow them.

    Nikolas Cruz flat out told everyone he was going to be a school shooter. But the FBI didn’t do anything to stop him. He had years of history of mental illness and behavioral problems. But these issues were not reported to the database that would have prevented him from purchasing a gun.

    Is the problem really with law-abiding, innocent gun owners? Or is it more reasonably with the authorities who aren’t abiding by the responsibilities charged to them and the people who are intent on killing? (source)

    What good will more laws do? The proposed bill will cost extra money for anyone who wants to buy a gun, lengthen the waiting period, and rule out people based on the whims of the investigator.

    Remember, these things never stop with just one state.

    It’s easy to scoff and say, “Those crazy people in New York are getting what they voted for.”  I know someone’s going to say it so there, I said it for you.

    But that’s short-sighted, and dare I say, ignorant of the way the world works.

    Look at all the states that have recently flipped from red to blue in the midterm elections. If you don’t think it could ever happen where you are, you’re not paying attention. Please keep in mind that I am neither a Democrat nor a Republican, but am referring to some party generalizations here.

    Democrats, who tend to lean more toward gun control measures than Republicans, took over the House of Representatives in the midterm elections. They also won 7 governor’s seats that were previously held by Republicans. A Democrat won a Senate seat in Montana, for crying out loud, long known to be a conservative stronghold.

    There has been hard blowback against President Trump which will leave ripples in future elections for decades. In fact, I don’t recall in my adult life ever seeing a president so hated, disrespected and maligned. And the people doing the most maligning are the ones with the biggest microphones – namely, the mainstream media and Hollywood.

    It’s not a stretch of the imagination to suggest we could soon see a dramatic shift in the United States that will open the door to all sorts of controlling “greater good” kinds of things.

    Greater good. You know, like searching people’s computers before letting them own or keep their guns.

    If this passes in New York, it won’t be long before it passes in California. Then in Massachusetts. Then it will spread, like a gun control virus. And it won’t be long until we see something introduced in the US Congress.

    All of these new gun control measures are a scary, Orwellian slope and we’re slipping down it a little more every day.

  • These Are The World's Most Powerful Passports

    While “exceptional” America would likely be most people’s first guess at the world’s “most powerful” passport, according to the Passport Index, holders of a passport issued in the United Arab Emirates can visit 167 countries without needing to obtain a prior visa.

    Infographic: The world's most powerful passports | Statista You will find more infographics at Statista

    Having just added four new countries to the list, this makes it the most powerful passport in the world.

    As Statista’s Martin Armstrong points out in the chart above, a fair share of these countries do still require a visa on arrival, meaning that purely in terms of simply walking through passport control, Singapore passport holders have the easiest time in the most countries.

  • NASA Scientist: Alien Life May Have Already Visited The Earth

    Authored by Mac Slavo via SHTFplan.com,

    A NASA scientist has said that aliens may have already visited the Earth.  Silvano P. Colombano also claims that these alien lifeforms may have gone unnoticed by humans due to their extremely small size.

    Colombano says that the extra-terrestrial beings would have looked quite a bit different than the carbon-based organisms currently roaming our planet, according to The Daily Mail. He also states that any visitors; past, present, or future, could easily be missed because of their tiny size. These super-intelligent interstellar traveling aliens could possess technology that humans cannot even comprehend at this point.

    “Considering further that technological development in our civilization started only about 10,000 years ago and has seen the rise of scientific methodologies only in the past 500 years, we can surmise that we might have a real problem in predicting technological evolution even for the next thousand years, let alone 6 Million times that amount!

    The Daily Mail further reported that Dr. Colombano told California’s SETI (search for extraterrestrial intelligence) backed Decoding Alien Intelligence Workshop back in March that scientists need to broaden their idea of what an extra-terrestrial would potentially look like.

    “I simply want to point out the fact that the intelligence we might find and that might choose to find us (if it hasn’t already) might not be at all be produced by carbon-based organisms like us,” his report read.

    He added that scientists must “re-visit even our most cherished assumptions,” which has implications for everything from an alien’s lifespan to its height. “The size of the ‘explorer’ might be that of an extremely tiny super-intelligent entity,” he added.

    Colombano says that humans limited ideas of what another planet with life would like could be restricting our ability to locate intelligent life outside of earth. For example, a silicone-based lifeform would likely not look anything like the pictures of the carbon-based entities in our heads of a “typical” alien being. 

    He also explained that not every single UFO can be “explained” but not every UFO can be “denied” either. 

  • Austin Residents Saw America's Largest Credit Card Balance Jump In Past Year

    Consumer credit recently hit a new all-time high, mainly on the back of newfound love with credit cards.

    In the last 12 months, no major US metropolitan area experienced a surge in credit card balances than Austin, Texas.

    It could be a sign that Austinites (mostly millennials) might be struggling with increasing household expenses, stuck in the gig economy: lower wages, horrible benefits, no job security, and heighten debt loads.

    The study, published by credit card platform CompareCards, found credit card balances soared 12% from $6,165 to $6,924 during Sept. 2017 to Sept 2018.

    CompareCards examined data from My LendingTree to compare the average credit card balance in the nation’s 50 largest cities. Austin was one of three cities that saw double-digit increases in credit card balances during the one year. The others were St. Louis and San Jose, California.

    This type of credit growth was widely expected, considering our October report on consumer credit hit record highs. The Federal Reserve data showed that Americans’ revolving credit (credit cards) balances expanded 3.7% nationwide during the same period, hitting to a record $1.041 trillion.

    CompareCards provides an analysis of why Austinites are resorting to credit cards at a much higher rate than the rest of the country:

    “Austin, Texas — the city with the fastest-growing card debt — has seen years of rapid population and job growth, transforming the Texas capital into perhaps the most expensive big city in Texas. For example, reports showed that rents in Austin hit an all-time high of nearly $1,300 per month in June. Those high cost-of-living expenses, paired with the student loan debt issues that come with being the home of the University of Texas, one of the nation’s biggest colleges, mean that many Austinites may be leaning a little more heavily on credit cards these days.”

    Cities With The Biggest Percentage Growth In Credit Card Balances, Sept. 2017 to Sept. 2018 

    Top 20 Cities Ranked By Average Credit Card Balance Change %, Sept. 2017 to Sept. 2018

    Matt Schulz, the chief industry analyst at CompareCards, told CultureMap that Austin’s growth of credit card debt could be an indicator of consumer confidence.

    “If you feel great about your job and your economic future, you may not sweat a little bit of a credit card balance because you firmly believe that you’ll be able to pay it off in relatively short order,” he said.

    “Some people may even use credit card debt as a short-term investment, whether you’re remodeling a house or trying to start a business. That’s the kind of thing that could certainly be happening in a booming city like Austin, because people feel emboldened by a good economy.”

    Although, when consumers acquire high debt/ savings ratio — even when the reason is well-intended, their savings levels plunge to extreme lows that could be problematic in the next economic downturn, according to Schulz.

    “That’s scary, because that means that when the next downturn comes, people might find themselves in a worse financial situation than they needed to be in, simply because they were overconfident,” he warned.

    As economic storm clouds gather ahead of 2019, Austinites seem to be in a tough position of high debt loads, and limited savings, a perfect concoction for deleveraging as credit markets continue to tighten.

  • Bloodbath – From Triumphant Truce To Deal Dysphoria In 36 Hours

    Trump and Xi were the powdered sugar awesomeness on the top of the Powell vanilla latte yumminess from last week… and then this happens…

     

    China stocks held up overnight…

     

    European Stocks continued to give back Sunday night gains…

     

    US Equity indices rapidly erased not just Sunday night gains but Friday afternoon’s pre-emptive push and Wednesday’s Powell Put levels…

    “The Dow vigilantes have managed to get both a Powell put and a Trump put for the market,” said Ed Yardeni, lead strategist at his namesake research firm. “Jerome Powell turned into Santa Claus last Wednesday, markets certainly reacted joyously to his hints that Fed tightening would occur at an even more gradual pace. So if Jerome Powell is Santa Claus, then the two elves are President Trump and President Xi.”

    But the Grinch just took that all away… From Friday’s close…

    On the day, Trannies worst day since Brexit, but it was all a disaster…

     

    Dow down 800 points!

     

    The S&P stalled at 2800 once again and completed a triple top of lower highs…

     

    All major indices crashed back below their key technical support levels…

     

    TICK shows the massive sell programs hitting as stocks broke key technical levels. Momentum stocks collapsed…

     

    Trannies and Small Caps are back in the red for 2018.

     

    Bank stocks have been battered, tracking the curve lower…

    For some context:

    • Global Systemically Important Banks are down 30% from 52-week highs.

    • US Financials down 14.5% from 52-week highs.

    • Goldman Sachs is down 33% from 52-week highs.

    And regional banks crashed most since Brexit…

    But while banks were busted, FANG stocks got monkey-hammered… back into bear market (down 22% from 52-week highs)

    (FB -36%, AMZN -17%, NFLX 34%, GOOGL -17%. AAPL -24%)

    Stocks plunged back to bond’s reality…

     

    Treasury yields tumbled today with the long-end dramatically outperforming and collapsing the yield curve…

     

    The 10Y TSY yield plunged below 2.90% intraday…

     

    But if Cyclicals (rel to Defensives) are right, 30Y Yields have a long way to go…

     

    And Long Bond futures broke back above their 200DMA…

     

    The yield curve collapsed too with 2s5s, 3s5s inverted and 2s10s into single-digits…

     

    All of which brought out a herd of asset-gatherers and commission-takers to explain how this is a dip, not an inversion… or that it’s different this time because of central bank intervention… not it is not!!

     

    And the Eurodollar curves are now pricing in an extremely dovish trajectory…

     

    Massively decoupled from The Fed’s guess…

     

    Credit markets smashed wider today and equity protection soared (VIX>21) playing catch up…

     

    The dollar repeated yesterday’s fund by diving overnight and ramping from the European open… (note it remains lower from Powell’s Put last Wednesday)…

     

    The offshore yuan exploded higher (near 3-month highs)…but began to fade this afternoon after tagging september highs

     

    But the Turkish Lira was hammered today…

    Cryptos were also slammed today led by

     

    PMs managed modest gains on the day as Crude and Copper rolled over…

     

    Gold held on to gains as oil slipped ahead of tonight’s inventory data…

     

    Finally, the biggest picture of all signals that volatility is coming… just like winter…

    And with markets closed tomorrow, we suspect this is the scene on many trading floors…

    https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

    And this did not age well…

  • China Dismisses Confusion Claims, Says Will Quickly Implement Trade Agreement With US

    Following a story from The Washington Post quoting a former U.S. government official who was said to have been in contact with Chinese officials, claiming Beijing are “puzzled and irritated” by the Trump administration’s behavior, and widespread confusion across media claiming the ‘truce’ as a nothingburger; China’s Ministry of Finance has denied any confusion or negativity exists.

    The WaPo report went to claim the unknown former US official said:

    “You don’t do this with the Chinese. You don’t triumphantly proclaim all their concessions in public. It’s just madness,” the former official, who asked for anonymity to describe confidential discussions, told the Post.

    While President Trump’s dinner with Chinese leader Xi yielded a cease-fire in the trade war between the world’s two biggest economies, judging by the market’s moves today, the details are proving less than satisfying to those hungering for a lasting truce.

     

    But, tonight, China says trade meeting with U.S. is “very successful” and is “confident” to implement the results agreed upon at the talks, according to a statement on Ministry of Commerce website.

    A reporter asked: We know that the Chinese economic and trade team has returned to Beijing. What is your comment on this meeting? 

    A: The meeting was very successful and we have confidence in the implementation. 

    Q: How is China prepared to promote the next economic and trade consultation? 

    A: The economic and trade teams of the two sides will actively promote the consultation work within 90 days in accordance with a clear timetable and road map. 

    Q: What are the priorities for China? 

    A: China will start from implementing specific issues that have reached consensus, and the sooner the better.

    Of course, as Torsten Slok, chief international economist at Deutsche Bank AG said:

    “The market wants to see more details before it can make up its mind,

    It remains unclear for the market whether the trade war will escalate or deescalate from here.”

    And, as Axios reports, Mike Pillsbury is worried Trump’s negotiations with China are unraveling. The hawkish former Pentagon official — who Trump has called “probably the leading authority on China” and who reportedly huddled with Trump in the Oval the day before Trump left for his G20 meeting with President Xi — said “there’s a risk the deal will come undone.”

    Pillsbury said he’s “getting warnings from knowledgeable Chinese about the American claims of concessions” that the Chinese have said they never made. These contradictions include U.S. claims that the Chinese agreed to “immediately” address their most egregious industrial behavior, to “immediately” restart purchases of U.S. agriculture, and to slash tariffs on American cars.

    “I have advised the president’s team that for the past 40 years the American side avoids disclosing Chinese concessions before the final agreed written statement is released,” Pillsbury told me in a phone interview today.

    Sounds an awful lot like WaPo’s anonymous source? And is the opposite of the official word from China.

    Pillsbury’s comments were rapidly followed by White House trade adviser Peter Navarro who told Fox News that it would be premature for people to “lose faith” in the trade discussions the U.S. is holding with China.

    “The Chinese haven’t even gotten back to China yet,” Navarro tells Fox in an interview;

    “Let’s give it some time”

    Navarro says he is bullish on the economy and “I’m bullish on this deal”

    Navarro also noted he is optimistic about progress being made over market access and structural changes with China during the 90 day-period in which the talks will be held.

    However, Navarro did admit that communication by the administration over the outcome of the talks perhaps could have been better, pointing out, echoing Mnuchin’s earlier comments, that the market may be “trying to parse whether the Fed’s going to raise interest rates again,” which Navarro says would be a mistake.

    Nevertheless, President Trump would have the last word once again,

    insisting, as he did earlier that “We are either going to have a REAL DEAL with China, or no deal at all…”

    https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

    https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

    Which some may interpret as Trump giving himself an ‘out’ if things don’t work out – although “Tariff Man” has been consistently hawkish.

  • What America Has Done To Its Young People Is Appalling

    Authored by James Ostrowski via LewRockwell.com,

    Critics are perhaps too quick to judge America’s young people, citing declining SAT scores, obesity, drug overdoses, addiction to smart phones, bizarre alterations of personal appearance and high rates of (alleged) mental illness.  It’s just too easy to be annoyed at how some of the cashiers at the local grocery store seem unable to carry on a conversation or have chosen to mutilate their faces with pieces of metal.  We are perhaps too quick to condemn the crazed behavior of young protesters in recent years without fully considering what our government, society and culture have done to these poor souls.

    Let’s begin at the beginning.  Forty percent of Americans are now born out of wedlock.  Single parent families are associated with a long list of social maladies:

    “Children who grow up with only one of their biological parents (nearly always the mother) are disadvantaged across a broad array of outcomes. . . . they are twice as likely to drop out of high school, 2.5 times as likely to become teen mothers, and 1.4 times as likely to be idle — out of school and out of work — as children who grow up with both parents. Children in one-parent families also have lower grade point averages, lower college aspirations, and poorer attendance records. As adults, they have higher rates of divorce. These patterns persist even after adjusting for differences in race, parents’ education, number of siblings, and residential location.” Sara McLanahan, “The Consequences of Single Motherhood,” American Prospect(Summer 1994).

    In addition, a large number of marriages will fail.  That means that close to sixty percent of children will not grow up in the classic nuclear family of the 1950’s.   How much of this change is due to government policies is hard to say, however, as government grows, the traditional family shrinks.  When government subsidies to single parent families increase, so do the number of such families.  As Jack Kemp used to say, when you subsidize something, you get more of it.  Yes, culture also plays a role but don’t forget that government can change the culture as well.  Women tend to come out ahead in Family Court—they get the house, the kids and much of the man’s spare change thanks to unrealistic support formulas.  This provides an incentive in marginal cases for women to seek a divorce.  Increases in divorces made them more socially acceptable over time.

    Even with intact families, the idyllic norm of the 1950’s, where the mother typically stayed home to take care of the kids until they reached school age and perhaps even long afterwards, has been destroyed.  These days, in the typical American family, both parents work fulltime which means that a very large percentage of children are consigned to daycare.  Daycare was virtually unknown in my world growing up in the 1960’s.  On the working class South Buffalo street where I grew up, I don’t recall any mother with young children working full-time.  The overwhelming majority were housewives while a few would get part-time jobs after the kids started school.  I was not aware of any daycare centers in the neighborhood and certainly do not recall anyonewho ever attended one.

    The statistics bear this out.  Daycare was once unusual for the middle class, but now over two-thirds of children lack a full-time stay-at-home parent. (Source: Center for American Progress)  Like single parent families, daycare carries with it a long list of undesirable likely consequences. These include “more mental and behavioral problems, more mind-altering drugs, more STDs, more obese, unhappy and institutionalized children of all ages.”  Mary Eberstadt, “Home-Alone America: The Hidden Toll of Day Care, Behavioral Drugs, and Other Parent Substitutes” (2004) (A fabulous but widely-ignored book).

    Thus, in the critical first five years of life, the vast majority of Americans are deprived of the obvious benefits of growing up in an intact family with the mother at home in the pre-school years.  We baby boomers took this for granted.  That world is gone with the wind.  Why?  Two main reasons: feminism and progressive big government. 

    Feminism encouraged women to get out of the home and out from under the alleged control of husbands who allegedly controlled the family finances.  Traditional mothers were derided as “baby factories” as if working in an actual factory making widgets was somehow more edifying than nurturing human beings at home.

    Second, the trend toward ever larger and more intrusive big government that started in the Progressive Era around 1916, hadn’t yet weighed down the economy to the extent that two incomes were needed to support a family in the 1950’s and 1960’s.  Yet, government grows steadily under progressive ideology, and after the twin shocks of the Great Society and the Vietnam War, by the 1970’s stagflation kicked in and it became increasingly difficult to support a family with one income.  Married women, whether they liked it or not or were under the sway of feminist ideology, were pushed into the labor market if only to have most of their wages seized to pay the dozens of taxes the family must pay.  The take-home pay of many women is barely more than the family’s total tax bill.  Ironically, “women’s lib” ended up converting women from baby factories into full-time tax livestock.

    It gets worse.  After five years of being raised by strangers and deprived of maternal care, 90% of American youth are compelled to attend government schools for 12-13 years.  As I explained in my book, Government Schools are Bad for Your Kids,government schools are rife with crime, drugs, promiscuity, mediocre education and political propaganda.

    Next comes college for about 70% of Americans.  While many young people thrive in college, many others graduate with huge debt and poor job prospects and a hard left ideology poorly suited for success in life.  Leftism teaches resentment of others, inculcates a victim mentality and teaches some students to hate their skin color while teaching others to blame the skin color of others for the difficulties they will face in life.  Leftism does not inculcate the positive thinking, initiative, work ethic and perseverance in the face of adversity which are the hallmarks of successful people.

    Finally, we send this disadvantaged group of young Americans into a very hostile job market.  Here, we saddle them with their per capita share of government debt as the guarantors of the fraudulent campaign promises of dead progressive politicians such as FDR and LBJ.  A good accountant could figure how this debt translates into increased per capita taxes by dividing the number of taxpayers by the annual debt service.  It is perhaps $2000 per person.  Next comes student loan debt, a contrivance once again of dead progressive politicians to benefit overpaid progressive and left professors and administrators.  This can easily be yet another $2000 per year.

    Young people are shunted into the job market because the progressive state has made starting a business extremely difficult with a bundle of taxes and regulations.  The mere process of getting a job, which used to take a few days in the free market, now takes many months. Many jobs require government permission.  Employers need to vet employees more carefully to avoid a plethora of costly discrimination lawsuits.  Young workers’ productivity is largely eaten up by the direct and indirect effects of a myriad and taxes and regulations, often leaving workers with just enough to pay the bills but not move forward, have families or save for the future.  As a result, a record number of young people are forced to move back in with their parents.

    The startling message I want to convey is that modern America treats its young people abominably from birth through young adulthood.  This is largely because of the direct and indirect effects of numerous destructive progressive policies.  This explains the numerous problems many young people are having.  They have a right to be angry but need to focus on the true cause of the overwhelming majority of these problems: progressive big government.  To the young people of America, I say: take the red pill; then, don’t get mad; get even.  Make life better for your own children than what progressive America foisted upon you.

Digest powered by RSS Digest

Today’s News 4th December 2018

  • Mapping Where Migrants Were Apprehended At The Border The Most

    Last week, U.S. Border Patrol agents fired tear gas on migrants approaching the San Diego section of the Southwest border in Tijuana. President Trump has vowed not to let the thousands of migrants currently at the border apply for asylum in the United States, forcing Mexico to deal with how to shelter the asylum seekers creating a potential humanitarian crisis.

    As Statista’s Sarah Feldman points out, Mexican President-López Obrador takes office with tensions at the U.S. Mexico border being one of the first crises that he will.

    According to the U.S. Customs and Border Protection Agency, over 300,000 migrants were apprehended at the Southwest border during the fiscal year 2018.

    Infographic: Where Migrants Were Apprehended At The Border | Statista

    You will find more infographics at Statista

    About half of those arrests happened in the Rio Grande section of the border, which is part of southwestern Texas. Border patrol agents in the San Diego section of the border, an area that has received the most press in recent days, arrested close to 40,000 migrants during that same time frame.

  • The Ignored Legacy Of George H.W. Bush: War Crimes, Racism, & Obstruction Of Justice

    Authored by Mehdi Hasan via The Intercept,

    The tributes to former President George H.W. Bush, who died on Friday aged 94, have been pouring in from all sides of the political spectrum. He was a man “of the highest character,” said his eldest son and fellow former president, George W. Bush. “He loved America and served with character, class, and integrity,” tweeted former U.S. Attorney and #Resistance icon Preet Bharara. According to another former president, Barack Obama, Bush’s life was “a testament to the notion that public service is a noble, joyous calling. And he did tremendous good along the journey.” Apple boss Tim Cook said: “We have lost a great American.”

    In the age of Donald Trump, it isn’t difficult for hagiographers of the late Bush Sr. to paint a picture of him as a great patriot and pragmatist; a president who governed with “class” and “integrity.” It is true that the former president refused to vote for Trump in 2016, calling him a “blowhard,” and that he eschewed the white nationalist, “alt-right,” conspiratorial politics that has come to define the modern Republican Party. He helped end the Cold War without, as Obama said, “firing a shot.” He spent his life serving his country — from the military to Congress to the United Nations to the CIA to the White House. And, by all accounts, he was also a beloved grandfather and great-grandfather to his 17 grandkids and eight great-grandkids.

    Nevertheless, he was a public, not a private, figure — one of only 44 men to have ever served as president of the United States. We cannot, therefore, allow his actual record in office to be beautified in such a brazen way. “When a political leader dies, it is irresponsible in the extreme to demand that only praise be permitted but not criticisms,” as my colleague Glenn Greenwald has argued, because it leads to “false history and a propagandistic whitewashing of bad acts.”

    The inconvenient truth is that the presidency of George Herbert Walker Bush had far more in common with the recognizably belligerent, corrupt, and right-wing Republican figures who came after him – his son George W. and the current orange-faced incumbent – than much of the political and media classes might have you believe.

    Consider:

    He ran a racist election campaign. The name of Willie Horton should forever be associated with Bush’s 1988 presidential bid. Horton, who was serving a life sentence for murder in Massachusetts — where Bush’s Democratic opponent, Michael Dukakis, was governor —  had fled a weekend furlough program and raped a Maryland woman. A notorious television ad called “Weekend Passes,” released by a political action committee with ties to the Bush campaign, made clear to viewers that Horton was black and his victim was white.

    As Bush campaign director Lee Atwater bragged, “By the time we’re finished, they’re going to wonder whether Willie Horton is Dukakis’s running mate.” Bush himself was quick to dismiss accusations of racism as “absolutely ridiculous,” yet it was clear at the time — even to right-wing Republican operatives such as Roger Stone, now a close ally of Trump — that the ad had crossed a line. “You and George Bush will wear that to your grave,” Stone complained to Atwater. “It’s a racist ad. … You’re going to regret it.”

    Stone was right about Atwater, who on his deathbed apologized for using Horton against Dukakis. But Bush never did.

    He made a dishonest case for war. Thirteen years before George W. Bush liedabout weapons of mass destruction to justify his invasion and occupation of Iraq, his father made his own set of false claims to justify the aerial bombardment of that same country. The first Gulf War, as an investigation by journalist Joshua Holland concluded, “was sold on a mountain of war propaganda.”

    For a start, Bush told the American public that Iraq had invaded Kuwait “without provocation or warning.” What he omitted to mention was that the U.S. ambassador to Iraq, April Glaspie, had given an effective green light to Saddam Hussein, telling him in July 1990, a week before his invasion, “[W]e have no opinion on the Arab-Arab conflicts, like your border disagreement with Kuwait.”

    Then there is the fabrication of intelligence. Bush deployed U.S. troops to the Gulf in August 1990 and claimed that he was doing so in order “to assist the Saudi Arabian Government in the defense of its homeland.” As Scott Peterson wrote in the Christian Science Monitor in 2002, “Citing top-secret satellite images, Pentagon officials estimated … that up to 250,000 Iraqi troops and 1,500 tanks stood on the border, threatening the key U.S. oil supplier.”

    Yet when reporter Jean Heller of the St. Petersburg Times acquired her own commercial satellite images of the Saudi border, she found no signs of Iraqi forces; only an empty desert. “It was a pretty serious fib,” Heller told Peterson, adding: “That [Iraqi buildup] was the whole justification for Bush sending troops in there, and it just didn’t exist.”

    President George H. W. Bush talks with Secretary of State James Baker III and Secretary of Defense Dick Cheney during a meeting of the cabinet in the White House on Jan. 17, 1991 to discuss the Persian Gulf War. Photo: Ron Edmonds/AP

    He committed war crimes. Under Bush Sr., the U.S. dropped a whopping 88,500 tons of bombs on Iraq and Iraqi-occupied Kuwait, many of which resulted in horrific civilian casualties. In February 1991, for example, a U.S. airstrike on an air-raid shelter in the Amiriyah neighborhood of Baghdad killed at least 408 Iraqi civilians. According to Human Rights Watch, the Pentagon knew the Amiriyah facility had been used as a civil defense shelter during the Iran-Iraq war and yet had attacked without warning. It was, concluded HRW, “a serious violation of the laws of war.”

    U.S. bombs also destroyed essential Iraqi civilian infrastructure — from electricity-generating and water-treatment facilities to food-processing plants and flour mills. This was no accident. As Barton Gellman of the Washington Post reported in June 1991: “Some targets, especially late in the war, were bombed primarily to create postwar leverage over Iraq, not to influence the course of the conflict itself. Planners now say their intent was to destroy or damage valuable facilities that Baghdad could not repair without foreign assistance. … Because of these goals, damage to civilian structures and interests, invariably described by briefers during the war as ‘collateral’ and unintended, was sometimes neither.”

    Got that? The Bush administration deliberately targeted civilian infrastructure for “leverage” over Saddam Hussein. How is this not terrorism? As a Harvard public health team concluded in June 1991, less than four months after the end of the war, the destruction of Iraqi infrastructure had resulted in acute malnutrition and “epidemic” levels of cholera and typhoid.

    By January 1992, Beth Osborne Daponte, a demographer with the U.S. Census Bureau, was estimating that Bush’s Gulf War had caused the deaths of 158,000 Iraqis, including 13,000 immediate civilian deaths and 70,000 deaths from the damage done to electricity and sewage treatment plants. Daponte’s numbers contradicted the Bush administration’s, and she was threatened by her superiors with dismissal for releasing “false information.” (Sound familiar?)

    He refused to cooperate with a special counsel. The Iran-Contra affair, in which the United States traded missiles for Americans hostages in Iran, and used the proceeds of those arms sales to fund Contra rebels in Nicaragua, did much to undermine the presidency of Ronald Reagan. Yet his vice president’s involvement in that controversial affair has garnered far less attention. “The criminal investigation of Bush was regrettably incomplete,” wrote Special Counsel Lawrence Walsh, a former deputy attorney general in the Eisenhower administration, in his final report on the Iran-Contra affair in August 1993.

    Why? Because Bush, who was “fully aware of the Iran arms sale,” according to the special counsel, failed to hand over a diary “containing contemporaneous notes relevant to Iran/contra” and refused to be interviewed in the later stages of the investigation. In the final days of his presidency, Bush even issued pardons to six defendants in the Iran-Contra affair, including former Defense Secretary Caspar Weinberger — on the eve of Weinberger’s trial for perjury and obstruction of justice. “The Weinberger pardon,” Walsh pointedly noted, “marked the first time a president ever pardoned someone in whose trial he might have been called as a witness, because the president was knowledgeable of factual events underlying the case.” An angry Walsh accused Bush of “misconduct” and helping to complete “the Iran-contra cover-up.”

    Sounds like a Trumpian case of obstruction of justice, doesn’t it?

    A U.S. marshal, left, looking for a suspect, shows a mug shot to a man found allegedly using drugs in a crackhouse, according to police, in Washington, D.C., on July 18, 1989. The police raid was part of President George H.W. Bush’s war on drugs. Photo: J. Scott Applewhite/AP

    He escalated the racist war on drugs. In September 1989, in a televised addressto the nation from the Oval Office, Bush held up a bag of crack cocaine, which he said had been “seized a few days ago in a park across the street from the White House . … It could easily have been heroin or PCP.”

    Yet a Washington Post investigation later that month revealed that federal agents had “lured” the drug dealer to Lafayette Park so that they could make an “undercover crack buy in a park better known for its location across Pennsylvania Avenue from the White House than for illegal drug activity” (the dealer didn’t know where the White House was and even asked the agents for directions). Bush cynically used this prop — the bag of crack — to call for a $1.5 billion increase in spending on the drug war, declaiming: “We need more prisons, more jails, more courts, more prosecutors.”

    The result? “Millions of Americans were incarcerated, hundreds of billions of dollars wasted, and hundreds of thousands of human beings allowed to die of AIDS — all in the name of a ‘war on drugs’ that did nothing to reduce drug abuse,” pointed out Ethan Nadelmann, founder of the Drug Policy Alliance, in 2014. Bush, he argued, “put ideology and politics above science and health.” Today, even leading Republicans, such as Chris Christie and Rand Paul, agree that the war on drugs, ramped up by Bush during his four years in the White House, has been a dismal and racist failure.

    He groped women. Since the start of the #MeToo movement, in late 2017, at least eight different women have come forward with claims that the former president groped them, in most cases while they were posing for photos with him. One of them, Roslyn Corrigan, told Time magazine that Bush had touched her inappropriately in 2003, when she was just 16. “I was a child,” she said. The former president was 79. Bush’s spokesperson offered this defense of his boss in October 2017: “At age 93, President Bush has been confined to a wheelchair for roughly five years, so his arm falls on the lower waist of people with whom he takes pictures.” Yet, as Time noted, “Bush was standing upright in 2003 when he met Corrigan.”

    Facts matter. The 41st president of the United States was not the last Republican moderate or a throwback to an imagined age of conservative decency and civility; he engaged in race baiting, obstruction of justice, and war crimes. He had much more in common with the two Republican presidents who came after him than his current crop of fans would like us to believe.

  • "We Are Suffering": NYC Cab Drivers Speak Out About Suicide Epidemc

    One of the unfortunate stories we’ve documented over the last several years has been the alarming number of New York City taxi cab driver suicides. The most recent of these tragic events occurred just last month when a cab driver in Queens became the eighth person over the past year to take his own life as the pressure of Uber and Lyft continues to make fares difficult to find while driving NYC taxi medallions lower in value.

    Of course, taxi medallions used to be a retirement plan in and of themselves. Many cab drivers have borne significant financial burdens that they committed to, years ago, in hopes that their medallion would be of substantial value that they could retire on. But the influx of ride-sharing apps over the last five or six years has driven the price (and value) of medallions lower on a steady basis.

    As shown in the chart above, the price of a medallion has tumbled from over $1 million around 2013 to just over $200,000 currently, the lowest in over a decade. As a result, many cab drivers who have invested their life savings in owning a medallion have seen themselves fall into financial ruin.

    To get closer to the issue, Vice News recently sent out lifelong New York resident and comedian Colin Quinn to speak with a couple of cab drivers about not only the problems that they face, but the rash of suicides that have hit the industry.

    The first driver he spoke to, told him off the bat that he had taken out a second mortgage in order to help pay off his medallion some years back. He shares with Colin his story and concludes that he must continue to pay off the medallion regardless of the fact that it has dropped near 80% in price.

    Another driver was even more candid, telling Quinn that having Uber and Lyft in the city weren’t even too big of a deal – namely because he, a black man, had a very difficult time getting a cab when he wasn’t working and needed to move around the city. But he told Quinn that when Uber and Lyft began to lower prices – something they could do as a result of not paying a cut to the city like cab drivers have to – then it became unfair, and that’s when taxi drivers “lost”. 

    A third cabdriver told Quinn that he had averaged about 3.6 passengers per hour before Uber and Lyft came into the city – a rate that generally allowed him to meet the budget he had set for himself. Now, he says he sometimes picks up just two passengers or less per hour. He also told Quinn he estimates about 35% less passengers overall for cabdrivers as a result of the now 80,000 Uber and Lyft drivers in the city.

    One cab driver – a friend of a driver who recently killed himself – told Quinn that the man who killed himself was depressed and mortified as a result of his approaching retirement while feeling he wouldn’t be able to make his basic utility bills and living expenses after working for decades.

    Finally, one of the drivers Quinn caught up with, Lal Singh, had spoken to the NYTimes in October. Back then, he told the Times: “When I hear that somebody did suicide, I was thinking about me. I’m going to be one of them one day.” 

    Singh owes about $6200 per month on the medallion he bought in 2000 and spends his day driving the length of Manhattan, top to bottom, looking for passengers. “When you have nothing to do, we are suffering. What are you living for?” he continued. 

    As we discussed previously here , New York City appears set to finally implement some changes to attempt to protect its cabdrivers – the only question is whether it’s too little too late at this point.

    You can watch the full Vice Media video here

  • "The End Of The Beginning" – Did Trump Fold On Everything At G-20?

    Authored by Tom Luongo,

    I knew there was something wrong with Donald Trump’s presidency the day he bombed the airbase at Al-Shairat in Syria.  It was a turning point.  I knew it was a mistake the moment he did it and argued as such at the time.

    No act by him was more contentious.

    It cost me hundreds of followers gained throughout the campaign who wanted to believe Trump was playing 4-D chess.  My Periscopes went from being events to afterthoughts.

    Those that left needed to believe this because they had invested so much in him.

    They had to believe he was playing some deep game with Putin to bring peace to the region.

    He wasn’t.

    I was right and truth is painful.  The need for him to be Orange Jesus was so strong they created Qanon and the ‘science’ of political horoscope as slowly but surely Trump was stripped of all of his power except that of complaining about how unfair it all is.

    That day he did something in the moment, with bad intelligence and let fly with tomahawks which Russian and Syrian air defenses misdirected and/or shot down.

    Empty President

    His goal was to show everyone there was a new, strong sheriff in town.

    All it did was weaken him.

    The neocons praised him as presidential.  They began to get their hooks in him then.  But truly, Trump was destroyed before he took office, giving up Michael Flynn, expelling Russian diplomats and compromising his cabinet picks.

    Because making war is the only true test of a President to the laptop bombardiers who control foreign policy.  With that one act Trump’s days as an independent agent in D.C. were numbered.

    And since then the hope has been that given the enormity of the opposition to his Presidency he was still fighting for what he campaigned on — no nation building, bring the empire home, protect the borders, and clean up the corruption.

    He’s made a few minor changes but not enough to change the course of this country and, by extension, the world.

    The people want this change.  Those with the power don’t.

    G-20 Ghost

    So here we are with a pathetic Trump outclassed at the G-20, a meeting he should dominate but instead is ushered around like a child, given poor earpieces and looking a little lost.  He’s only allowed to have one meeting of note by his handlers, with China’s Xi Jinping.

    Because that meeting wasn’t going to end with anything damaging to the long-term plan.  Trump’s tariff game is tired and all it will do is hasten the demise of U.S. competitiveness in the very industries he wants us to be competitive in.

    Because tariffs are a band-aid on the real problems of bureaucracy, corruption, waste and sloth within an economy.  They are not a product of China stealing our technology (though they have).

    And that $1 trillion deficit Trump is running?  Music to the ears of the globalists who want the U.S. brought low. More military spending.  More boondoggles the banks can cut a nice big check to themselves for with funny money printed without risk. This can go on for a few more years until it doesn’t matter anymore.

    Trump’s folding on meeting Putin is the final nail in his presidency’s coffin.  He’s not even allowed to make statements on this issue anymore.  That’s for Sarah Sanders, Mike Pomposity and John Bolt-head to do.

    You know, the grown-ups in the room.

    No.  Putin and Trump met once when they weren’t supposed to and since then Trump has been getting smaller and smaller.  Sure, he held some rallies for the mid-terms to shore up his base for a few weeks while the Democrats stole more than a dozen House seats, three governorships and a couple of Senate seats, but hey he’s still working hard for no pay.

    Please.

    Trump needed to show some real moral courage and speak with Putin about the Kerch Strait incident like men, not sulk in the corner over a couple of ships. And yet his still throws his full support behind a butcher like Mohammed bin Salman because arms sales and Iran.

    Putin, for his part, makes no bones about doing business with the Saudis.  He knows that bin Salman is creating a quagmire for Trump while driving the U.S. and European Deep State mad.

    Hence:

    Putin refuses to apologize for thwarting our plans to overthrow him in Russia and steal Ukraine.

    Time Enough to Win

    For this Secretary of Defense James Mattis calls Putin, “A slow learner.”  This is a flat-out threat that Mattis has more coming Putin’s way.  But in fact, it is Mattis who is the slow learner since he still thinks Putin isn’t three steps ahead of him.

    Which he is.

    The game is all about time and money.  And thanks to Mattis and, yes, Trump, Putin will win the war of attrition he is playing.

    Because that is what has been going on here from the beginning.  Iran, China and Russia know what the U.S. power brokers want and they knew Trump would always cave to them.  So, they knew exactly how to get Trump to over-commit to a strategy that cannot and will not ever come to fruition.

    I warned that Trump’s blind-spot when it comes to Iran was his weakness.  I warned that he would eventually justify breaking every foreign policy promise to fulfill his plan to unite the Sunni world behind him and Israel by giving them Iran.

    The End of the Beginning

    Welcome to today.

    And welcome to the end of Trump’s presidency because now he is pot-committed to regime change while the vultures circle him domestically.   He has become Bush the Lesser with arguably better hair.

    He has alienated everyone the world over with sanctions and tariffs, hence his desire to “Get me out of here” as the G-20 wound down.  No one believes he matters anymore.  By tying himself to the Saudis and the Israelis the way he has he, the master negotiator, has left himself no room to negotiate.

    And that is leading to everyone defying him versus cutting deals to carve up the world, end the empire and come home.

    Trump is not leading here.  He is being led.  And change requires leaders.  He has been led down the path so many presidents have, more militarism, more empire.  Because when you’re the Emperor everyone is your enemy.  This is the paranoia of a late-stage imperial mindset.

    It certainly is the mindset of Trump’s closest advisors – Mattis, Bolton and Pompeo.

    So Trump’s “America First’ instincts, no matter how genuine, have been twisted into something worse than evil, they are now ineffectual keepers of the status quo fueling ruinous neoconservative dreams of central Asian dominance.

    And he has no one to blame but himself.

    *  *  *

    To support more work like this and get access to exclusive commentary, stock picks and analysis tailored to your needs join my more than 230 Patrons on Patreon and see if I have what it takes to help you navigate a world going slowly mad.

  • "Like Walking On Eggshells" – Women Say #MeToo Is Hurting Their Prospects For A Wall Street Career

    Considering Wall Street’s reputation as a bastion of sexism and conservative values, the big banks and their peers on the buy side have largely avoided the embarrassing sexual misconduct scandals that have plagued other industries (like Hollywood, where seemingly every man – serial rapists and controlling boyfriends alike – who has ever mistreated a woman has received their comeuppance).

    Wall Street

    One reason for the disquieting silence could be that women on Wall Street are too afraid to speak up, fearing that they would be blackballed from an otherwise lucrative and successful career. Another is that banks – given that practicing risk mitigation is their primary craft and trade (though not always successfully) – and big buy side firms have such an aversion to negative publicity that they quietly take care of problem employees before word gets out. Or they ensure that it never does.

    Well, on Monday, reporters at Bloomberg News posited another explanation: That Wall Street executives have become so terrified of being falsely accused of sexual misconduct – or of having their words and intentions “misinterpreted” – that they’re afraid to walk within 12 paces of a junior female employee without a phalanx of HR reps present to oversee the encounter.

    Bloomberg even came up with a catchy name for the phenomenon: “The Pence Effect” – a reference to Mike Pence’s policy of never dining alone with a woman who isn’t his wife. Ironically, the “Pence Effect” has become so widespread that it’s starting to hurt the chances of young women hoping to break into the industry.

    Across Wall Street, men are adopting controversial strategies for the #MeToo era and, in the process, making life even harder for women by creating an atmosphere of de facto gender segregation.

    Interviews with more than 30 senior executives suggest many are spooked by #MeToo and struggling to cope. “It’s creating a sense of walking on eggshells,” said David Bahnsen, a former managing director at Morgan Stanley who’s now an independent adviser overseeing more than $1.5 billion.

    This is hardly a single-industry phenomenon, as men across the country check their behavior at work, to protect themselves in the face of what they consider unreasonable political correctness – or to simply do the right thing. The upshot is forceful on Wall Street, where women are scarce in the upper ranks. The industry has also long nurtured a culture that keeps harassment complaints out of the courts and public eye, and has so far avoided a mega-scandal like the one that has engulfed Harvey Weinstein.

    Put another way, the #MeToo movement is doing more to reinforce the “boys club” atmosphere on Wall Street than break it down.

    One female banker who spoke with Bloomberg said that women in the industry are struggling to find ways to deal with this problem because “it’s hurting our careers.” And while it might save some Wall Streeters from an embarrassing, or potentially career changing, sexual harassment lawsuit, it could expose them to a legal action of a different kind: Gender discrimination.

    “Women are grasping for ideas on how to deal with it, because it is affecting our careers,” said Karen Elinski, president of the Financial Women’s Association and a senior vice president at Wells Fargo & Co. “It’s a real loss.”

    There’s a danger, too, for companies that fail to squash the isolating backlash and don’t take steps to have top managers be open about the issue and make it safe for everyone to discuss it, said Stephen Zweig, an employment attorney with FordHarrison.

    “If men avoid working or traveling with women alone, or stop mentoring women for fear of being accused of sexual harassment,” he said, “those men are going to back out of a sexual harassment complaint and right into a sex discrimination complaint.”

    While it might not seem like such a big deal to outsiders, being excluded from after work drinks (or strip club trips) with the boss can deprive female employees of valuable opportunities for mentorship. But while some men are loathe to have a one-on-one meeting with a junior female employee behind a closed door, others have pointed out that, in reality, avoiding the line between sexual harassment and normal every day interactions between a superior and their junior isn’t all that hard.

    There are as many or more men who are responding in quite different ways. One, an investment adviser who manages about 100 employees, said he briefly reconsidered having one-on-one meetings with junior women. He thought about leaving his office door open, or inviting a third person into the room.

    Finally, he landed on the solution: “Just try not to be an asshole.”

    That’s pretty much the bottom line, said Ron Biscardi, chief executive officer of Context Capital Partners. “It’s really not that hard.”

    But in the age of #believeallwomen, why even risk it?

     

  • Patriotism Is Plummeting In America

    Authored by Jeff Charles via LibertyNation.com,

    It once seemed like a given that the majority of Americans felt pride in their country. Despite differing views on the role of government in American life, one sentiment the public appeared to have in common was a distinct love of country. Sure, there were individuals on the hard left who viewed the U.S. as an evil, imperialistic nation, but it felt like the majority of the populace believed that despite its flaws, America was still the greatest nation on the planet. A new study suggests that this has changed – and it is not hard to figure out why. Over the years, the far left has instituted a vicious smear campaign against the United States, and it appears those efforts have paid off.

    The Foundation for Liberty and American Greatness (FLAG) recently published a reportanalyzing the level of patriotism among Americans. The researchers studied national pride among varying generations of United States citizens and found that the level of patriotism among Americans under the age of 38 dropped drastically. This group includes Generation Z and millennials, who the study indicates are “becoming unmoored from the institutions, knowledge, and spirit traditionally associated with American patriotism.”

    Patriotism On The Decline

    Here are some of the FLAG findings:

    • About half of those surveyed believe that the United States is both racist and sexist.

    • 46% of younger Americans do not believe that “America is the greatest country in the world.”

    • 14% of millennials believe that “America was never a great country and it never will be.”

    • 46% of younger Americans think “America is more racist than other countries.”

    • 44% of younger Americans think former President Barack Obama had a “bigger impact” on the United States than George Washington.

    The report also revealed a disturbing lack of knowledge when it comes to the constitution. It found that 84% of Americans do not know which specific rights are protected by the First Amendment.

    To some, the results of the study are shocking. Nick Adams, the founder of FLAG, said:

    “We suspected that we would find decreasing numbers of Americans well-versed in our nation’s most important principles and young people less patriotic than the generations that came before, but we were totally unprepared for what our national survey reveals: an epidemic of anti-Americanism. That half of millennials and Gen Z believe that the country in which they live is both ‘racist’ and ‘sexist’ shows that we have a major fraction of an entire generation that has been indoctrinated by teachers starting in grade school that America is what’s wrong with the world.”

    Of course, when you look at how the progressive left has been gradually inserting their anti-American ideology into the culture like a political IV dripping poison into the nation’s bloodstream, it is not difficult to discern what has occurred in American society.

    The Left Is Succeeding

    The progressive left has retained control over the country’s most essential means of expressing ideas. In universities, leftist professors and administrators ensure that students are taught primarily progressive ideas while squelching the spread of any views opposing those beliefs.

    Most of the nation’s newspapers and television news outlets are owned and run by progressives, who use these platforms to disseminate leftist ideology to the masses. Through skewed – and often deceptive – reportage, they seek to persuade the American public to adopt their views. They also use their influence to smear conservative politicians, organizations, and leaders.

    To make matters worse, it is nearly impossible to go to a movie theater or turn on your favorite sitcom without being bombarded with a slew of progressive messages. The left’s hold on the entertainment industry has empowered them to further their agenda while preventing conservative views from getting into the mainstream.

    FLAG’s report demonstrates that progressives have managed to convince young Americans to believe the worst about the United States; if those who continue to love the United States wish to see the paradigm shift back again, they must be willing to fight hard for it.

  • What Really Happened On Saturday? China Censors US Embassy's WeChat Posts On Trade War Truce

    After a weekend in which the Trump administration, to much fanfare, announced a breakthrough in the trade war with China according to which Beijing would purchase substantial amounts of US farm products and remove barriers to trade in exchange for a delay of new tariffs and higher tariff rates, Donald Trump left his top advisers scrambling on Monday to explain just what was in the trade deal he claimed he’d struck with China to reduce tariffs on U.S. cars exported to the country – an agreement that doesn’t exist on paper and hasn’t been confirmed in Beijing.

    As we reported earlier, Trump announced the deal in a two-sentence Twitter post late Sunday. The White House provided no additional information, and in a briefing in Beijing a few hours later, a spokesman for the foreign ministry declined to comment on any changes to car tariffs. Asked about the agreement on Monday, Treasury Secretary Steven Mnuchin and Trump’s top economic adviser, Larry Kudlow, coyly dialed back expectations and added qualifiers.

    “I’ll call them ‘commitments’ at this point, which are – commitments are not necessarily a trade deal, but it’s stuff that they’re going to look at and presumably implement,” Kudlow told reporters during a briefing that followed TV interviews and informal briefings by him and Mnuchin earlier in the day.

    That wasn’t the extent of the confusion. As part of the broader trade truce, the U.S. said it had agreed to hold off on raising tariffs Jan. 1 while negotiations took place. Bizarrely, Kudlow initially said that the Chinese had 90 days from Jan. 1 to come up with “structural changes” regarding intellectual property protections, forced technology transfer and other issues. The White House later corrected him to say that the 90 days actually began on Dec. 1, Saturday.

    With both sides apparently having their own version of what actually transpired during the Saturday night dinner, the confusion was exacerbated by the absence of a joint statement from the U.S. and China following the dinner. Financial markets were left struggling to digest talks that the White House portrayed as a major victory for the president.

    “That’s what happens when you don’t have the detailed negotiations going into the summit” and end up with the “broad swath of a 35,000-foot deal,” said Bonnie Glaser, a China expert at the Center for Strategic and International Studies in Washington. “It’s risky. There’s certainly no guarantees that it will produce the outcomes that we want.”

    But where things got truly bizarre, is that according to the SCMP, a social media post by the US embassy describing the trade agreement between the two nations was being partially censored on Monday, with the WeChat article visible but blocked from forwarding or sharing. The embassy WeChat posts about the outcome of the talks were in English and Chinese.

    At the same time, separate posts on the death of former president George H.W. Bush were not similarly affected, and could be shared.

    As noted above, the official statements made by China and the United States about what was agreed at the meeting in Argentina between presidents Xi Jinping and Donald Trump contained marked differences and omissions on both sides, which in the absence of a joint statement statement is to be expected. However, for China to censor the US version of events suggests that not only does China have a different take on what really happened on Saturday, but it also disagrees with the US take and – more importantly – wants to prevent the Chinese population from learning what Trump has been telling the US about what took place.

    For example, the Chinese statement did not include mention of the 90-day deadline or a requirement that the nation begin buying more US farm, energy and other products.

    The US embassy has repeatedly used its account on Tencent Holdings’ WeChat network and other social media to post statements and news critical of China, including about the detention of Muslims in China’s Xinjiang Uygur autonomous region. It was unclear if Beijing had ever gone so far as to censor official US communications, as it did today.

    The US embassy declined to comment on a specific post, but a spokesman said the embassy faced regular and routine blocking of social media posts in China.

  • Not Lovin' It – Researchers Find Feces On Every McDonald's Touchscreen Tested

    Authored by John Vibes via The Mind Unleashed blog,

    study recently conducted by researchers at London Metropolitan University found that touchscreens used by customers at multiple McDonald’s locations were covered in fecal bacteria. Dr. Paul Matawele, one of the lead researchers in the study, explained that the spread of this bacteria could lead to serious infections.

    “We were all surprised how much gut and faecal bacteria there was on the touchscreen machines. These cause the kind of infections that people pick up in hospitals. For instance Enterococcus faecalis is part of the flora of gastrointestinal tracts of healthy humans and other mammals. It is notorious in hospitals for causing hospital acquired infections,”Matawele said.

    Researchers tested eight different McDonalds locations throughout the London and Birmingham area, and each location had its own collection of different viruses and bacteria, from listeria at one location to Staphylococcus at another.

    “Seeing Staphylococcus on these machines is worrying because it is so contagious. It starts around people’s noses, if they touch their nose with their fingers and then transfer it to the touchscreen someone else will get it, and if they have an open cut which it gets into, then it can be dangerous. There is a lot of worries at the moment that staphylococcus is becoming resistant to antibiotics. However, it is still really dangerous in places like Africa where it can cause toxic shock,” Dr. Matawele said.

    Listeria is another rare bacterium we were shocked to find on touchscreen machines as again this can be very contagious and a problem for those with a weak immune system,Matawele added.

    Meanwhile, a vast majority of the samples tested positive for traces of the bacteria Proteus.

    Dr. Matewele explains,Proteus can be found in human and animal faeces. It is also widely distributed in soil. It can cause urinary tract infections and is also one of the hospital acquired infections where it may responsible for septicaemia. Klebsiella is also from the gut and mouth, they are associated with urinary tract infections, septicemia and diarrhoea. Some species can infect the respiratory tract resulting in pneumonia.”

    Customers receive their food immediately after touching these screens, and they often wash their hands before ordering their food, instead of after. A spokesperson for McDonald’s said that the machines are cleaned regularly throughout the day.

    The statement from McDonald’s said, “Our self-order screens are cleaned frequently throughout the day. All of our restaurants also provide facilities for customers to wash their hands before eating.”

    However, Matewele said that the same bacteria could be found on the machines for several days. This study raises concerns about touchscreen technology in general, as they are becoming more common for public use in fast food restaurants and grocery stores.

    “Touchscreen technology is being used more and more in our daily lives but these results show people should not eat food straight after touching them, they are unhygienic and can spread disease. Someone can be very careful about their own hygiene throughout the day but it could all be undone by using a touchscreen machine once,” Matewele says.

    While touchscreens present an obvious concern, it is likely that most surfaces in public places contain a variety of different germs, so it is always best to be cautious and hygienic.

  • Man Suffering "Psychotic Crisis" Pleads Guilty To Trump Assassination Attempt Involving Forklift

    A North Dakota man pleaded guilty in federal court on Friday to stealing a forklift as part of a plan to “flip” President Trump’s limo and “kill the president,” according to US Assistant State’s Attorney Brandi Sasse Russell.

    The intent was to basically try to get to the limo, flip the limo and get to the president and he wanted to kill the president” on the day Trump was to speak at the Andeavor Mandan Refinery about tax reform, said Sasse Russell according to the Grand Forks Herald

    Gregory Lee Leingang, 42, was charged in federal court with one count of attempting to enter or remain in a restricted building and on grounds while using a dangerous weapon, as well one count of attempting to damage government property. –Grand Forks Herald

    Just before Trump’s 2 p.m. arrival on September 6, 2017, Leingang stole a forklift in the city of Mandan and entered the motorcade route, according to Sasse Russell. After the forklift became stuck in a gated area, Leingang fled but was later arrested by Mandan police, where he would later admit his plan to local detectives and a member of the United States Secret Service. 

    “He was suffering a serious psychiatric crisis during this incident,” said Leingang’s public defender, Michelle Monteiro, during his court hearing.

    Leingang told U.S. District Court Judge Daniel Hovland on Friday that he is diagnosed with attention deficit hyperactivity disorder and bipolar disorder, and he has been on and off medications since he was 12 years old. –Grand Forks Herald

    Earlier in the day, Leingang set two fires at the state parole and probation office, as well as the Bismarck Municipal Ballpark maintenance shop. He pleaded guilty to setting the fires and was sentenced to 10 years in state prison. He was also sentenced to five years for stealing the forklift, and another five years for an unrelated burglary that he pleaded guilty to. His estimated release from state prison is 2038, while a federal sentencing hearing is scheduled for February. 

    He is currently seeing a psychiatrist and therapist in prison and is reportedly doing well now according to his attorney. 

Digest powered by RSS Digest

Today’s News 3rd December 2018

  • France's Meltdown, Macron's Disdain
  • Britain's Excess Winter Deaths Soar To Highest In Over 40 Years

    Winter is always a period of increased work for health services, with statistics every year proving this in the most blunt of fashions.

    Excess winter death figures represent the difference in the number of people dying during the winter months compared the rest of the year and, as Statista’s Martin Armstrong points out, are a good indicator of just how hard the cold season has been.

    Infographic: Excess winter deaths highest in over 40 years | Statista

    You will find more infographics at Statista

    The winter of 2017/18 was especially hard and, combined with a strong flu and problems associated with vaccines, it was the worst winter for excess deaths in over 40 years.

  • Exploring The Dark Side Of Bush '41'

    Authored by Eric Peters via EricPetersAutos.com,

    The Evil Has Died

    A bit of good news: George H.W. Bush is dead, finally. At least he’ll do no more harm. But the harm he did do was enough.

    Like the Nazis his father did good business with, Bush wanted a New World Order – and spoke of it lovingly and often. And now it’s upon us, in no small measure because of his machinations and those of his frog-torturing, mass-murdering, war criminal son – who was elevated to the position from which he was able to commit mass murder solely on the juice provided by his connected father.

    The entire Bush family is a crime syndicate that puts the Corleones to shame (with George W. Bush playing the role of Fredo).

    Bush Sr. – who wasn’t in Dallas on November 22, 1963 and not a CIA officer at the time – was later proved to be both of those things. His leprous fingerprints are all over the termination of the last American president who wasn’t a wholly owned subsidiary of the military industrial complex.

    The Bush family was also good friends with another family. The Hinckley family. And then a curious thing happened on March 30, 1981.

    And the leprous hands assumed control of the tiller. The chastened Gipper knew where things stood after that.

    In due course, the anointed one officially assumed the purple – and we got the No New Taxes his lips told us not to read.

    He then worked with Clintigula to stomp Ross Perot, who told us all what was going to happen as a result of the “free trade” deals being stuffed down the throats of the American people like a pate de foi gras goose.

    And they did.

    And here we are.

    Now there will be a period of unction and prostration before the effigy of this quintessential political hack and fixer, who used this country like a Twink at San Quentin for the advancement of his loathsome family’s interests.

    It is only because of the out-of-nowhere good fortune of the Orange One that we are not currently afflicted with another Bush’s hands on the tiller. We have that to be eternally grateful for, at least.

    Meanwhile, the corpse of the creature will be displayed like Lenin and Stalin for the wailing and gnashing of teeth. But the guy who takes out the trash each week is deserving of infinitely higher esteem.

    He, at least, does productive work and hasn’t killed anyone.

    But it is not too late to make good use of the stringy old stiff. There are homeless cats that need to be fed. Possibly also some experiments could be performed that would yield scientifically valuable information – such as how long does it take various acids to penetrate the scaly skin of bipedal reptiles? How long to render one into so many gallons of viscous goo, to be flushed down the toilet and out to sea… the only fitting burial for the thing called George H.W. Bush.

    H.W. Bush greatly deepened the swamp Trump now has to drain.

    Bush will be remembered as one of the worst Presidents in our history. He spent eight years as Vice President undermining President Reagan. As President, he reversed nearly every Reagan accomplishment.  In 2016 he voted for Hillary Clinton ,because the Deep State Swamp sticks together.

    “RIP Poppy” Say hello to McCain.

    Source

    Good riddance rather than goodbye.

  • Tesla On Autopilot Drove 7 Miles On Major Highway After Drunk Driver Fell Asleep

    It appears that Tesla owners have found another use for “autopilot” aside from just slamming into inanimate objects at high rates of speed: drunk, but eco-friendly, people drivers are also reportedly using it as a designated driver. A report from ARS Technica recounts the story of a California Highway Patrol pulling over a Model S driver who “appeared to be asleep at the wheel.”

    The vehicle was traveling on Highway 101 in Palo Alto and reportedly led police on a 7 mile excursion before they were able to get the driver’s attention.

    California Highway Patrol

    “One of the officers basically ended up going in front of the vehicle and basically tried to slow it down,” a CHP spokesman stated, and it took about seven minutes for an officer pursuing the vehicle to get it to pull over.

    The driver was subsequently arrested for driving under the influence.

    While the article notes that authorities can’t yet confirm if the “Autopilot” system was turned on, it seems to be the obvious leading suspect in such a case. 

    Then the question becomes: how could the “Autopilot” have been engaged if the driver’s hands weren’t on the wheel? As ArsTechnica reminds us, Tesla recently released a software update that is supposed to warn drivers in as little as 30 seconds that the “Autopilot” will disengage if their hands aren’t placed on the wheel. If the driver was asleep, as suggested, the vehicle should have started slowing down.

    This situation echoes a similar incident that took place in January of this year when police found a man asleep behind the wheel of a Tesla on the San Francisco–Oakland Bay Bridge. After he was woken up, he insisted that he was fine because the vehicle was on “Autopilot”, despite the fact that he was drunk by more than twice the legal limit.

    Arguably worse than his arrest, the driver was then subsequently trolled by the California State Highway Patrol’s Twitter account:

    In the January case, the driver’s car was found stopped. Obviously, that wasn’t the case with the most recent arrest. That also leads us to ask: is it possible that not every single problem Tesla has is fixable with a software update? Who would have thought.

  • Morgan Stanley: Why 2019 Will Be The Turning Point

    By Michael Wilson, chief US equity strategist at Morgan Stanley

    Last week, our macro team released its outlook for 2019. While clients only see the final report, it requires extensive effort and  debate among our strategists and economists to arrive at a cohesive and consistent view, with special help from Andrew Sheets  and the entire cross-asset team. In the end, we settled on a new narrative that we titled The Turning Point, reflecting our  conclusion that several key markets and biases will begin to reverse powerful and long-standing trends in the year ahead.

    Specifically, we expect the following outcomes in 2019:

    • US and European yields converge
    • The US dollar makes a definitive cycle peak
    • Emerging markets (EM) stocks and bonds outperform
    • US equities and high yield underperform
    • Within equities, value outperforms growth

    Many of us were in Singapore this past week at our 17th annual Asia Pac Summit, where we discussed our outlook with a large and diverse group of clients. While pushback wasn’t overwhelming, clients didn’t exactly embrace our views, with the least support for value over growth and international stocks outperforming the US. Most agreed with our bearish stance on the US dollar but think we are early. On the other side of the ledger, many were in sympathy with our positive view on EM local debt.

    We also encountered a high level of uncertainty, which usually leads people to hold on to their winners and avoid taking risks with a new view. This is a refrain I’ve often heard at major turning points, especially when existing trends have been so powerful and in place for so long – it’s hard to imagine them reversing. But anticipating changes in investment cycles is the essence of a macro strategist’s job. There’s no use identifying a turning point after it’s passed.

    What do we see driving these changes? First, our economics team expects the US to slow materially next year from its blistering pace in 2018. The team thinks EM and European economic growth should remain steadier while Japan reaccelerates. This means growth differentials between EM and the US should widen back out just as they narrow between international developed economies and the US.

    This should lead to interest rate convergence between the US and Europe, and a weaker US dollar, especially given how long the dollar the world is after eight years of buying US assets. From an earnings standpoint, difficult comparisons and the growing margin pressure we see only compound the issue of slowing US economic growth. This implies slower earnings growth in the US relative to international markets, driving better relative performance for international equities.

    In the era of QE and fiscal austerity, equity investors have favored a barbell of quality and growth, a strategy that has worked brilliantly. However, with that era coming to an end, we don’t think this barbell will work so well. As we’ve discussed previously, a period of global reflation began two years ago with the bottoming of nominal rates and inflation breakevens in 2016. This coincided with the resynchronization of global growth between EM and developed markets, providing a powerful elixir for stocks of all types, as equity risk premiums were too high for this new world. Throw in the still exceptionally low interest rates at that time, and voilà, P/Es expanded materially as earnings growth accelerated. Now that US rates are up nearly 100% from the 2016 lows, combined with a strong argument for higher equity risk premiums, valuations are suddenly constrained, at least in the US.

    Since Fed tightening was one of the pillars of our bearish outlook for risk assets in 2018, I would be remiss if I didn’t address Jerome Powell’s more dovish tone last week. I never doubted the Fed would consider financial conditions in its policy decisions. However, Powell’s comments do nothing to change our earnings outlook. With rates still hanging around 3%, there’s no reason to expect the S&P 500 to break above the top end of our previously stated near-term range (2650-2825). Some might argue, or be hoping, for an overshoot on valuation, but that’s a bull market view. I would caution that the rolling bear is still in the woods; he is simply resting at the moment.

    Finally, writing this note before the Trump/Xi meeting on Saturday night at the G-20, I remain skeptical that anything will result that differs materially from what’s been leaked. More importantly, I don’t think trade tensions are the primary reason why asset markets have disappointed in 2018. As with the Fed’s dovish tilt last week, I see no reason to change our view of a range-bound market for the rest of the year.

    Enjoy your Sunday. As for me, I’ll be in the stands rooting for the Chicago Bears to maul the New York Giants on Sunday afternoon.

  • Smear, Slander, Rinse, And Repeat

    Authored by Raul Ilargi Meijer via The Automatic Earth blog,

    The way ‘news’ is reported through known outlets changes so fast hardly a soul notices that news as we once knew it no longer exists. This is due to a large extent to the advent of the internet in general, and social media in particular. On the one hand this has led to an absolute overkill in ‘news’, forcing people to pick between sources once they find they can’t read or view it all, on the other hand it has allowed news outlets to flood the former news waves with so much of the same that nobody can compare one source with the other anymore.

    Once you achieve that situation, you’re more or less free to make the news, rather than just report on it. The rise of Donald Trump has made the existing mass media realize that one-sided negative reporting on the man sells better than anything objective can. The MSM have sort of won the battle versus the interwebs, albeit only in that regard, and only for this moment, but that is enough for them for now; just like their readers, they don’t have the scope or the energy to look any further or deeper.

    This is in a nutshell, and we really should take a much more profound look but that’s another chapter, what has changed the news, and what will keep on changing it until the truth sets us all free. This is what drives outlets like CNN, the New York Times and the Guardian today, because it provides them with readers and viewers. Which they would not have if they didn’t conduct a 24/7 war on a set list of topics they know their audience can’t get enough of.

    For these outlets, there are are three targets: Assange, Putin and Trump. And it’s especially the alleged links between the three that gets media -and politicians- excited, because if such links exist, the case against the individual targets is greatly reinforced. Trump can be portrayed in a much more damaging light if he’s painted off as Putin’s stooge, Putin becomes an enemy of America, Britain and the EU is he’s deciding elections in these countries (and poisoning people), and Assange can really only be set in a negative light if he aids and abets both of them.

    The problem would be evidence. Or it would seem to be, at least. But the news has changed. We are well into the second year of ‘reporting’ on how Trump and Putin have conspired against Hillary, and there is still no proof other than intelligence services swearing on their mothers’ graves that really, Assange, Putin and Trump have targeted our democracies in order to take over control of them by illegal means.

    They are the enemy, and you, who are of course on the other side, are their victims. But your trusted media will save you from a grueling fate. Now, if the passing of George HW Bush makes anything clear, it’s how united politicians and media are in praise of him, and against everyone else. The Observer, Guardian’s Sunday sister, puts it ever so eloquently today:

    “Whether it’s his shabby efforts to defend Mohammed bin Salman, the Saudi crown prince accused of ordering the murder of Jamal Khashoggi, his professed “love” for North Korea’s ruthless dictator, Kim Jong-un, or his unashamed kowtowing to Putin, Trump undermines his office.

    What a sorry contrast he presents with the dignified former president, George HW Bush, who died this weekend. Bush Sr wasn’t perfect, but he understood what making America great really means.”

    It shouldn’t be necessary for anyone to point out that HW was basically a war criminal in thinly veiled disguise, who ordered the bombing of a caravan of civilians in Iraq 27 years ago, as the US had invaded Iraq because Saddam Hussein had taken Kuwait egged on by that same US. If you can call that dignified, you have issues.

    By the same token, it shouldn’t be necessary for anyone to point out that the umpteenth Guardian hit piece on Julian Assange was just that, and invented from A to Z as well. If, when seeing the headline, you didn’t see that in the first fraction of a second, you haven’t been paying attention; you’re well into the news matrix. By now, everyone should recognize these things for what they are. But it only appears to get harder. It’s what outlets like to report, and readers like to read. It paints the world into a nice neat scheme, in which the bad guys are easy to spot, and you find yourself in a safe and cozy corner.

    The problem, though, is that the entire thing is fantasy. The headline Manafort Held Secret Talks With Assange In Ecuadorian Embassy, Sources Say does not contain one iota of truth. But what does it matter? Assange has been cut off from the world, he can’t defend himself. Manafort is about to be thrown in jail for lying. The Russians can’t be trusted on anything, whatever they say must be a lie. And Trump gets so much of this stuff, he wouldn’t know where to begin anymore if he’d want to sue for libel.

    One interesting detail about that ‘article’, after we’ve already established that they made it up, we know there’s not a single sign of Manafort having been in London around the time he allegedly met with Assange, is the connection between the Guardian and Ecuador. The paper has stationed people in Quito, the country’s capital. And sources within the Ecuadorian government appear to be feeding them material. Such as the claim that Manafort visited Assange. He wasn’t there. We know that from his passports and surveillance cameras.

    The Guardian has a vendetta with Julian Assange, and Ecuador’s new president uses the paper to smear Assange’s name, painting him as an unwashed slob and a cat hater. This is your news, Britain and other anglo readers, this is what it’s come to. Already. And we’re just in the first inning of the game of making up the news as we go along.

    The byline of that Manafort/Assange fantasy piece says “Luke Harding and Dan Collyns in Quito”. Now, on May 16 2018 I published an article entitled I Am Julian Assange, in which I referred to no less than three Guardian articles all published the day before, and all with the same topic.

    The first one, Revealed: Ecuador Spent Millions On Spy Operation For Julian Assange, lists Dan Collyns, Stephanie Kirchgaessner, Luke Harding, Fernando Villavicencio and Cristina Solórzano as authors. The second one, How Julian Assange Became An Unwelcome Guest In Ecuador’s Embassy, lists Luke Harding, Stephanie Kirchgaessner and Dan Collyns.Number three is Why Does Ecuador Want Assange Out Of Its London Embassy?, written by poor lonely Dan Collyns in Quito all by himself.

    It seems obvious that ‘Ecuador’ didn’t get sick of Assange. What happened was Ecuador changed presidents. Rafael Correa’s longtime friend and right hand man Lenin Moreno ran for president as his logical successor, only to turn against his former mentor as soon as he was elected. And not long after that, the Guardian has sources in Quito which it could use to smear Assange even further.

    This way of ‘making’ the news is not limited to the Guardian, and it’s not limited to its coverage of WikiLeaks. We must ask ourselves every step of the way if we can still call this sort of thing ‘news’, ‘coverage’ and ‘reporting’. Let’s hope both WikiLeaks and Paul Manafort sue the paper, but apparently they’ll need a lot of money to do it. An additional layer of protection for fake news.

    The Guardian is not just after Assange, and it’s not just Luke Harding writing hit pieces. Here are the paper’s editors on November 30. The fallout of the Manafort/Assange piece has made them sort of careful in that they say: “what we say is probably not true, but imagine if it were! Wouldn’t that be terrible?!”

    America’s Compromised Leader (Guardian Op-Ed)

    Earlier this week Donald Trump stood on the south lawn of the White House and ridiculed Theresa May’s Brexit agreement as a “great deal for the EU”. He is likely to make the same contemptuous case during the G20 summit in Argentina this weekend, although pointedly there is no planned bilateral. Given the political stakes facing her back home, Mrs May must feel as if 14,000 miles is a long way to travel for the weekend merely to be trashed by supposedly her greatest ally. When this happens, though, who does Mrs May imagine is confronting her? Is it just Mr Trump himself, America First president, sworn enemy of the international order in general and the European Union in particular?

    That’s a bad enough reality. But might her accuser also be, at some level, Vladimir Putin, a leader whose interest in weakening the EU and breaking Britain from it as damagingly as possible outdoes even that of Mr Trump?

    That prospect is even worse. Such speculation would normally seem, and still probably is, a step too far. The idea that a US president is in any way doing the Kremlin’s business as well as his own is the stuff of spy thrillers and of John le Carré TV adaptations. Yet the icy fact is that the conspiracy theory may now also contain an element of truth.

    [..] Days before he took office in 2017, Mr Trump said that “the closest I came to Russia” was in selling a Florida property to a Russian oligarch in 2008. If Mr Cohen’s statement is true, Mr Trump was telling his country a lie. What is more, the Russians knew it. Potentially, that raises issues of US national security. If Mr Putin knew that Mr Trump was concealing information about his Russian business interests, this could give Moscow leverage over the US leader. Mr Trump might feel constrained to praise Mr Putin or to avoid conflicts with Russia over policy. All this may indeed be very far-fetched. Yet Russia’s activities in the 2016 election against Hillary Clinton and in favour of Mr Trump are not fiction.

    They prompted the setting up of the Mueller inquiry into links between the Russian government and the Trump campaign. Another document this week suggests a longtime Trump adviser, Roger Stone, may have sought information about WikiLeaks plans to release hacked Democratic party emails in 2016. There is nothing in the documents released this week that proves that Mr Trump conspired with Russian efforts to win him the presidency.

    Yet those efforts were real. For two years, Mr Trump has gone to unprecedented lengths to attack the special counsel. After November’s midterms, he seemed on the verge of firing Mr Mueller. He may yet do so. But this week’s charges suggest that there is plenty more still to be revealed. Mr Trump still has questions to answer from the investigating authorities, from the new Congress – and from America’s long-suffering allies.

    You see what they do, and how they do it? Big statement, and then say it’s probably not true. Post Manafort/Assange disaster piece, their lawyers have provided a way to legally make outrageous claims. It’s still smear, and it’s still slander, but they’ve already covered their asses by saying it’s probably a step too far. Still managed to say it though… And hey, what’s not to like about the phrase “..America’s long-suffering allies”?

    Also on November 30, the Guardian ran the following piece. Note the headline. And realize there never was a deal. Which the article acknowledges of course. Just not in the headline.

    Trump Calls Russia Deal ‘Legal And Cool’ As Mueller Inquiry Gathers Pace

    Donald Trump, drawn deeper into an investigation into Russian meddling in US elections, has defended his pursuit of a business deal in Moscow at the same time he was running for president as “very legal & very cool”. Trump appeared rattled this week after Michael Cohen, his former personal lawyer, confessed that he lied to Congress about a Russian property contract he pursued on his boss’s behalf during the Republican primary campaign in 2016. The surprise admission cast the president himself as a pivotal figure in Special Counsel Robert Mueller’s investigation into alleged collusion for the first time. In a series of tweets from Buenos Aires, where he is attending the G20 summit, Trump recalled “happily living my life” as a property developer before running for president after seeing the “Country going in the wrong direction (to put it mildly)”.

    Smear Slander Rinse and Repeat. All you need to do is add “it’s probably not true” here and there, and you’re good to go. People claim that the coming age of AI and algorithms is a threat to news dissemination, but at this pace there won’t be much left to threaten.

    I think I’ll close with that Observer quote I posted above. It’s just perfect.

    Donald Trump’s Growing List Of Failures (Observer Op-Ed)

    “Whether it’s his shabby efforts to defend Mohammed bin Salman, the Saudi crown prince accused of ordering the murder of Jamal Khashoggi, his professed “love” for North Korea’s ruthless dictator, Kim Jong-un, or his unashamed kowtowing to Putin, Trump undermines his office. What a sorry contrast he presents with the dignified former president, George HW Bush, who died this weekend. Bush Sr wasn’t perfect, but he understood what making America great really means.”

    Okay, can’t help myself. MbS: not shabby efforts, but a refusal to risk being singled out and be blamed for $400 oil prices by the same Senators who tolerated Saudi behavior for decades. Kim Jong-un: Trump is closer to peace in Korea than anyone in decades. The claim Trump is ‘kowtowing’ to Putin only makes sense if you believe the unproven allegations of collusion. Robert Mueller hasn’t provided any evidence of it in 18 months, but a bunch of guys in a London office know better? As far as the dignity of Bush 41 is concerned, I see no reason to add one single syllable.

    I will never get tired of defending Julian Assange. I do get tired of defending Trump, but the media leaves me no choice. There’s a dire need for at least a little balance in what passes for the news, and that balance seems to get further out of reach every passing day. News outlets have resorted to propaganda campaigns against individuals, organizations and even entire nations because it helps them sell copies, ads and airtime.

    And frankly, we must prepare for smear and allegations thought up out of thin air just to make a profit, to be used to lock away people for life regardless of what a nation’s laws say, for presidents to be impeached because it suits the owners of papers or TV stations (despite Trump being their meal ticket), and we must for the inevitable endgame, fake news as the reason to start a -nuclear- war.

  • Alberta Orders "Unprecedented" Oil Output Cut To Combat Crashing Prices

    While just a few hundred miles south, WTI is flirting with the one year low price of $50/barrel, Canada’s oil-producing hub, Alberta, would be ecstatic to have its oil trade at anything even remotely close to this level.

    As we reported recently, Canadian oil producers are in an increasingly tough predicament. With high and increasing oil demand around the globe over the last year, Canadian oil production has increased accordingly. All of this is simple and predictable economics, but in the process Canadian oil hit a massive roadblock. Producers have the supply, and they have more than enough demand, but they don’t have the means to make the connection. Canadian export pipelines simply don’t have the capacity to keep up with either the supply or the demand.

    Canadian oil producers have now maxed out their storage capacity, and the Canadian glut continues to grow while they wait for a solution to the pipeline problem to materialize. As pipeline space is at a premium and storage has hit maximum capacity, oil prices have fallen dramatically, and the differentials that had previously been hitting heavy oil hard in Canada (now at below $14 a barrel for the first time since 2016) have now spread to light oil and upgraded synthetic oil sands crude as well, leaving overall Canadian oil prices at record lows.

    So in a long-awaited and according to local energy traders, overdue response, Canada’s largest oil producing province ordered what Bloomberg called “an unprecedented output cut”, an effort to ease a worsening crisis in the nation’s energy industry and adding to global actions to combat a recent price crash ahead of this week’s OPEC+ summit where oil exporters will similarly seek to slash output (something which all OPEC+ nations agree upon, but nobody wants to be the first to cut its own production).

    Alberta Premier Rachel Notley followed the advice of local producers like Cenovus Energy and Canadian Natural Resources, which have been hammered by record low prices for heavy Canadian crude. The crisis has caused some producers to reduce production on their own, slash dividends and delay next year’s drilling plans, while the Alberta economy has – by local accounts – slumped into a recession.

    “Every Albertan owns the energy resources in the ground, and we have a duty to defend those resources,” Notley said in a statement. “But right now, they’re being sold for pennies on the dollar. We must act immediately, and we must do it together.”

    The plan, which was announced late on Sunday, will reduce production of raw crude and bitumen from Alberta by 325,000 barrels a day, or 8.7% from January until excess oil in storage is drawn down. The reduction would then drop to 95,000 barrels a day until the end of next year at the latest.

    The cut by Canada, the world’s fifth-biggest producer, follows fresh promises over the weekend by Saudi Arabia and Russia to extend their deal to manage the oil market. Global prices crashed last month by the most in a decade, a plunge that particularly battered producers in Alberta amid the abovementioned surging oil-sands output, a shortage of pipeline space, as well as heavy U.S. refinery maintenance.

    The news out of Canada, together with this weekend’s temporary trade war truce between the US and Canada, helped lift U.S. benchmark prices as Canada’s output cuts will likely slash the volume of oil flowing into Canada’s southern neighbor and the world’s biggest consumer; as a result WTI rose as much as 5% Monday morning in Asia.

    To many, the production cut was not only long overdue, it was also inevitable in light of the record production coupled with record low price, a disastrous combination which would otherwise culminate with mass defaults.

    That said, one wonders just how much of an impact this initial step to rationalize the Canadian oil market will have: the amount being cut is more than the total production of each of OPEC’s three smallest members: Equatorial Guinea, Gabon and the Republic of Congo. It is still relatively modest in the grand scheme of things.

    Notley said that the curtailment plan, which will apply to both oil-sands and conventional producers, should narrow the discount between Western Canada Select and U.S. benchmark oil by at least $4 a barrel and add an estimated C$1.1 billion ($830 million) in government revenue in the fiscal year starting April 2019.

    Alberta expects the 325,000-barrel-a-day reduction to be in place for the first three months, while storage is drawn down to historical levels. After that, the government will work to match capacity with production. Further reductions in the curtailment are expected in the fall and winter as additional rail capacity comes online. The measure could be removed earlier than the end of 2019, based on market conditions, the government said.

    The output cut also seeks to stabilize the local economy: the action is designed to prevent job cuts by letting companies keep people on because they can “see a light at the end of the tunnel,” Notley said at a news conference.

    https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

    The announcement was lauded by the chief executive officer of Cenovus, Alex Pourbaix. “I would like to commend Premier Rachel Notley and her government for making the difficult but necessary decision to implement a temporary mandatory oil production cut in Alberta,” he said in a statement. “Under normal circumstances, oil and gas producers would never advocate for government intervention in the market, but these are not ordinary circumstances.”

    To protect smaller drillers, the first 10,000 barrels of a producer’s output will be exempted from the cut. Each company’s level of curtailment will be based on six months of its highest level of production over the past 12 months, according to the statement. The province expects the curtailment to affect about 25 producers.

    Underscoring the severity of the local oversupply crisis, the Alberta announcement marks the first time the provincial government has ordered a production cut since the 1980s, and that previous move was meant to protest federal energy policies, not solely to boost prices.

    A chorus of companies, investors and industry leaders has rallied to the idea in recent weeks, saying that no other measure could help work down the glut of oil backed up in storage as quickly. Even Notley’s main political rival – United Conservative Party Leader Jason Kenney – has called for a curtailment. The only dissenting voice has come from Canada’s integrated oil companies, whose refineries have been benefiting from the cheaper feedstock.

    Still, Notley’s announcement was generally priced in after Notley last week assured Albertans that a decision on curtailing output was coming; that helped boost heavy Canadian crude prices by 49% last week, although even after that gain, Western Canada Select crude was trading for $29 a barrel less than U.S. benchmarks. As shown in the top chart, WCS closed at $13.46 a barrel earlier this month, the lowest on record. The grade’s discount to U.S. benchmark oil prices widened to $50 a barrel last month, also a record.

    And now, with the Canadian announcement set to raise both US crude and gasoline prices – both the nemesis of Trump’s agenda – pundits are eagerly looking forward to the president’s reaction to Notley’s price-boosting announcement. One suggestion has already been floated as shown below:

    https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

  • Even The NYTimes Thinks Its 'Curtains For The Clintons'

    When it comes to the Clintons’ heavily promoted speaking tour, it seems that even the crickets are taking the night off. 

    The New York Times‘s Maureen Dowd has penned what can only be described as a sad state of affairs for the Clintons – after paying $177 for a ticket to hear the former Democratic party superstars speak. As journalist Byron York notes – had Dowd simply waited until the day of the event, she could pave paid less than $10 for the event. 

    As Dowd illustrates, the Clintons are the Democrats’ Rasputin – refusing to be extinguished so that the fractured party can move forward. 

    The Clintons refuse to be discarded. It has been their joint project for half a century to be at the center of the public scene and debate. The way that the whole thing came crashing down in 2016 is too hard for them to bear. They would like to rewrite the ending, but there is no way to do that. –Maureen Dowd via NYT

    Read the entire piece below via the New York Times

    TORONTO — The snow is falling lightly.

    My thoughts are racing darkly.

    I’m feeling something foreign, something I’ve never felt before. It takes me a moment to identify it.

    I’m feeling sorry for the Clintons.

    In the 27 years I’ve covered Bill and Hillary, I’ve experienced a range of emotions. They’ve dazzled me and they’ve disgusted me.

    But now they’re mystifying me.

    I’m looking around Scotiabank Arena, the home of the Toronto Maple Leafs, and it’s a depressing sight. It’s two-for-the-price-of-one in half the arena. The hockey rink is half curtained off, but even with that, organizers are scrambling at the last minute to cordon off more sections behind thick black curtains, they say due to a lack of sales. I paid $177 weeks in advance. (I passed on the pricey meet-and-greet option.) On the day of the event, some unsold tickets are slashed to single digits.

    I get reassigned to another section as the Clintons’ audience space shrinks. But even with all the herding, I’m still looking at large swaths of empty seats — and I cringe at the thought that the Clintons will look out and see that, too. It was only four years ago, after all, that Canadians were clamoring to buy tickets to see the woman who seemed headed for history.

    It’s a sad contrast with the sold-out boffo book tour of Michelle Obama, who’s getting a lot more personal for the premium prices. But introspection has never been within the Clintons’ range.

    I can’t fathom why the Clintons would make like aging rock stars and go on a tour of Canada and the U.S. at a moment when Democrats are hoping to break the stranglehold of their cloistered, superannuated leadership and exult in a mosaic of exciting new faces.

    What is the point? It’s not inspirational. It’s not for charity. They’re not raising awareness about a cause, like Al Gore with global warming. They’re only raising awareness about the Clintons.

    It can’t be the money at this point. Have they even spent all the Goldman gold yet? Do they want to swim in their cash like Scrooge McDuck?

    The Clintons’ tin cup is worthy of the Smithsonian. They hoovered more than $2 billion in contributions to their campaigns, foundation and philanthropies.

    After the White House, the money-grubbing raged on, with the Clintons making over 700 speeches in a 15-year period, blithely unconcerned with any appearance of avarice or of shady special interests and foreign countries buying influence. They stockpiled a whopping $240 million. Even leading up to her 2016 presidential run, Hillary was packing in the speeches, talking to the Institute of Scrap Recycling Industries, the American Camp Association, eBay, and there was that infamous trifecta of speeches for Goldman Sachs worth $675,000.

    “What scares me the most is Hillary’s smug certainty of her own virtue as she has become greedy and how typical that is of so many chic liberals who seem unaware of their own greed,” Charlie Peters, the legendary liberal former editor of The Washington Monthly, told me. “They don’t really face the complicity of what’s happened to the world, how selfish we’ve become and the horrible damage of screwing the workers and causing this resentment that the Republicans found a way of tapping into.” He ruefully worries about the Obamas in this regard, too.

    Indeed, in the era of Trump, greed is not only good. It’s grand. The stock market is our highest value. Mammonism rules.

    But watching the Clintons hash over their well-worn tale of falling in love at Yale Law School, I realize that it’s not only about the money.

    Some in Clintonworld say Hillary fully intends to be the nominee. Once more, in Toronto, she didn’t rule it out, dodging the question with a lame joke. She carries herself with the air of a president in exile. Her consigliere, Philippe Reines, has prodded reporters on including her name when they write about 2020 candidates.

    And Bill has given monologues to old friends about how Hillary knows how she’d have to run in 2020, that she couldn’t have a big staff and would just speak her mind and not focus-group everything. (That already sounds focus-grouped.)

    After losing to an orange puffer clown fish who will go down as one of the most destructive forces in American history and flushing the Obama legacy down the drain, that’s delusional. Some Obama associates say the former president has some regrets about throwing his support solely behind Hillary and knows he misread the anger and frustration of voters.

    Bill was radioactive in the midterms and Hillary was the Ghost of Christmas Past. Her approval rating is at a record low of 36 percent. The only American who seems truly interested in her these days is President Trump, who can’t stop tweeting about her. She’s still money in his book.

    The Clintons refuse to be discarded. It has been their joint project for half a century to be at the center of the public scene and debate. The way that the whole thing came crashing down in 2016 is too hard for them to bear. They would like to rewrite the ending, but there is no way to do that.

    Nothing they have done lately suggests that they have learned anything, including their obtuse post-#MeToo comments about Monica Lewinsky, who has been far more candid and sympathetic in the 20th anniversary retellings of the impeachment saga. The Clintons are still unable to hold themselves accountable. The formerly golden couple who dominated their party for nearly three decades is traveling North America in a bubble, shockingly un-self-aware.

    Their pathological need to be relevant in America is belied by a Canadian arena, where stretches of empty seats bear witness to the passing of their relevance.

    It’s a pity.

    I invite you to follow me on Twitter (@MaureenDowd) and join me on Facebook.

    https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

  • Mind The Chemtrails: New Study Calls For Global "Stratospheric Aerosol Injection" By 2030s

    A fleet of aircraft injecting sulfates into the lower stratosphere could help protect the world from climate change. Well, that is according to a peer-reviewed paper published Nov. 23 in the journal Environmental Research Letters by researchers from Harvard and Yale universities.

    It sounds like rhetoric from the tinfoil-hat chemtrail conspiracy community. Large commercial airliners spraying sulfate microparticles into the stratosphere, anywhere from 8 to 30 miles high. The purpose is to help shield the Earth from sunlight to maintain lower temperatures.

    The report is one of the most in-depth and modern study yet of “stratospheric aerosol injection” (also known as “solar dimming” or “solar engineering” and or in the conspiracy community – “chemtrails”). Researchers examined how effective and expensive a solar geoengineering project would be beginning in the early 2030s. The goal of the program would be to halve the temperature increase caused by heat-trapping greenhouse gases, sort of like the global cooling effects of volcanic eruptions.

    Gernot Wagner, a research associate at Harvard’s School of Engineering and Applied Sciences, is the lead author of the paper. He said their study shows this type of geoengineering “would be technically possible strictly from an engineering perspective. It would also be remarkably inexpensive, at an average of around $2 to $2.5 billion per year over the first 15 years.”

    The study’s co-author of the paper and lecturer at Yale, Wake Smith, explained that an entirely new aircraft needs to be designed for the chemtrail program. “No existing aircraft has the combination of altitude and payload capabilities required.”

    Researchers investigated what it would cost to develop an aircraft they call he SAI Lofter (SAIL). The report indicates the fuselage would have a stubby design and the wing area, as well as the thrust, would need to be twice as large. The estimated cost of the plane, a whopping $2 billion and $350 million to modify existing engines.

    The American Meteorological Society (AMS) expressed great concern about the project, which said, “reflecting sunlight would likely reduce Earth’s average temperature but could also change global circulation patterns with potentially serious consequences such as changing storm tracks and precipitation patterns.”

    In other words, screwing with the mother nature might have unintended consequences and likely trigger a new set of problems.

    This report should undoubtedly cause discussion in the chemtrail conspiracy community.

Digest powered by RSS Digest

Today’s News 2nd December 2018

  • Learning The Real Lessons Of Yalta To Prevent World War III

    Authored by Martin Sieff via The Strategic Culture Foundation,

    Politically aware Americans, especially self-proclaimed “tough” neo-liberals and neo-conservatives have had a hate obsession with the Crimea for 73 years since proclaiming the myth of an “evil” sell-out of Eastern Europe that supposedly took place at the Yalta summit conference in February 1945 between Josef Stalin, Winston Churchill and a dying US President Franklin Roosevelt.

    Instead, as is often the case in the age of George Orwell’s “big lie” in modern America and Britain, the opposite was the case. The Yalta conference was a triumph of realpolitik that kept the global peace between the superpowers almost three quarters of a century so far.

    It is, therefore enormously ironic that the peace of the world should now be threatened over US and UK outrage in particular over Russia asserting its legal and sovereign rights after a blatant breach of agreements and sovereignty by the Ukrainian vessels in Kerch Strait separating Crimea from mainland Russia.

    The kneejerk US and UK reactions, based on mindlessly swallowing generations of dangerous mythmaking by both Republicans and Democrats in the United States and by the revered demigod Winston Churchill in Britain is that at Yalta Roosevelt cynically – and possibly in full senility – “sold out” all the countries of Eastern Europe to Stalin and thereby threatened the survival of the West.

    This myth was created by Churchill in Volume 6 of his enormous war memoirs, “The Second World War”. (Most of it was in fact written for him by an enormous team of British historians and bureaucratic researchers. This did not stop Churchill from happily accepting the Nobel Prize for Literature on the entirely false grounds that he had written all of it.)

    Churchill blamed Roosevelt for selling out Eastern Europe at Yalta in his discussions with Stalin. By then FDR was long since dead and so were Harry Hopkins, his de facto national security adviser at Yalta and Major General Edwin “Pa” Watson, his closest personal aide.

    The next US president, Harry Truman made no secret in later years of his deep, abiding jealousy for President Roosevelt and was happy to scapegoat his dead predecessor for the outcome of Yalta..

    Truman’s successor, President Dwight Eisenhower as Supreme Allied Commander actually worked sympathetically and closely with the Soviet Union to prevent any clash between the Western and Soviet armies knowing that only the Nazis could benefit from such a disaster.

    But by 1952, running for president himself, Eisenhower did not dare to acknowledge his own key role in accepting Soviet control of half of Europe, so it made perfect sense for him to slander the late FDR as well.

    In fact, Yalta was a triumph for FDR in everything that really mattered: The division of Europe agreed to there by the “Big Three” was based on realities of power and could therefore be upheld and maintained for many decades and it was. By contrast, the hyped, gargantuan Versailles Peace Conference in 1919 led to the rise of Adolf Hitler within 14 years and another, even worse world war only 20 years later.

    Versailles was a catastrophe. Yalta, where it really mattered, was a lasting triumph.

    Because of the great Soviet victory in June 1944 in the Battle of Belorussia, it was inevitable that all of Central Europe from Stettin in the Baltic to the borders of Greece would fall under Soviet control before the Anglo-American armies driving in on the Third Reich from the West could get there. That was why the American Republican criticisms of the dying Franklin Roosevelt for “selling out” Central Europe at the 1945 Yalta conference were so unfair. There was nothing in practical terms FDR could have done otherwise.

    And in any case, FDR did not make the key concessions to Stalin on Central Europe at all. It was Churchill, the British statesman who has become the icon-hero of American internationalist conservatives, who made them.

    Churchill, at his meeting in Moscow with Stalin in October 1944 initialed the famous agreement on the back of a napkin that acknowledged the Soviet dominant role in all of the Balkans, except for Greece. Roosevelt was outraged when he learned about it. By then, Churchill knew that Poland, Hungary and most of the rest of Central Europe would fall to the Soviet armies too. The Battle of Belorussia had ensured that.

    As US senators and pundits vie with each other now to push US President Donald Trump towards a potentially enormously dangerous confrontation with Russia over the Kerch Straits clash, it is more important than ever to recover and teach the true lessons of Yalta.

    In February 1945 a dying but clear-headed Franklin Roosevelt opted for continued respect and dialogue with the Soviet Union to prevent world wars and preserve the peace of the world. His wisdom lasted almost 70 years.

    Yalta was never a naïve sellout and Roosevelt gave away nothing. After he died Winston Churchill and the US Republicans successfully slandered his good name for their own glory and lying gain.

    To restore US-Russian trust, dialogue and respect, it is vital Americans are educated at last to the true story. 

  • US Defense Contractor Posts Job Offering For "Classified Contingency Operations" In Ukraine

    The geopolitical analysis site SouthFront has unearthed from the pages of LinkedIn an incredible public job offering by a US defense contractor which reveals potentially sensitive information. The job posting mentions “classified Contingency Operations” in Ukraine and was posted a mere 15 days ago — just prior to last Sunday’s incident between the Russian and Ukrainian navies in the Kerch Strait.

    Writes SouthFront, the US-based defense contractor company “Mission Essential” accidentally revealed a US military specialist deployment in the combat zones in Ukraine via a Job Advertisement on LinkedIn. 

    Crucially, it’s yet further evidence which disproves the years-long claims by Washington that the United States is not directly involved militarily in the Ukraine conflict. The public posting suggests US special forces operations are indeed active and ongoing as tensions with Russia soar

    Screenshot provided should the advert time out or is “accidentally” taken down. Here is the link for the original job posting. 

    * * *

    Similar to the Atlantic Council’s latest report on the independence of Eastern European countries, as well as the meeting between US Secretary of State Mike Pompeo and Ukrainian Foreign Minister Pavlo Klimkin, the posting came just days before the escalation in the Sea of Azov.

    “Mission Essential” is a government contractor based in the Washington D.C. suburb of Herndon, VA primarily serving intelligence and military clients, and is also considered a leading provider of translation and interpretation services for the US government.

    The preemptive job advert was posted on November 16th and seeks:

    …linguist candidates who speak Ukrainian to provide foreign language interpretation and translation services to support classified Contingency Operations in support of the U.S. Military in Ukraine.

    The formal place of work is Mykolayiv, Ukraine. The port city is also significant, because that is where the US “logistical” naval facility is currently under construction.

    The advert also requires candidates to be able to fit in the local culture and customs, in addition to “the ability to deal inconspicuously with local populace if necessary.” Which simply means that the interpreter needs to be able to hide the fact that he is not a Ukrainian citizen, at least partly.

    Unsurprisingly, the individual needs to be able to serve in a combat zone “if necessary,” in addition to being able to “live, work, and travel in harsh environments, to include living and working in temporary facilities as mission dictates.”

    From the Virginia-based defense contractor’s website.

    Considering repeated claims by the US leadership that Washington is not involved in the Ukraine conflict, the vacancy posting is an operational security failure by Mission Essential. Most other vacancies posted by the company are for analysts and various linguistical and project management positions, almost predominantly in different military facilities in the US.

    It is quite possible that these specialists would assist US military personnel deployed in or near the “combat zones” in Ukraine – i.e. Eastern Ukraine, and as it was expected since as early as November 16th – the Sea of Azov.

    This is another piece that reinforces the notion that the “provocation by Russia” in the Sea of Azov could somehow have been premeditated.

    However, it also appears that, Ukrainian President Petro Poroshenko’s plans have appeared to, at least partially, backfire. “Partially,” because he managed to institute martial law and make another step in his attempts to postpone elections in 2019, thus “democratically” holding on to power and not allowing the Ukrainian citizens to vote and most likely elect his rival and favored presidential candidate Yulia Tymoshenko.

  • Trump: The Last President?

    Authored by John Wilder via Wilder, Wealthy, And Wise blog,

    “President Camacho: ‘Number one:  We’ve got this guy Not Sure. Number two: He’s got a higher IQ than any man alive, and Number three: He’s going to fix everything.’” – Idiocracy

    You never want to make the call too early.  By the way, in this book, the name of the Last President was Pence.  Oooh, goosebumps.

    Donald Trump may be the last President of the United States.

    There will certainly be people that will follow him that will use the title, but their allegiance won’t be to the electorate as a whole – their allegiance will be only to the Left. 

    As we see in California now, the entire mechanism of state government has switched to a uniform Leftist government – the California Republican Party is as potent a political force as a group of twelve year old My Little Pony fans at an MMA event.

    The Governor isn’t the Governor of California, especially when he won in a 57% to 43% victory. 

    The Governor is the Governor of the Left, and will represent the Left, not the electorate in general.  The swing vote, which has moderated elections nationally is absent in California.  The swing vote means that the most uninterested people have the levers of power.  That category of people simply does not exist in California.

    Party leader?  Sure.  Governor?  Well, in name only.  In reality, the recently elected Governor is the Democratic Party leader.

    Recently, we’ve had contests at the national level for President – the swing voter makes a difference.  Could McCain have won in 2008?  No, not really, mainly because no one liked him.  Could Romney have won in 2012?  Maybe, but it would have been like electing your middle school principal as President.  The fact that Trump did win in 2016 was relatively surprising to me.

    Trump’s victory did expose part of the genius of the founding fathers.  Despite the popular vote being in favor of Clinton, Trump concentrated on and won the Electoral College.  The Electoral College isn’t a genius move because Trump won – the Electoral College was a guarantee of the essential promise of the Constitution to the States that the small states wouldn’t get dragged around like a St. Bernard’s chew toy (small states hate slobber), but it also provided a trap against voter fraud and a mechanism for nearly instant legitimacy of the elected President.  In order to cheat on a national election, you’d have to cheat in state after state after state.  Cheating in New York City or even statewide in Texas alone won’t do elect a fraudulent President. 

    And while it’s common it’s not unheard of: Trump is the fifth President to be elected by winning the Electoral College without winning the popular vote.

    But on election night 2018, Bill Kristol tweeted:

    ‘I’ve always disliked the phrase “demography is destiny,” as it seems to minimize the capacity for deliberation and self-government, for reflection and choice. But looking at tonight’s results in detail, one has to say that today, in America, demography sure seems to be destiny.’

    I rarely agree with anything that Kristol has to say, so I think he might have been on Ambien when he tweeted that.  But he’s right.  And Bill Kristol being right makes me certain he was on Ambien. 

    The Right faces a serious headwind in future elections.  A few data points:

    • Before the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986, California was reliability Republican. After that law passed?  California dived quickly into the Leftist camp – the primary driver being the rise of first generation citizens being allowed to vote – a group that strongly skews Leftist, by 3 to 1 or more.  When I was a kid, California was a shining economic model of progress.  Now it’s a poster-child for income inequality and poverty.  So California’s got that going for it.

    • Florida has one major group that will impact future elections – newly-minted predominantly (5 to 1 Leftist) ex-felon voters approved by a Florida constitutional amendment just approved this election. 5 million ex-felon voters, which using extremely conservative math nets the Left 400,000 more votes.  Donald Trump won by 110,000 or so votes.  Additionally, we’ve seen that Florida is a mess after a close vote.  With lots of “ballots I just found in the pocket of my other coat,” if you know what I mean.  Wink, wink.

    • Texas is moving Left.   Yes, Cruz beat Beto, but those demographics that Kristol talked about appear here strongly, and I wrote about it before (The Fall of Texas and the Coming One Party State).  Texas doesn’t turn Left in 2020 unless the economy really, really tanks.  Probably 2024.  Certainly 2028.  2032?  Expect posters to Stalin©.

    • The economy. It ran on 0% interest rates for years.  Now that the Fed is attempting to raise rates?  At some point the party is over and the economy will hit a recession – probably before 2020.  If Trump is lucky?  A recession in 2019 would be good.  Like right away.  Presidents don’t do well running for re-election in the middle of a recession.  It’s like trying to lick a flagpole at -40°F (-40°C) – it’s embarrassing to be there and requires the fire department to save you.  Ask Jimmy Carter.

    • The process of drawing legislative voting districts to benefit your party is as old as the Republic. It even has a name, gerrymandering, named after Elbridge Gerry, governor of Massachusetts when they said the strange congressional district he created looked like a salamander.  Gerry+salamander=gerrymander.  Or maybe it was his wife, whose nickname was “Lizard Lips.”    Republicans have 33 governorships, so they’re getting pretty good at drawing districts that would make Gerry proud.  But the Left is using judges to undo the creative districting, which makes it rougher to gain a majority in the House of Representatives.

    Many of these changes are permanent and spread to other states.  Folks leaving California because it’s too much like California move to wonderful places such as where my brother John Wilder lives.  (There’s a longer version of why my brother’s name is John Wilder, but let’s just assume our parents weren’t very imaginative.  We at least have different middle names.)

    What happens when they move there?  Well, being normal Californians, the first thing they do is get on the Homeowners’ Association boards, because people from California really like telling other people what to do.  My brother attended a meeting of his board one night.  Sage McUnicorn, who had recently moved from California, motioned that the new trash company collect recyclables every week.

    My Brother John:  “Don’t they charge extra for that?”

    Sage O’Smurf:  “Namaste, yes, but it is good for the planet.  It will help us protect Mother Earth.  It’s only a few hundred dollars a year.  Don’t we all love the Earth that much?”

    My Brother John:  “You’re saying that you want to charge every person in this neighborhood extra money to pick up newspapers and plastics that the trash company just dumps in a landfill?  (That’s what the trash company was doing then. – JW)  How is it responsible to force another person to pay for your views?”

    Sage MacRainbow:  “The oracles tell us that is how it is done.  Never pay for your own convictions.  That could get expensive!”

    My brother’s argument actually swayed the HOA.  They didn’t end up with a recyclable fee.  But the point remains:  Californians who leave California because it is, well, California, want to move to new places to make them just like California when they get there.  It’s like when zombie bites you, but you get a lecture, too.

    I took this picture in California in February of 2016.  I hear now the water is recycled right out of the toilet to the water fountains.  I guess that’s why I only drank wine when I was out there. 

    Trump in 2020 has headwinds against him.  In 2024, however, all of the demographic changes have continued another four years.  Texas may be as permanently left as California has become, and Florida may have joined it, if Florida can figure out how a pocket calculator works by then.  Without Florida?  Re-election looks grim even in 2020.

    If every future election has a foregone conclusion, that leaves the President as a single party leader of the Left.  And in Washington D.C. the Left has been consistently more disciplined on voting, though they do tend to form circular firing squads on policy.  Given the thin Senate majority now, another decade of demographic change might allow truly uniform and consolidated power as all legislative bodies are captured along with the Presidency.  And at that point the United States is a de facto single party state, with a minority party that is just for show.  A list of single party states that look like this includes such human rights wonders and great vacation spots as Turkey, South Africa, Venezuela and Zimbabwe.  I mean, who wouldn’t love to live in those places?

    Frankly, my favorite government is grid lock.  The government is best that can’t figure out what it wants to do because it’s fighting with itself, because it then manages through sheer incompetence to leave you alone.  Maybe that could be my slogan in 2024 – “Wilder, for the ineffective and confused government you deserve!”

    Next Monday . . . we’ll look more how this sets up a Civil War.  But smile.  We have Netflix® now, right?

  • "I Begged Them To Kill Me": Muslim Woman Describes Degrading, Electroshock Torture In Chinese Internment Camp

    A Uighur Muslim woman claims she was tortured and abused at a Chinese internment camp where hundreds of thousands of religious minorities are being kept, according to the Independent

    29-year-old Mihrigul Tursun told reporters during a Washington press conference that she was subjected to a degrading four-day interrogation which included no sleep, having her head shaved, electrocution and “an intrusive medical examination,” after her second arrest in China in 2017. Tursun claims that the abuse got worse when she was arrested a third time. 

    “I thought that I would rather die than go through this torture and begged them to kill me,” Tursun told journalists at a National Press Club meeting. 

    China has come under fire in recent months over their treatment of Muslims known as Uighurs – of which as many as two million have been incarcerated in “reeducation camps” in the country’s far west to reprogram them for what the government has called “ethnic unity.” 

    Chinese authorities routinely deny any ethnic or religious repression in Xinjiang. They say strict security measures – likened by critics to near martial law conditions, with police checkpoints, the detention centers, and mass DNA collection – are needed to combat the influence of extremist groups.

    After initial blanket denials of the detention facilities, officials have said that some citizens guilty of “minor offences” were sent to vocational centers to improve employment opportunities. –Reuters

    Raised in China, Tursun moved to Egypt to study English at a university where she met her husband. Together they had triplets. In 2015, she traveled back to China to visit family and was immediately detained and separated from her infant children. After her release three months later, Tursun found that one of her children had died and the other two had health issues. She claims the children had been operated on. 

    Tursun was arrested around two years later for a second time – while several months later she was detained for a third time where she spent three months in a cramped prison cell along with around 60 other women. The group had to take turns sleeping, and toilets were situated in front of security cameras. She says that the women were forced to sing propaganda songs praising China’s Communist Party. 

    Ms Tursun said she and other inmates were forced to take unknown medication, including pills that made them faint, and a white liquid that caused bleeding in some women and loss of menstruation in others. She said nine women from her cell died during her three months there.

    One day, Ms Tursun recalled, she was led into a room and placed in a high chair, and her legs and arms were locked in place.

    The authorities put a helmet-like thing on my head, and each time I was electrocuted, my whole body would shake violently and I would feel the pain in my veins,” she said in a statement read by a translator.

    “I don’t remember the rest. White foam came out of my mouth, and I began to lose consciousness,” Ms Tursun said. “The last word I heard them saying is that you being an Uighur is a crime.” –Independent

    She was later released in order to take her children to Egypt, but says that she was ordered to return to China. Instead, she phoned US authorities from Cairo and was allowed to settle in Virginia in September. 

    Tursun joined over 270 scholars from 26 countries last week in a published statement condemning China’s “mass human rights abuses and deliberate attacks on indigenous cultures.” 

    China has hit back against the criticism, stating last month that 15 foreign ambassadors who wrote a letter expressing their concerns over the incarcerations “should not interfere in the internal affairs of other countries.” Meanwhile, reports have emerged that over half a million Han Chinese citizens have moved into the homes of Highur Muslim families in order to report on whether they “display Islamic or unpatriotic beliefs,” according to the Independent

    The informants, who describe themselves as “relatives” of the families they are staying with, are said to have received specific instructions on how to get them to let their guard down, including offering them cigarettes and alcohol.

    China has claimed the Uighur Muslims are grateful to be detained in mass internment camps, saying it makes their lives more “colourful”. –Independent

    Beijing added that it’s simply trying to bring Muslims into the “modern, civilized” world. 

    In September, the Trump administration weighed sanctions against Chinese senior officials and companies in order to punish Beijing’s detention of ethnic Uighurs and other minority Muslims. Beijing, in response, said it would retaliate “in proportion” if Washington levies the sanctions

    China’s ambassador to the United States, Cui Tiankai, said late last month that while the United States was using missiles and drones to kill terrorists, “we are trying to re-educate most of them, trying to turn them into normal persons (who) can go back to normal life.

    “Can you imagine (if) some American officials in charge of the fight against ISIS would be sanctioned?,” Cui said – adding that “if such actions are taken, we have to retaliate.”

  • "Never Seen Anything Like It" – Scientists Baffled By Strange Seismic Waves Rocking The Globe

    Authored by Mac Slavo via SHTFplan.com,

    On November 11, mysterious seismic waves caused a rumble in the Indian Ocean that reverberated around the globe. Low-frequency waves shook the entire Earth for about 20 minutes that day, but scientists now believe they know what caused that strange phenomenon.

    Researches have declared that they don’t think any large earthquake was responsible for the worldwide rumblings.  Instead, they feel that an eruption of an underwater volcano was to blame. Well, according to scientists, it was “almost certainly” an underwater volcano, anyway…

    The rumble, which was described as a monotone ring, was picked up by seismographs almost 11,000 miles (18,000 km) from Mayotte and were spotted by happenstance. A New Zealand based Earthquake enthusiast who goes by the handle @matarikipax noticed unusual seismology readings from the United States Geological Survey. The agency publishes all of its recordings for free online, allowing anyone across the globe to trawl through its data.  “This is a most odd and unusual seismic signal. Recorded at Kilima Mbogo, Kenya,” @matarikipax wrote on Twitter on November 11.  “The signal can be seen all around the world.”

    https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

    According to The Daily Mail, a low-rumbling that could not be felt above ground was detected on November 11 and narrowed down the origin to a region just off the coast of the island of Mayotte. One scientist who has studied the charts told MailOnline that the trembling was almost certainly caused by a low-level underwater volcanic eruption off the northeast of Mayotte.

    Anthony Lomax, an independent seismology consultant, said that “There has been ongoing low-level seismic activity there since May,” he told MailOnline.

    “‘Inflation/deflation and collapse of volcano calderas and movement of magma under a volcano can produce a wide variety of seismic signals, including long period and repetitive waves like those observed November 11.”

    University of Plymouth Geology Graduate and founder of the United Kingdom Earthquake Bulletin, Jamie Gurney, said he had “no idea if a similar global signal of this nature has ever been observed.”

    Scientists are working to understand what spurred the mysterious waves on that day.  So far, many suspect they’re related to an ongoing seismic swarm in the region that began last May.

  • JPMorgan Spots A Rare And "Even Worse Omen" For The Market

    When it comes to timing the next recession – or the next Fed policy mistake – there are few signals that pundits rely more on than the shape of the yield curve, which, as we have covered extensively in the past year, has bear flattened dramatically since 2015 as the Fed has hiked rates, with the 2s10s now just a tiny 20bps away from inverting at which point the countdownto both a recession and a bear market begins.

    However, at a time of unprecedented central bank meddling and manipulation in all rates (and equity) markets, many believe that the longer-dated curve is no longer indicative of anything but noise, especially since the long-end is directly being bought by central banks (or sold by Chinese reserve managers depending on how much Trump’s trade war escalates) thus distorting any “signal” value it may have. In its place, a more accurate “signal” has emerged in the short-end of the curve, as manifested by the Overnight Index Swap, or OIS, futures market.

    It was here that back in April JPMorgan observed something very notable: the forward curve for the 1-month US OIS rate, a proxy for the Fed policy rate, had inverted after the two-year forward point for the first time this cycle. This implied some expectation was priced in of a reduction in the Fed policy rate after Q1 2020; that or the market starting to actually price in – and not just contemplating – the next Fed policy error, i.e., hiking right into the next recession.

    This is a big deal: as JPM’s Nikolaos Panigirtzoglou wrote, an inversion at the front end of the US curve is a significant market development, not least because it occurs rather rarely, and has happened only three times over the past two decades: in 2005, 2000 and 1998 – all periods in time preceding major market busts.

    While redundant, JPM explained that “such inversion is also generally perceived as a bad omen for risky markets” and highlighted that the two potential explanations are either markets pricing in a Fed policy mistake, or pricing in end-of-cycle dynamics.

    Fast forward to today, when 8 months later, Panigirtzoglou writes in his latest Flows and Liquidity commentary that since then, not only has this inversion worsened, but it has shifted forward, and since the middle of November, the forward curve is inverted between the 1-year and the 2-year forward points.

    This shift forward in Fed policy reversal expectations is in line with historical experience. As JPM wrote back in April, the 3y-2y forward rate spread had historically led the 2y-1y one, and this has now occurred since mid-November.

    What does this mean in practical terms? Simple: the latest curve inversion implies that markets are now pricing in a peak in the Fed policy rate in end-2019 rather than during 2020 previously. JPMorgan shows this in Figure 2, which depicts the forward curve of the 1-month dollar OIS curve currently vs. its snapshot at the beginning of October before the equity market correction.

    Not only has the market-implied path of policy rate expectations shifted downward in the aftermath of the equity market correction, but the whole curve has shifted forward. And this week’s comments by the Fed Chairman appear to have reinforced these policy reversal expectations with the 2y-1y forward rate spread inverting further to below -3 basis points.

    Of course, as we discussed extensively in April, such pronounced shifts forward in Fed policy rate reversal expectations has also traditionally been associated with end-phases of the US monetary policy cycle. In the 2000 monetary policy cycle, the 3y-2y forward rate spread of the 1-month OIS rate turned negative in February 2000. And as JPMorgan adds, the 2y-1y forward rate spread turned negative four months later in June 2000. The Fed delivered the last hike in May 2000.

    In other words, from a timing point of view, the last hike of the Fed at the time almost coincided with the inversion of the 2y-1y rate forward spread. Incidentally that also marked the bursting of the dot com bubble, as the US equity market had started declining at roughly the same time in June 2000. The subsequent equity market correction induced the Fed to start cutting rates in 2001.

    Fast forward to the next rate hike cycle, when in the 2006 monetary policy cycle, the 3y-2y rate forward spread of the 1-month OIS rate turned negative rather early in August 2005. The 2y-1y forward spread turned negative ten months after in June 2006. Similar to the 2000 cycle, the last hike of the Fed at the time in June 2006 coincided with the inversion of the 2y-1y forward rate spread. There was one material diference to the 2000 cycle: the equity market had started declining much later in October 2007 when the Fed started cutting rates.

    Rather concerningly, here JPM notes that although it is still early to draw conclusions, the lags from the 3y-2y inversion to the 2y-1y inversion and the September peak in the US equity market appear more consistent with the 2000 rather than the 2006 cycle.

    Now as readers may recall, when the 3y-2y forward spread inversion first emerged last April, JPM argued that an inversion at the front end of the US curve “was a bad omen for risky markets.

    So, perhaps not unexpectedly, the ensuing 2y-1y inversion and shift forward in Fed policy rate reversal expectations is, according to JPMorgan, “worsening this bad omen.

    Why? Because in even more bad news for the BTFD crew, the lesson from the previous US monetary policy cycles is that a sustained recovery in equity and risky markets has tended to occur only after the inversion disappears and the front end of the US curve, in particular the 2y-1y forward rate spread, resteepens.

    Negative implications for the stock market aside, as we briefly mentioned above JPM previously argued back in April that this yield curve inversion could be consistent with two potential fundamental explanations: markets have been either pricing in a Fed policy mistake or end-of-cycle dynamics. As Panigirtzoglou explains, while it is difficult to distinguish between the two – especially as a Fed policy mistake be definition naturally shorten the cycle – there should be some distinction in terms of investor flow patterns.

    1. Pricing in a Fed policy mistake should induce investors to focus on earlier growth weakness and should, therefore, be accompanied by weak equity fund flows, weak cyclical sector flows, greater flows in long-dated bond funds vs. short-dated ones on potentially earlier reversal of US monetary policy, and weak flows in interest rate-sensitive sectors such as housing.
    2. Pricing in end-of-cycle dynamics should be accompanied by overheating and inflation concerns, i.e. greater flows into inflation-protected vs nominal bond funds, greater flows in short-dated vs. long-dated bond funds on later reversal of monetary policy and greater flows into cyclical sectors and equity funds, in general, as the best equity and cyclical sector returns are typically seen at the end of the cycle.

    How to distinguish between the two hypotheses? JPM has an idea:

    There should be less distinction in terms of credit flows as credit should respond to higher uncertainty and volatility and underperform under both Fed policy mistake and end-of-cycle dynamics. So the weakness seen in credit flows this year, especially in HY bond funds, is in our opinion less useful in helping to distinguish between the two hypotheses.

    So which pattern do this year’s flows fit? Back in April, when the 3y-2y first inverted, JPM had argued that there was more flow support for the Fed policy mistake hypothesis. Updating that flow analysis with more recent data reinforces that conclusion. This is shown in the five flow metrics below:

    1) The trajectory of equity fund flows has been rather weak and erratic since last February with no signs of change in the most recent months.

    2) Flows into cyclical vs. defensive equity sectors. Since the yield curve inversion first emerged last April, inflows into US sector ETFs have favored more defensive sectors such as Staples, Healthcare and traditional Telecoms, while outflows have focused on cyclical sectors such as Financials, Industrials and Consumer Discretionary.

    3) Relative flows in inflation protected vs. nominal bond funds. The chart below splits overall US government bond ETF flows into nominal and inflation-linked bonds. Nominal bond funds have had steady inflows since the start of the year, while flows into inflation-linked government bond ETFs have been negative since July.

    4) Relative flows in short-dated vs. long-dated bond funds. The duration impulse of flows into US bond ETFs has decreased this year, with inflows going mostly into shorter-term and floating-rate rather than longer-term bond ETFs. And if anything, this trend has intensified in the most recent months.

    5) Interest rate-sensitive sector funds such as REITS have seen significant outflows in the US relative to a flattish pattern globally.

    In other words, according to JPM, flow metrics 1, 2, 3 and 5 look more consistent with the Fed policy mistake hypothesis, while the flow metric 4 looks more consistent with the end-of-cycle hypothesis.

    JPM’s’s conclusion, incidentally, is the same as what it said back in April, namely that “while we recognize it is difficult to distinguish between the two hypotheses, there still appears to be more flow support for the Fed policy mistake hypothesis

    In other words, between the market’s ongoing preoccupation with the US-China trade war, and traders suddenly pricing in either a policy mistake as the Fed continues to hike into an economic slowdown and eventually recession, or the end of the hiking cycle, it would explain the violent market selloff of the past two months, and the associated spike in volatility, as forward-looking investors and traders simply look to cash in their chips as suddenly the market is signalling that the trading environment observed just before the tech and credit bubbles burst, is once again imminent.

  • From Killing Kennedy To Kremlin Collusion – Deep State Forced Out Of The Shadows

    Authored by Robert Gore via Straight Line Logic blog,

    The Deadliest Operation

    Choose your battles wisely…

    One month to the day after President Kennedy’s assassination, the Washington Post published an article by former president Harry Truman.

    I think it has become necessary to take another look at the purpose and operations of our Central Intelligence Agency—CIA. At least, I would like to submit here the original reason why I thought it necessary to organize this Agency during my Administration, what I expected it to do and how it was to operate as an arm of the President.

    Truman had envisioned the CIA as an impartial information and intelligence collector from “every available source.”

    But their collective information reached the President all too frequently in conflicting conclusions. At times, the intelligence reports tended to be slanted to conform to established positions of a given department. This becomes confusing and what’s worse, such intelligence is of little use to a President in reaching the right decisions.

    Therefore, I decided to set up a special organization charged with the collection of all intelligence reports from every available source, and to have those reports reach me as President without department “treatment” or interpretations.

    I wanted and needed the information in its “natural raw” state and in as comprehensive a volume as it was practical for me to make full use of it. But the most important thing about this move was to guard against the chance of intelligence being used to influence or to lead the President into unwise decisions—and I thought it was necessary that the President do his own thinking and evaluating.

    Truman found, to his dismay, that the CIA had ranged far afield.

    For some time I have been disturbed by the way CIA has been diverted from its original assignment. It has become an operational and at times a policy-making arm of the Government. This has led to trouble and may have compounded our difficulties in several explosive areas.

    I never had any thought that when I set up the CIA that it would be injected into peacetime cloak and dagger operations. Some of the complications and embarrassment I think we have experienced are in part attributable to the fact that this quiet intelligence arm of the President has been so removed from its intended role that it is being interpreted as a symbol of sinister and mysterious foreign intrigue—and a subject for cold war enemy propaganda.

    The article appeared in the Washington Post’s morning edition, but not the evening edition.

    Truman reveals two naive assumptions. He thought a government agency could be apolitical and objective. Further, he believed the CIA’s role could be limited to information gathering and analysis, eschewing “cloak and dagger operations.” The timing and tone of the letter may have been hints that Truman thought the CIA was involved in Kennedy’s assassination. If he did, he also realized an ex-president couldn’t state his suspicions without troublesome consequences.

    Even the man who signed the CIA into law had to stay in the shadows, the CIA’s preferred operating venue. The CIA had become the exact opposite of what Truman envisioned and what its enabling legislation specified. Within a few years after its inauguration in 1947, it was neck-deep in global cloak and dagger and pushing agenda-driven, slanted information and outright disinformation not just within the government, but through the media to the American people.

    The CIA lies with astonishing proficiency. It has made an art form of “plausible deniability.” Like glimpsing an octopus in murky waters, you know it’s there, but it shoots enough black ink to obscure its movements. Murk and black ink make it impossible for anyone on the outside to determine exactly what it does or has done. Insiders, even the director, are often kept in the dark.

    For those on the trail of CIA and the other intelligence agencies’ lies and skullduggery, the agencies give ground glacially and only when they have to. What concessions they make often embody multiple layers of back-up lies. It can take years for an official admission—the CIA didn’t officially confess its involvement in the 1953 coup that deposed Iranian leader Mohammad Mosaddeq until 2013—and even then details are usually not forthcoming. Many of the so-called exposés of the intelligence agencies are in effect spook-written for propaganda or damage control.

    The intelligence agencies monitor virtually everything we do. They have tentacles reaching into every aspect of contemporary society, exercising control in pervasive but mostly unknown ways. Yet, every so often some idiot writes an op-ed or bloviates on TV, bemoaning the lack of trust the majority of Americans have in “their” government and wondering why. The wonder is that anyone still trusts the government.

    The intelligence agency fog both obscures and corrodes. An ever increasing number of Americans believe that a shadowy Deep State pulls the strings. Most major stories since World War II—Korea, Vietnam, Kennedy’s assassination, foreign coups, the 1960s student unrest, civil rights agitation, and civic disorder, Watergate, Iran-Contra, 9/11, domestic surveillance, and many more—have intelligence angles. However, determining what those angles are plunges you into the miasma perpetuated by the agencies and their media accomplices.

    The intelligence agencies and captive media’s secrecy, disinformation, and lies make it futile to mount a straightforward attack against them. It’s like attacking a citadel surrounded by swamps and bogs that afford no footing, making advance impossible. Their deadliest operation has been against the truth. In a political forum, how does one challenge an adversary who controls most of the information necessary to discredit, and ultimately reform or eliminate that adversary?

    You don’t fight where your opponent wants you to fight. What the intelligence apparatus fears most is a battle of ideas. Intelligence, the military, and the reserve currency are essential component of the US’s confederated global empire. During the 2016 campaign, Donald Trump questioned a few empire totems and incurred the intelligence leadership’s wrath, demonstrating how sensitive and vulnerable they are on this front. The transparent flimsiness of their Russiagate concoction further illustrates the befuddlement. Questions are out in the open and are usually based on facts within the public domain. They move the battle from the murk to the light, unfamiliar and unwelcome terrain.

    The US government, like Oceania, switches enemies as necessary. That validates military and intelligence; lasting peace would be intolerable. After World War II the enemy was the USSR and communism, which persisted until the Soviet collapse in 1991. The 9/11 tragedy offered up a new enemy, Islamic terrorism.

    Seventeen years later, after a disastrous run of US interventions in the Middle East and Northern Africa and the rout of Sunni jihadists in Syria by the combined forces of the Syrian government, Russia, Iran, and Hezbollah, it’s clear that Islamic terrorism is no longer a threat that stirs the paranoia necessary to feed big military and intelligence budgets. For all the money they’ve spent, intelligence has done a terrible job of either anticipating terrorist strikes or defeating them in counterinsurgency warfare

    So switch the enemy again, now it’s Russia and China. The best insight the intelligence community could offer about those two is that they’ve grown stronger by doing the opposite of the US. For the most part they’ve stayed in their own neighborhoods. They accept that they’re constituents, albeit important ones, of a multipolar global order. Although they’ll use big sticks to protect their interests, carrots like the Belt and Road Initiative further their influence much better than the US’s bullets and bombs.

    If the intelligence complex truly cared about the country, they might go public with the observation that the empire is going broke. However, raising awareness of this dire threat—as opposed to standard intelligence bogeymen—might prompt reexamination of intelligence and military budgets and the foreign policy that supports them. Insolvency will strangle the US’s exorbitantly expensive interventionism. It will be the first real curb on the intelligence complex since World War II, but don’t except any proactive measures beforehand from those charged with foreseeing the future.

    Conspiracy theories, a term popularized by the CIA to denigrate Warren Commission skeptics, are often proved correct. However, trying to determine the truth behind intelligence agency conspiracies is a time and energy-consuming task, usually producing much frustration and little illumination. Instead, as Caitlin Johnstone recently observed, we’re better off fighting on moral and philosophical grounds the intelligence complex and the rest of the government’s depredations that are in plain sight.

    Attack the intellectual foundations of empire and you attack the whole rickety edifice, including intelligence, that supports it. Tell the truth and you threaten those who deal in lies. Champion sanity and logic and you challenge the insane irrationality of the powers that be. They are daunting tasks, but less daunting than trying to excavate and clean the intelligence sewer.

  • From Fake News To Fake Shoes – How Payless Pranked So-Called 'Influencers'

    Payless tricked a group of fashionistas into buying their low-cost shoes for Madison Avenue prices.

    The company opened a fake store at a former Armani location in Santa Monica, California under the bogus label “Palessi,” and invited discriminating high-end shoppers to a fake launch party. VIP shoppers paid as much as $645 for shoes which normally sell between $19.00 and $39.99 at Payless, according to NBC San Diego

    Payless posted a video of what happened on Facebook, with some unwitting influencers commenting on the “high-quality material” of the “elegant, sophisticated” bargain shoes. –NBC San Diego

    Customers bought $3,000 in merchandise over a few hours before Payless admitted to the prank, gave people their money back, and let them keep the shoes. “Shut up! Are you serious?” exclaimed one shopper. 

    The retailer “wanted to push the social experiment genre to new extremes, while simultaneously using it to make a cultural statement,” said Doug Cameron, DCX Growth Accelerator’s chief creative officer.

    “Payless customers share a pragmatist point of view, and we thought it would be provocative to use this ideology to challenge today’s image-conscious fashion influencer culture.” –AdWeek

    Payless CMO Sarah Couch said that the campaign was designed to illustrate that their brand can keep up with the big boys (and girls) at a time when retailers are feeling more competitive heat than ever.

    “The campaign plays off of the enormous discrepancy and aims to remind consumers we are still a relevant place to shop for affordable fashion,” said Couch.

    No word on whether the heels on those Payless shoes will suddenly fall off in the middle of a 10-block urban hike through Manhattan vs. the $600 option, but for their prices, one can afford a few backup pairs. 

  • Is Abegeddon Nigh? The Zombification Of Japan's Economy

    Authored by Andrew Moran via LibertyNation.com,

    Abenomics: Fool Me Once

    Japan’s economy is a lifeless corpse. In the 1990s, Tokyo propped up zombie banks: institutions that are solvent in name only. In the aftermath of the Great Recession, Japan ensured these companies remained open. Today, Prime Minister Shinzo Abe is presiding over a zombie economy, and he thinks he has a solution to inject new life into the rotting carcass: another round of Abenomics!

    After a string of natural disasters this past summer, the world’s third-largest economy contracted 0.3% in the third quarter. Overall, consumer spending declined 0.1%, exports fell 1.8%, capital spending slipped 0.2%, and prices for basic foods surged. A recent survey of economists suggest a rebound in the fourth quarter, but the federal government is not taking any chances, especially with a looming trade dispute with the U.S. on the horizon.

    Economy Minister Toshimitsu Motegi told attendees at a recent Council on Economic and Fiscal Policy (CEFP) that the prime minister is demanding a stimulus program that would include aggressive infrastructure spending:

    “The prime minister asked me to take firm measures to ensure that our economic recovery continues. He also said the public works spending program expected at the end of this year should be compiled with this point in mind.”

    Fool me once, shame on you – but don’t expect it to work a second time.

    Abenomics: A Failed Policy

    Since coming into power in 2012, Abe has intervened into the national economy on multiple occasions. As part of efforts to spur growth, Abe has embraced Keynesian economics – a blend of government spending, tax hikes, and money printing – to achieve his objectives. The results have been disappointing.

    Here is a list of policies Abe and his administration have implemented in the last six years:

    • Increased sales taxes – another hike is expected next year.

    • Mandated higher salaries and wages.

    • Directed the Bank of Japan to purchase $1 trillion in bonds.

    • Raised the national debt to 240% of gross domestic product.

    • Introduced several social programs, including national childcare.

    Some of these announcements jump-started the stock market, mainly because Japan Inc. went on a buying spree fueled by the BOJ’s credit expansion. The buzz quickly faded, though, prompting Tokyo to implement additional stimulus to relive the same high.

    Fast forward to 2018: Japan’s economy is on life support. The BOJ has confirmed it will maintain an ultra-loose and accommodative monetary policy – low interest rates and more bond-buying. Unlike previous initiatives, a stampede of bears has rushed through the country. Analysts and economists are not optimistic that Japan can dig its way out.

    Unemployment may be low, but all the elements critical to growth are not invigorating investor spirits. You only need to examine the Cabinet Office’s Coincident Index, a measurement of jobs, industrial output, and retail sales. It plunged 2.1 points in September to 114.60, an 18-month low.

    Why It Never Works

    Anytime the economy stumbles, leaders are quick to respond, whether it’s through the guise of a public-works project or a financial injection like a rebate check. It is rare to find leaders willing to weather the economic storm, as former President Warren G. Harding did following the First World War. They fear if they do not act, then the opposition will pounce, and the electorate will question, “Why isn’t he doing something?”

    But it is a confidence trick.

    Politicians and government-paid economists will mock the naysayers, telling them that their shovel-ready projects really did bump up the GDP or provide a short-term burst to the economy. This is what happened with former President Barack Obama’s disastrous Cars for Clunkers program: It was successful at first, but the longer it lingered on, the more its idiocy was exposed.

    First, the GDP is a terrible statistic to gauge economic growth because it never measures the true value of goods and services that improve our standard of living.

    Second, public spending already accounts for a large portion of GDP.

    Third, the long-term health of the country’s economy is in doubt because officials only look to the next election cycle.

    Typically, there are three ways to fund these extravagant pursuits for prosperity: tax, borrow, and print. In recent years, governments everywhere have adopted all three policies, and now trillions of dollars, euros, and yuan have entered the global economy. Debt is pervasive, deficits are the new norm, and tepid growth is inducing headaches at central banks worldwide.

    Every state-led expenditure must be paid for somehow, which is why spending is a levy. This is money taken out of the private sector; the people cannot save, businesses invest less in capital, and the remaining capital is consumed. This is terrible news for the economy.

    But it is necessary to dig the ditch because it provides jobs and stimulates the economy, says the statist economist. This is the seen benefit – voters see men with asphalt and shovels and getting paychecks. What about the unseen? Since this endeavor was funded by the theft of $1 billion from taxpayers, that’s $1 billion less for the private sector to hire workers, buy stuff, or invest in a new business. The unbuilt property, the unmade phone, or the unsold food – these things cannot happen because there was a diversion and misallocation of resources by bureaucrats.

    The grafters cannot win elections if voters do not see the cutting-ribbon ceremonies!

    Legendary economist Walter Williams said it best:

    “The fact that Congress has no resources of its very own forces us to recognize that the only way Congress can give one American one dollar is to first — through intimidation, threats and coercion — confiscate that dollar from some other American through the tax code.”

    Or, in this case, the National Diet doesn’t have a single yen of its own.

    Is Abegeddon Nigh?

    With a potential trade spat with President Donald Trump on the horizon, it is anticipated that the economy will tumble even further. Perhaps this is why Tokyo is so adamant in ratifying a trade agreement with Europe and finalizing the Trans-Pacific Partnership (TPP). No matter what happens, Abenomics will fail Japan once again and metastasize the land of sushi and Betamax into a zombie nation. Get ready: Abegeddon is nigh.

Digest powered by RSS Digest

Today’s News 1st December 2018

  • Relentless Totalitarianism Toward What Ends? Depopulation & Global Rule

    Authored by Jeremiah Johnson (nom de plume of a retired Green Beret of the United States Army Special Forces) via SHTFplan.com,

    We’re going to open up this article with a summary of some things that have happened just in the past week, with sources attributed where applicable or necessary:

    As of November 23, 2018, it was reported in an article by Guns in the News entitled “Red-Flag laws only lead to gun confiscation,” that 46 gun grabs by red-flag laws have occurred in Oregon, and another 36 in Maryland with 114 requests for the grabs being filed in the courts in the latter state.

    The New York Times’ Liz Alderman reported on 11/21/18 that 4,000+ Swedes have accepted microchips to eliminate the use of cash (erroneously believing the desire to do so is theirs). The article is entitled Sweden’s Push to Get Rid of Cash Has Some Saying, ‘Not So Fast’.” Later on, the article mentions Christine Lagarde, the woman who heads the IMF (International Monetary Fund) as stating that digital currency needs to be investigated further. If she is involved in it, and the IMF? You had better run for cover. Half of Sweden’s banks no longer accept cash deposits, and the article leads off with a photo of a couple of “soy boys” (Ragnar Lodbruk must be turning over in his grave) in a cafe that accepts no cash.

    An article by Strange Sounds from 11/20/18 is entitled Is the government concealing California’s wildfire death toll? The depth to this one comes not only in the form of potentially-concealed numbers, but in this excerpt, with the “kicker” parts emboldened:

    According to our sources, an anonymous White House official and a pair of California firefighters, the Trump administration and CAL Fire are acting in collusion, underreporting a catastrophic death toll because “they don’t want people to freak out and panic,” said our White House source. He said CAL Fire has found the charred remains of 480 people, and that number increases hourly.

    It was FEMA Director Brock Long’s idea. He told [President] Trump that Americans can’t handle another mass casualty event after the recent string of mass shootings. His idea is to slowly release the number of fatalities, one here and one there, to soften the impact. Eventually, maybe in a year or two, they’ll admit all the missing people died in the fire. By that time, though, everyone’s mind will be occupied with other events, and no one will remember what happened in California in November 2018,” our source said.

    Just look at these three items: Bypassing the 2nd Amendment of the U.S. Constitution domestically to grab the guns…starting to set a precedence that will be followed throughout the nation; the slow death of cash and the dull, vapid acceptance of microchips by those who will both “manage” their funds, and keep track of them; the cover-up by government of what is really happening in the California wildfires.

    Oh, it doesn’t stop. End of the American Dream reported on 11/22/18 that Authorities are using a “mysterious new tool” that can unlock virtually any cellphone.” Yeah, isn’t that great? Enjoy your Thanksgiving Dinner…and the Government is your “extra guest” at the table via the stupid phone.

    But the biggest one of all is one that did not receive either much coverage or notice by anyone. Lourdes military base close to Havana, Cuba may be reopened shortly by Russia, and there’s talk that the Russians are going to bring nuclear missiles to Cuba to offset the deployment of American missiles in the former Soviet-bloc countries of Eastern Europe, such as Moldavia, Romania, and Poland. These items surfaced after the Cubans and Russians had a meeting a week ago, and numerous articles covering this surfaced on or about 11/19/18. One of them was reported by The Trumpet, that you can read here: Is Russia Reopening a Soviet Military Base in Cuba?

    In the meanwhile, we have yet to see what will develop from the tens of thousands of foreign aliens approaching our Southern border. We know that the President has authorized the use of lethal force against them if they attempt to enter. This is good: it is not a “humanitarian exodus of refugees,” to the tune of the mid ‘80’s “Caravan of Love.” If they attempt to enter, it is an invasion, pure and simple. They won’t be alone:  if you think they will not find “5th columnists” right here in the Southwest United States, you’re sorely mistaken. A potential lock-down of the border is looming.

    All of these actions outlined in this piece are a part of the Globalists’ plans for Global Rule. War has always been a preferred method for gaining control: it boosts the economy via the Military Industrial Complex, and reduces the population all in one fell swoop. In this day and age, however, it is the assets that are the main concern: the ability to kill off the populations and then swoop in akin to vultures to pick up the pieces. Sound farfetched? Here are a few direct quotes for you that you can find under 22 Shocking Population Control Quotes from the Global Elite that will make you want to lose your lunch,” worth noting:

    “The world today has 6.8 billion people. That’s heading up to about nine billion. Now if we do a really great job on new vaccines, health care, reproductive health services, we could lower that by perhaps 10 or 15 percent.” –  Bill Gates

    “A total population of 250-300 million people, a 95% decline from present levels, would be ideal.” – Ted Turner

    “We must speak more clearly about sexuality, contraception, about abortion, about values that control population, because the ecological crisis, in short, is the population crisis. Cut the population by 90% and there aren’t enough people left to do a great deal of ecological damage.” –  Mikhail Gorbachev

    “Maintain humanity under 500,000,000 in perpetual balance with nature.” – #1 item of “The new 10 Commandments,” the Georgia Guidestones

    These people are serious, and the best way to do it would be with a virus. They will eventually use nuclear war, an EMP, or a virus to do the trick. The last one would be the most convenient, as well as leave valuable property and resources undamaged. Look closely around the country: they reactivated Mt. Weather, and refurbished Cheyenne Mountain.  Denver International Airport has plenty of “subterranean surprises” for any who do their homework, complete with interconnecting tunnels. All of those (Mis)representatives: Pelosi, Swalwell, Paul Ryan, Rand Paul….Ocasio Cortez (yeah, picture her, now)…these will all be taken underground and kept alive no matter what the catastrophic event…with supplies, medical care, and an army of guards….all on our dime.

    I’m going to close with this quoted speech/dialogue from the film, “Resident Evil: The Final Chapter,” that ties into everything we’ve discussed. I watched it for the first time the other day on recommendation from someone who told me that it really makes a lot of sense. It does make sense. The film was released in 2016, and this speech by the character Dr. Isaacs covers the mindset and actions of the Globalists plans, and is applicable. Here you go, and it ran (if you want to watch it) from 54:06 to 55:55 on the film:

    Dr. Isaacs:  “We’re here today not just to talk about the future of this company. We’re here to talk about its destiny. We’re here to talk about the end of the world.

    “We stand on the brink of Armageddon.  Diseases for which we have no cure. Fundamentalist states who call for our destruction. Nuclear powers over which we have no control. And even if we navigate these dangerous waters, we face other, even more inevitable threats. Global warming will melt the polar ice caps within 80 years, flooding 90% of all habitable areas on Earth.  Unchecked population growth will overtake food production in less than 50 years, leading to famine and war. This is not conjecture. This is fact. One way or another, our world is coming to an end.”

    Woman of the Corporation:  “What do you propose?”

    Dr. Isaacs:  I propose that we end the world, but on our terms. An orchestrated apocalypse, one that will cleanse the Earth of its population, but leave its infrastructure and resources intact. It’s been done once before…[he taps the Bible]…with great success. The chosen few will ride out the storm, not in an Ark, as in the book of Genesis, but in safety, underground. And when it’s over, we will emerge onto a cleansed Earth, one that we can then reboot in our image.”

    Woman:  “And just how do you intend to achieve this?”

    Dr. Isaacs:  “The means of our salvation are already at hand. I give to you…the T-virus.”

    Do you think that any of this can’t happen? Think again. We are on the precipice of a world catastrophe by our own making, and the slightest push in any area can cause the inevitable (and perhaps irreparable) plunge into destruction, followed by centuries or even millenia of decay, darkness, and barbarism. Be alert, be aware, and be resolved to hold onto that flame that is within your heart. Prepare, train, study, and most importantly, pray…before the moment arrives.

  • Silicon Valley, NYC, Boston: These Are The 100 Most Exclusive Zip Codes In The US

    With 2018 drawing to a close, Property Shark has released its annual ranking of the most expensive zip codes in the country. And in a year when tech giants led the market’s ascent to record highs (as well as its stunning collapse over the past six weeks), perhaps it’s fitting that Silicon Valley has once again claimed the title of most expensive region in the country (going by the number of most expensive expensive zip codes in the top 100).

    Property Shark bases its rankings on the most recent closing sales prices for each zip code. Taking first place is Atherton’s 94027, located in San Matteo County, thanks to a considerable spike in its median home sales price. All told, Silicon Valley claimed 30 of the country’s priciest zip codes. Silicon Valley and New York City claimed the top spots for cities, with nine each in the top 100. 

    Cities

    In second place after Atherton’s 94027 was Sagaponack’s 11962, part of a wealthy Hamptons enclave, with a median sales price of $5.5 million. NYC claimed the No. 4 spot with zip code 10013, which covers parts of SoHo and TriBeCa. it posted a median sales price of $3.81 million. Though, notably, the neighborhood saw a 7% contraction in sales prices that left it below the $4 million threshold.

    Massachusetts got six zip codes, with Boston’s 02199 stealing the spot as the 3rd most expensive zip code in the country. The state’s second-highest entry came at No. 38 with 02543, located in Woods Hole, an affluent Cape Cod community, which posted a median sale price of $2,105,000. it was joined on the list by Nantucket’s 02554, with a $1.48 million median.

    Florida, Maryland, Nevada and Washington State each notched one zip code in the top 100. Out of these state’s Miami’s 33109 was the priciest, coming in at 10th most expensive zip code nationally. Washington State made its presence known with Medina’s 98039 at No. 15. The King County zip posted a $3.05 million median, up by nearly half a million dollars compared with last year. Nevada’s 89413 in Glenbrook was also on the rise year-over-year, surpassing the $2 million mark to clinch the No. 37 spot.

    See the full list below (several counties tied for spots on the list):

    • 1    94027    Atherton    San Mateo County    CA    $6,700,000
    • 2    11962    Sagaponack    Suffolk County    NY    $5,500,000
    • 3    02199    Boston    Suffolk County    MA    $4,772,500
    • 4    10013    New York    New York    NY    $3,810,000
    • 5    90402    Santa Monica    Los Angeles County    CA    $3,762,000
    • 6    94301    Palo Alto    Santa Clara County    CA    $3,755,000
    • 7    94022    Los Altos    Santa Clara County    CA    $3,500,000
    • 8    94028    Portola Valley    San Mateo County    CA    $3,300,000
    • 9    94024    Los Altos    Santa Clara County    CA    $3,254,500
    • 10    33109    Miami Beach    Miami-Dade County    FL    $3,250,000
    • 11    90210    Beverly Hills    Los Angeles County    CA    $3,212,500
    • 12    92661    Newport Beach    Orange County    CA    $3,150,000
    • 13    10007    New York    New York    NY    $3,075,000
    • 14    92662    Newport Beach    Orange County    CA    $3,057,500
    • 15    98039    Medina    King County    WA    $3,050,000
    • 16    90272    Pacific Palisades    Los Angeles County    CA    $2,900,000
    • 17    11976    Water Mill    Suffolk County    NY    $2,862,500
    • 18    94010    Burlingame    San Mateo County    CA    $2,800,000
    • 19    10282    New York    New York    NY    $2,792,500
    • 20    94306    Palo Alto    Santa Clara County    CA    $2,700,000
    • 21    95070    Saratoga    Santa Clara County    CA    $2,690,000
    • 22    95030    Los Gatos    Santa Clara County    CA    $2,580,000
    • 23    92657    Newport Coast    Orange County    CA    $2,550,000
    • 23    94957    Ross    Marin County    CA    $2,550,000
    • 24    92625    Corona Del Mar    Orange County    CA    $2,500,000
    • 25    94920    Belvedere Tiburon    Marin County    CA    $2,400,000
    • 26    10012    New York    New York    NY    $2,377,500
    • 27    90266    Manhattan Beach    Los Angeles County    CA    $2,369,000
    • 28    94025    Menlo Park    San Mateo County    CA    $2,363,500
    • 29    92067    Rancho Santa Fe    San Diego County    CA    $2,275,000
    • 30    90049    Los Angeles    Los Angeles County    CA    $2,250,000
    • 31    93921    Carmel By The Sea    Monterey County    CA    $2,245,000
    • 32    93108    Santa Barbara    Santa Barbara County    CA    $2,225,000
    • 33    07620    Alpine    Bergen County    NJ    $2,200,000
    • 34    90077    Los Angeles    Los Angeles County    CA    $2,175,000
    • 35    94062    Redwood City    San Mateo County    CA    $2,150,000
    • 35    11930    Amagansett    Suffolk County    NY    $2,150,000
    • 36    91108    San Marino    Los Angeles County    CA    $2,109,000
    • 37    89413    Glenbrook    Douglas County    NV    $2,107,500
    • 38    02543    Woods Hole    Barnstable County    MA    $2,105,000
    • 39    10018    New York    New York    NY    $2,100,000
    • 39    94970    Stinson Beach    Marin County    CA    $2,100,000
    • 39    90265    Malibu    Los Angeles County    CA    $2,100,000
    • 40    94123    San Francisco    San Francisco County    CA    $2,075,000
    • 41    95014    Cupertino    Santa Clara County    CA    $2,070,000
    • 42    94087    Sunnyvale    Santa Clara County    CA    $2,050,000
    • 43    90742    Sunset Beach    Orange County    CA    $2,000,000
    • 44    94118    San Francisco    San Francisco County    CA    $1,975,000
    • 45    10069    New York    New York    NY    $1,947,500
    • 46    11932    Bridgehampton    Suffolk County    NY    $1,925,000
    • 47    94402    San Mateo    San Mateo County    CA    $1,900,000
    • 47    94070    San Carlos    San Mateo County    CA    $1,900,000
    • 48    90291    Venice    Los Angeles County    CA    $1,895,000
    • 48    11975    Wainscott    Suffolk County    NY    $1,895,000
    • 49    06878    Riverside    Fairfield County    CT    $1,855,000
    • 50    94041    Mountain View    Santa Clara County    CA    $1,850,000
    • 51    94040    Mountain View    Santa Clara County    CA    $1,840,500
    • 52    90212    Beverly Hills    Los Angeles County    CA    $1,835,000
    • 53    92660    Newport Beach    Orange County    CA    $1,825,000
    • 54    95129    San Jose    Santa Clara County    CA    $1,800,000
    • 54    94127    San Francisco    San Francisco County    CA    $1,800,000
    • 55    94528    Diablo    Contra Costa County    CA    $1,775,000
    • 56    92651    Laguna Beach    Orange County    CA    $1,772,500
    • 57    91011    La Canada Flintridge    Los Angeles County    CA    $1,770,000
    • 58    94002    Belmont    San Mateo County    CA    $1,751,750
    • 59    10580    Rye    Westchester County    NY    $1,750,000
    • 60    94114    San Francisco    San Francisco County    CA    $1,725,000
    • 61    95032    Los Gatos    Santa Clara County    CA    $1,700,750
    • 62    94939    Larkspur    Marin County    CA    $1,690,000
    • 63    90254    Hermosa Beach    Los Angeles County    CA    $1,687,000
    • 64    94904    Greenbrae    Marin County    CA    $1,683,500
    • 65    06870    Old Greenwich    Fairfield County    CT    $1,665,000
    • 66    94043    Mountain View    Santa Clara County    CA    $1,650,000
    • 66    90274    Palos Verdes Peninsula    Los Angeles County    CA    $1,650,000
    • 67    11568    Old Westbury    Nassau County    NY    $1,645,000
    • 68    21056    Gibson Island    Anne Arundel County    MD    $1,643,750
    • 69    92014    Del Mar    San Diego County    CA    $1,640,000
    • 70    90036    Los Angeles    Los Angeles County    CA    $1,638,250
    • 71    10014    New York    New York    NY    $1,635,000
    • 72    94030    Millbrae    San Mateo County    CA    $1,634,000
    • 73    94507    Alamo    Contra Costa County    CA    $1,621,000
    • 74    06830    Greenwich    Fairfield County    CT    $1,617,000
    • 75    94121    San Francisco    San Francisco County    CA    $1,610,000
    • 76    90048    Los Angeles    Los Angeles County    CA    $1,600,000
    • 76    95120    San Jose    Santa Clara County    CA    $1,600,000
    • 76    94131    San Francisco    San Francisco County    CA    $1,600,000
    • 76    90405    Santa Monica    Los Angeles County    CA    $1,600,000
    • 76    94117    San Francisco    San Francisco County    CA    $1,600,000
    • 76    11959    Quogue    Suffolk County    NY    $1,600,000
    • 77    92118    Coronado    San Diego County    CA    $1,595,750
    • 78    94061    Redwood City    San Mateo County    CA    $1,577,500
    • 79    93953    Pebble Beach    Monterey County    CA    $1,576,250
    • 80    90064    Los Angeles    Los Angeles County    CA    $1,575,000
    • 81    90027    Los Angeles    Los Angeles County    CA    $1,550,000
    • 82    92663    Newport Beach    Orange County    CA    $1,548,750
    • 82    94941    Mill Valley    Marin County    CA    $1,548,750
    • 83    94539    Fremont    Alameda County    CA    $1,520,000
    • 84    02493    Weston    Middlesex County    MA    $1,515,000
    • 84    94115    San Francisco    San Francisco County    CA    $1,515,000
    • 85    95130    San Jose    Santa Clara County    CA    $1,510,000
    • 86    91436    Encino    Los Angeles County    CA    $1,507,500
    • 87    94403    San Mateo    San Mateo County    CA    $1,500,000
    • 88    02468    Waban    Middlesex County    MA    $1,491,000
    • 89    02481    Wellesley Hills    Norfolk County    MA    $1,490,500
    • 90    94086    Sunnyvale    Santa Clara County    CA    $1,482,250
    • 91    02554    Nantucket    Nantucket County    MA    $1,480,000
    • 92    10001    New York    New York    NY    $1,476,463
    • 93    93067    Summerland    Santa Barbara County    CA    $1,475,000
    • 93    11030    Manhasset    Nassau County    NY    $1,475,000
    • 94    94110    San Francisco    San Francisco County    CA    $1,470,000
    • 95    94563    Orinda    Contra Costa County    CA    $1,450,000
    • 95    94618    Oakland    Alameda County    CA    $1,450,000
    • 96    11024    Great Neck    Nassau County    NY    $1,442,900
    • 97    06807    Cos Cob    Fairfield County    CT    $1,442,500
    • 98    94705    Berkeley    Alameda County    CA    $1,440,000
    • 99    10024    New York    New York    NY    $1,430,000
    • 100    07078    Short Hills    Essex County    NJ    $1,426,250

  • Comparing China & America: Economies Diverge, Police States Converge

    Authored by Fred Reed via Fred On Everything blog,

    I have followed China’s development, its stunning advance in forty years from impoverished Third World to a huge economy, its rapid scientific progress. Coming from nowhere it now runs neck and neck with the US in supercomputers, does world-class work in genetic engineering and genomics (the Beijing Genomics Institutes), quantum computing and quantum radar, in scientific publications. It lags in many things, but the speed of advance, the intense focus on progress, is remarkable.

    Recently, after twelve years away, I returned for a couple of weeks to Chungdu and Chong Quing, which I found amazing. American patriots of the lightly read but growly sort will bristle at the thought that the Chinese may have political and economic systems superior to ours, but, well, China rises while the US flounders. They must be doing something right.

    In terms of economic systems, the Chinese are clearly superior. China runs a large economic surplus, allowing it to invest heavily in infrastructure and in resources abroad. America runs a large deficit. China invests in China, America in the military. China’s infrastructure is new, of high quality, and growing. America’s slowly deteriorates. China has an adult government that gets things done. America has an essentially absentee Congress and a kaleidoscopically shifting cast of pathologically aggressive curiosities in the White House.

    America cannot compete with a country far more populous of more-intelligent people with competent leadership and the geographic advantage of being in Eurasia. Washington’s choices are either to start a major war while it can, perhaps force the world to submit through sanctions, or resign itself to America’s becoming just another country. Given the goiterous egos inside the Beltway Bubble, this is not encouraging.

    To compare the two countries, look at them as they are, not as we are told  they are. We are told that dictatorships, which China is, are nightmarish, brutal, do not allow the practice of religion or freedom of expression and so on. The usual examples are Pol Pot, Stalin, Hitler, Mao, and North Korea, of whom the criticisms are true. By contrast, we are told, America is envied by the world for its democracy, freedom of speech,  free press, high moral values, and freedom of religion.

    This is nonsense. In fact the two countries are more similar than we might like to believe, with America converging fast on the Chinese model.

    The US is at best barely democratic. Yes, every four years we have a hotly contested presidential election, full of sound and fury signifying nothing. The public has no influence over anything of importance: the wars, the military budget, immigration, offshoring of jobs, what our children are taught in school, or foreign or racial policy

    We do not really have freedom of speech. Say “nigger” once and you can lose a  job of thirty years. Or criticize Jews, Isreal, blacks, homosexuals, Muslims, feminists, or transexuals. The  media strictly prohibit any criticism of these groups, or anything against abortion or in favor of gun rights, or any coverage of highly profitable wars that might turn the public against them, or corruption in Congress or Wall Street, or research on the genetics of intelligence.

    Religion? Christianity is not illegal, but heavily repressed under the Constitutionally nonexistent doctrine of separation of church and state. Surveillance? Monitoring of the population is intense in China and getting worse. It is hard to say just how much NSA monitors us, but America is now a land of cameras, electronic readers of license plates, recording of emails and telephone conversations. The tech giants increasingly censor political sites, and surveillance in our homes appears about to get much worse.

    Here we might contemplate Lincoln’s famous dictum, “You can fool all of the people some of the time, and some of the people all of the time, but you can’t fool all of the people all of the time.” Being a politician, he did not add a final clause that is the bedrock of American government, “But you can fool enough of the people enough of the time.” You don’t have to keep websites of low circulation from being politically incorrect. You just have to tell the majority, via the mass media, over and over  and over, what you wnat them to believe.

    The dictatorship in China is somewhat onerous, but has little in common with the sadistic lunacy of Pol Pot’s Cambodia. In China you do not buck the government, propaganda is heavy, and communications monitored. If people accept this, as most do, they are free to start businesses, bar hop, smoke dope (which a friend there tells me is common though illegal) engage in such consumerism as they increasingly can afford and lead what an American would call normal lives. A hellhole it is not.

    Socially China has a great advantage over America in that, except for the Muslims of Xinjiang, it is pretty much a Han monoculture. Lacking America’s racial diversity, its cities do not burn, no pressure exists to infantilize the schools for the benefit of incompetent minorities, racial mobs do not loot stores, and there is very little street crime.

    America’s huge urban pockets of illiteracy do not exist. There is not the virulent political division that has gangs of uncontrolled Antifa  hoodlums stalking public officials. China takes education seriously, as America does not. Students study, behave as maturely as their age would suggest, and do not engage in middle-school politics.

    In short, China does not appear to be in irremediable decadence. America does.

    An intelligent dictatorship has crucial advantages over a chaotic pseudo-democracy. One is stability of policy. In America, we look to the next election in two, four, or six years. Businesses focus on the next quarter’s bottom line. Consequently policy flipflops. One administration has no interest in national health care, the next administration institutes it, and the third wants to eliminate it. Because policies are pulled and hauled in different directions by  special interests–in this case Big Pharma, insurance companies, the American Medical Association, and so on–the result is an automobile with five wheels, an electric motor but no batteries, and a catalytic converter that doesn’t work. After twenty-four years, from Bush II until  Trump leaves, we will neither have nor not have national health care.

    China’s approach to empire is primarily commercial, America’s military.  The former turns a profit without firing a shot, and the latter generates a huge loss as the US tries to garrison the world. Always favoring coercion, Washington now tries to batter the planet into submission via tariffs, sanctions, embargoes, and so on. Whether it will work, or force the rest of the world to band together against America, remains to be seen. Meanwhile the Chinese economy grows.

    America builds aircraft carriers. China builds railroads, this one in Laos.

    A dictatorship can simply do things. It can plan twenty, or fifty,  years down the road.  If some massive engineering project will produce great advantages in thirty years, but be a dead loss until then, China can just do it. And often has. When I was in Chengdu, Beijing opened the Hongkong–Zhuhai-Macau oceanic bridge, thirty-our miles long. 

    The bridge. The US would take longer to decide to build it than the Chinese took actually to build it.

    In the US? California wants high-speed rail from LA to San Fran. It has talked and wrangled for years without issue. The price keeps rising. The state can’t get rights of way because too many private owners have title to the land. Eminent domain? Conservatives would scream about sacred rights to property, liberals that Hispanic families were in the path, and airlines would bribe Congress to block it. America does  not know how to build high-speed rail and hiring China would arouse howling about national security, balance of payments, and the danger to motherhood and virginity. There will be no high speed rail, there or, probably,  anywhere else.

    Wreckage from the 8.0 earthquake. This is not un-repaired devastation but, weirdly, is kept as a tourist attraction and actually propped up so it won’t collapse further. Phredfoto.

    China has a government that can do things: In 2008 an 8.0 quake devastated the region near the Tibetan border, killing, according to the Chinese government, some 100,000 people. Buildings put up long before simply collapsed. Some years ago everything–the town, the local dam, and roads and houses–had been completely rebuilt, with structural steel so as, says the government, to withstand another such quake. Compare this with the unremedied wreckage in New Orleans due to Katrina.

    Here we come to an important cultural or philosophical difference between the two countries. Many Orientals, to include the Chinese, view society as a collective instead of as a Wild West of individuals. In the East, one hears sayings like, “The nail that stands up is hammered down,” or “The high-standing flower is cut.” Americans who teach school in China report that students will not question a professor, even if he spouts arrant nonsense to see how they will react. They are not stupid. They know that the Neanderthals did not build a moon base in the early Triassic. But they say nothing.

    This collectivism, highly disagreeable to Westerners (me, for example) has pros and cons. It makes for domestic tranquility and ability to work together, and probably accounts in large part for China’s stunning advances. On the other hand, it is said to reduce inventiveness.

    There may be something to this. If you look at centuries of Chinese painting, you will see that each generation largely made copies of earlier masters. As nearly as I, a non-expert, can tell, there is more variety and imagination in the Corcoran Gallery’s annual exhibition of high-school artists than in all of  of Chinese paining.

    People alarmed at China’s growth point out hopefully that the Chinese in America have not founded Googles or Microsofts. No, though certainly have founded huge companies: Alibaba, Baidu, Tencent, for example. However, the distinction between inventiveness and really good engineering is not always clear, and the Chinese are fine engineers. With American education crashing under the attacks of Social Justice Warriors, basing the future on a lack of Chinese imagination seems maybe a bit too adventurous.

  • Suicides, Overdoses And Diabetes: US Life Expectancy Falls For 3rd Straight Year

    During a year when drug overdose deaths jumped to a record high 72,000 – roughly one every seven minutes – it’s probably not surprising that overall life expectancy for Americans declined for the third straight year in 2017. But according to data from the CDC, drugs weren’t the only factor at play: Deaths from suicide, the flu, diabetes and many other causes also increased.

    Death

    In 2017, US life expectancy at birth for the total population declined by 0.1 to 78.6 years for the total U.S. population. The drop in overall rates was driven by an increase in deaths for men (who are more likely to die of drug overdoses and suicide), with their life expectancy dropping by 0.1 to 76.1, while life expectancy for women was steady at 81.1. The spread between life expectancy for men and women also widened (in the women’s favor) by 0.1 to 4.9 years.

    Trump

    As more baby boomers die off, some might assume that the increase in rates has been driven by demographics, but this simply isn’t accurate. Because even when adjusted for age (which should filter out most of the impact from the aging US population), mortality rates increased by 0.4% from 728.8 per 100,000 standard population in 2016 to 731.9 in 2017. White men and white women were responsible for most of the increase, with the age adjusted mortality rate for men climbing 0.6% while the rate for women climbed 0.9%. But the rise in mortality rates for white women was offset by a 0.8% decline in rates for black women.

    rates

    But by far the most significant increase for a given demographic group was the 2.9% rise for all Americans between the ages of 25 and 34, which more than offset a 1% drop for Americans aged 45-55.

    Data

    The 10 leading causes of death – heart disease, cancer, unintentional injuries, chronic lower respiratory diseases, stroke, Alzheimer disease, diabetes, influenza and pneumonia, kidney disease, and suicide – were unchanged from 2016 (these are ranked by number). These accounted for 74% of all deaths last year. But when adjusted for age, the data showed that more Americans are dying at younger ages from nearly all of the causes above – with the biggest jump seen in the age-adjusted rate for suicides (up a staggering 3.7%).

    Meanwhile, rates of infant mortality declined slightly, but were not statistically significant (the US continues to struggle with one of the highest infant mortality rate in the developed world).

    Two

    Overall, a total of 2,813,503 Americans died last year – 69,255 more than in 2016.

    In a series of tweets published after the CDC released its report, the organization’s director said it is committed to “putting science into action” to ensure all Americans live longer, healthier lives.

    https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

    https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

    Life expectancy rates are so broad that most Americans who see these headlines probably don’t realize that falling life expectancy rates can affect their lives in myriad ways that might not be immediately obvious. Take the Dow, for example: The last time US life expectancy declined for 2+ years was in 1963 – right around the beginning of a secular bear market that lasted for more than a decade.

    Chart

  • UC-Berkeley Student Govt Unanimously Approves Resolution To Fund Migrant Caravan

    Authored by Celine Ryan via Campus Reform,

    The University of California Berkeley student government has resolved to financially support the Honduran migrant caravan after a four-hour meeting Wednesday evening, during which senators were told that voting against the funding would be “violent.”

    The resolution passed Wednesday night was presented by the Associated Students of the University of California. Among other initiatives, the bill titled In Support of Central American Refugees in their Pursuit of Asylum proposed that the student government allocate $1500 to be donated to a non-profit organization with the intent of helping to fund the caravan.

    The bill specifically referenced the Honduran migrant caravan, acknowledging that “while some have gradually arrived to the US-Mexico border, thousands are still en route and should arrive in the next week or two,” and calling on the student government to “be in solidarity” with these individuals.

    The document details the plight of Honduran citizens and blames the state of Honduras on the United States.

     “The United States, fueled by corporate greed, has strategically intervened in Central American politics and warfare; thus strengthening the U.S. economy and further disregarding the livelihood of  the citizens in these countries.”

    Multiple Latino American students, one of whom stated that she was “undocumented and unafraid,” showed up to speak before the vote in an effort to persuade senators to pass the bill, some more aggressive than others.  These students urged the association to “put their money where their mouth is” to prove their empathy for the migrants and asserted that a refusal to allocate the $1,500 in caravan assistance funding would be “damn petty.” Multiple students called the proposed donation the “bare minimum” that could be done by ASUC to support migrants.

    “Get your shit together,” one student told senators. Another warned senators that a “no” vote on this bill would be “ignorant and violent.”

    After these community members spoke, the bill was passed unanimously, approving not only the donation of funds to support the caravan, but also tasking the student government’s Office of External Affairs Vice President with “phone-banking and lobbying in support of both emergency and comprehensive immigration reform.”

    The bill states that this effort should specifically address asylum and visa application backlog and “ending the violent practices of our border patrol agents.”

  • This Opioid Antidote Was Hiked 600% To Exploit Crisis

    An American drug company hiked the price of its opioid-overdose antidote by 600% since going to market in 2014, has cost Medicare and Medicaid health programs $142 million, according to a new Senate subcommittee report, which called the company’s actions a way of taking advantage of the worst drug overdose crisis in US history.

    Senators Rob Portman of Ohio and Tom Carper of Delaware said in the report, published last week, that Kaleo, Inc. “exploited the opioid crisis by increasing the price of its naloxone drug EVZIO by more than 600 percent (from an initial price of $575 per unit to $3,750 and then $4,100 eleven months later).”

    Portman, a Republican, and Carper, a Democrat, head the Senate Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs investigative subcommittee, determined the Virginia-based company advise doctors’ offices to sign documents establishing that Evzio, which administers the opioid antidote naloxone, was medically necessary for overdoses – guaranteeing government health programs would cover costs.

    “Naloxone is a critically important overdose reversal drug that our first responders have used to save tens of thousands of lives,” Portman said in a statement.

    “The fact that one company dramatically raised the price of its naloxone drug and cost taxpayers tens of millions of dollars in increased drug costs, all during a national opioid crisis no less, is simply outrageous.”

    Kaleo justified its pricing strategy in a statement and said it was strategizing with insurers to lower prices.

    “We believe two facts are critical to the Evzio story,” the company said in a statement. “First, we have received voluntary reports from recipients of donated product that Evzio has saved more than 5,500 lives since we launched the product in 2014. Second, we have never turned an annual profit on the sale of Evzio.”

    Drug-pricing consultants told the Senate subcommittee that Kaleo’s price should be between $250 and $300 – not $4,000. 

    Cheaper brand-name naloxone products are available including Narcan, cost $125, and more inexpensive generic naloxone products under $100. 

    The price jump came after Kaleo contracted two Chicago-based consultants, Todd Smith and Benjamin Bove, who have had plenty of experience hiking drug prices for pharmaceutical companies at the taxpayer’s expense. 

    The consultants came up with a scheme for Evzio, and Kaleo paid the consulting firm, Underhill Pharma LLC., more than $10 million to figure out how to milk government healthcare programs. 

    In 1Q 2016, Kaleo increased the drug’s price to $3,750, indicating that it was aimed at making sure people could get the drug fully subsidized. 

    This model “relied on patients with insurance coverage to subsidize patients without coverage,” the report concluded. “Thus, the need to raise the price to $3,750 and, eventually, 11 months later to $4,100.”

    Kaleo’s website detailed all individuals with commercial insurance “pay absolutely nothing out of pocket” for the drug, so long as they go through a direct delivery service.

    Smith and Bove pitched a “patient-access-centered model” that was hassle-free for doctors and easy for patients too, since customers paid low or zero co-payments. At least three other pharmaceutical companies in which Smith and Bove played important roles sharply raised prices on pharmaceutical products — in one instance by 4,116%, Bloomberg reported.

    It seems like the government, and ultimately taxpayers will be the biggest losers in yet another drug price scheme. 

    * * *

    In other related news, President Trump scolded Pfizer about raising drug prices earlier this year, and The Wall Street Journal has just reported that the pharma giant is planning again to raise prices on 41 drugs.

    Is President Trump just all talk and when do the American people get relief from out of control drug price inflation? 

  • Scientists: Weak Ocean Circulation Could Signify Incoming Mini Ice Age

    Authored by Mac Slavo via SHTFplan.com,

    A weak circulation of ocean waters in the North Atlantic could signify that a mini ice age is just around the corner.  Scientists have discovered the weakening currents look similar to those that happened right before the Little Ice Age, a cold spell observed between about 1600 and 1850 AD.

    During the Little Ice Age, the Baltic Sea, along with many of the lakes and rivers in Europe froze over. And new and recent studies are showing that the currents in the North Atlantic ocean are at their lowest in 1,500 years

    Researchers studied the Atlantic Meridional Overturning Circulation (AMOC), the branch of the North Atlantic circulation that brings warm surface water toward the Arctic and cold deep water toward the equator.

    The research, co-led by Dr. Christelle Not and Dr. Benoit Thibodeau from the Department of Earth Sciences and the Swire Institute of Marine Science, The University of Hong Kong, is interpreted to be a direct consequence of global warming and associated melt of the Greenland Ice-Sheet.

    Slower circulation in the North Atlantic can yield profound change on both the North American and European climate but also on the African and Asian summer monsoon rainfall.The Daily Mail

    Scientists are about to blame a mini ice age on global warming climate change.

    “The discovery of this new record of AMOC will enhance our understanding of its drivers and ultimately help us better comprehend potential near-future change under global warming,” said Dr. Thibodeau. 

    “While we could ground-truth our temperature reconstruction for the 20th century against instrumental measurement it is not possible to do so for the Little Ice Age period, added Not. “Therefore, we need to conduct more analysis to consolidate this hypothesis.”

    This weakening in the current is still vigorously debated because of the scarcity of long-term record of the AMOC.

    To read the entire press release, please click here.

  • Hospital Suggests Woman Refused Heart Transplant Raise Money On GoFundMe

    A Michigan woman who was rejected for a heart transplant by an area hospital because she couldn’t afford the after care has raised more than $30,000 on GoFundMe after her story went viral.

    GoFundMe

    Shortly before Thanksgiving, 60-year-old Hedda Martin received a letter from the Spectrum Health Richard DeVos Heart and Lung Transplant Center recommending that she undertake a “fundraising effort” to raise $10,000 needed to pay for the immunosuppressive drugs necessary to ensure that her body accepts the new heart. After Martin shared it on Facebook, a copy of the letter was posted to Twitter, where it was swiftly picked up by Congresswoman-elect Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez and others.

    https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

    https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

    According to her GoFundMe page, Martin developed congestive heart failure following aggressive chemotherapy treatments for breast cancer back in 2005. The $10,000 recommended by the hospital would cover 20% of her copays for the treatment.

    “The transplant team does not want to ‘waste’ a vital organ if she cannot afford heart rejection drugs. Understandably,” Martin’s son wrote on her GoFundMe page. “However, they are not even willing to put her on the list knowing it would still give her time to raise money over a year or so through family”

    In statement to Splinter, the hospital acknowledged that ability to pay is a factor when determining who receives potentially life saving transplants.

    “While it is always upsetting when we cannot provide a transplant, we have an obligation to ensure that transplants are successful and that donor organs will remain viable. We thoughtfully review candidates for heart and lung transplant procedures with care and compassion, and these are often highly complex, difficult decisions,” the organization said. “While our primary focus is the medical needs of the patient, the fact is that transplants require lifelong care and immunosuppression drugs, and therefore costs are sometimes a regrettable and unavoidable factor in the decision-making process.”

    Martin’s GoFundMe Page had raised over $30,000 as of this evening…

  • G20 Summit, Top Agenda Item: Bye-Bye American Empire

    Authored by Finian Cunningham via The Strategic Culture Foundation,

    The G20 summits are nominally about how the world’s biggest national economies can cooperate to boost global growth. This year’s gathering – more than ever – shows, however, that rivalry between the US and China is center stage.

    Zeroing in further still, the rivalry is an expression of a washed-up American empire desperately trying to reclaim its former power. There is much sound, fury and pretense from the outgoing hegemon – the US – but the ineluctable reality is an empire whose halcyon days are a bygone era.

    Ahead of the summit taking place this weekend in Argentina, the Trump administration has been issuing furious ultimatums to China to “change its behavior”. Washington is threatening an escalating trade war if Beijing does not conform to American demands over economic policies.

    President Trump has taken long-simmering US complaints about China to boiling point, castigating Beijing for unfair trade, currency manipulation, and theft of intellectual property rights. China rejects this pejorative American characterization of its economic practices.

    Nevertheless, if Beijing does not comply with US diktats then the Trump administration says it will slap increasing tariffs on Chinese exports.

    The gravity of the situation was highlighted by the comments this week of China’s ambassador to the US, Cui Tiankai, who warned that the “lessons of history” show trade wars can lead to catastrophic shooting wars. He urged the Trump administration to be reasonable and to seek a negotiated settlement of disputes.

    The problem is that Washington is demanding the impossible. It’s like as if the US wants China to turn the clock back to some imagined former era of robust American capitalism. But it is not in China’s power to do that. The global economy has shifted structurally away from US dominance. The wheels of production and growth are in China’s domain of Eurasia.

    For decades, China functioned as a giant market for cheap production of basic consumer goods. Now under President Xi Jinping, the nation is moving to a new phase of development involving sophisticated technologies, high-quality manufacture, and investment.

    It’s an economic evolution that the world has seen before, in Europe, the US and now Eurasia. In the decades after the Second World War, up to the 1970s, it was US capitalism that was the undisputed world leader. Combined with its military power, the postwar global order was defined and shaped by Washington. Sometimes misleading called Pax Americana, there was nothing peaceful about the US-led global order. It was more often an order of relative stability purchased by massive acts of violence and repressive regimes under Washington’s tutelage.

    In American mythology, it does not have an empire. The US was supposed to be different from the old European colonial powers, leading the rest of the world through its “exceptional” virtues of freedom, democracy and rule of law. In truth, US global dominance relied on the application of ruthless imperial power.

    The curious thing about capitalism is it always outgrows its national base. Markets eventually become too small and the search for profits is insatiable. American capital soon found more lucrative opportunities in the emerging market of China. From the 1980s on, US corporations bailed out of America and set up shop in China, exploiting cheap labor and exporting their goods back to increasingly underemployed America consumers. The arrangement was propped up partly because of seemingly endless consumer debt.

    That’s not the whole picture of course. China has innovated and developed independently from American capital. It is debatable whether China is an example of state-led capitalism or socialism. The Chinese authorities would claim to subscribe to the latter. In any case, China’s economic development has transformed the entire Eurasian hemisphere. Whether you like it or not, Beijing is the dynamo for the global economy. One indicator is how nations across Asia-Pacific are deferring to China for their future growth.

    Washington likes to huff and puff about alleged Chinese expansionism “threatening” US allies in Asia-Pacific. But the reality is that Washington is living in the past of former glory. Trading blocs like the Asia-Pacific Economic Cooperation (APEC) realize their bread is buttered by China, no longer America. Washington’s rhetoric about “standing up to China” is just that – empty rhetoric. It doesn’t mean much to countries led by their interests of economic development and the benefits of Chinese investment.

    One example is Taiwan. In contrast to Washington’s shibboleths about “free Taiwan”, more and more Asian countries are dialing down their bilateral links with Taiwan in deference to China’s position, which views the island as a renegade province. The US position is one of rhetoric, whereas the relations of other countries are based on material economic exigencies. And respecting Beijing’s sensibilities is for them a prudent option.

    A recent report by the New York Times starkly illustrated the changing contours of the global economic order. It confirmed what many others have observed, that China is on the way to surpass the US as the world’s top economy. During the 1980s, some 75 per cent of China’s population were living in “extreme poverty”, according to the NY Times. Today, less than 1 per cent of the population is in that dire category. For the US, the trajectory has been in reverse with greater numbers of its people subject to deprivation.

    China’s strategic economic plans – the One Belt One Road initiative – of integrating regional development under its leadership and finance have already created a world order analogous to what American capital achieved in the postwar decades.

    American pundits and politicians like Vice President Mike Pence may disparage China’s economic policies as creating “debt traps” for other countries. But the reality is that other countries are gravitating to China’s dynamic leadership.

    Arguably, Beijing’s vision for economic development is more enlightened and sustainable than what was provided by the Americans and Europeans before. The leitmotif for China, along with Russia, is very much one of multipolar development and mutual partnership. The global economy is not simply moving from one hegemon – the US – to another imperial taskmaster – China.

    One thing seems inescapable. The days of American empire are over. Its capitalist vigor has dissipated decades ago. What the upheaval and rancor in relations between Washington and Beijing is all about is the American ruling class trying to recreate some fantasy of former vitality. Washington wants China to sacrifice its own development in order to somehow rejuvenate American society. It’s not going to happen.

    That’s not to say that American society can never be rejuvenated. It could, as it could also in Europe. But that would entail a restructuring of the economic system involving democratic regeneration. The “good old days” of capitalism are gone. The American empire, as with the European empires, is obsolete.

    That’s the unspoken Number One agenda item at the G20 summit. Bye-bye US empire.

    What America needs to do is regenerate through a reinvented social economic order, one that is driven by democratic development and not the capitalist private profit of an elite few.

    If not, the futile alternative is US failing political leaders trying to coerce China, and others, to pay for their future. That way leads to war. 

Digest powered by RSS Digest

Today’s News 30th November 2018

  • Miscalculation: China Building More Nuclear Subs Than Pentagon Estimated, Report

    Some of America’s most influential think tanks and the Pentagon have likely underestimated the number of Chinese nuclear submarines under construction, a new report suggests. 

    Satellite imagery of the Bohai Shipyard and Longpo Naval Facility taken by Planet Labs shows that “China does not yet have a credible sea-based deterrent,” Catherine Dill of the James Martin Center for Nonproliferation Studies at the Middlebury Institute of International Studies at Monterey told Defense One. Two of China’s four Jin-class submarines “appear to not be in operation and are undergoing maintenance or repairs at the Bohai shipyard, suggesting to us that credibility is still in question.”

    Defense One said that contradicts the US Defense Department’s 2018 China Military Report and the Center for Strategic and International Studies’ (CSIS) report, which had stated that China had four operational Jin-class subs.

    The report said there is one additional submarine under construction that the Pentagon missed.

    Jeffrey Lewis, a colleague of Dill, discovered that China had one more nuclear submarine in development than previously believed. He observed a total of five submarine hulls in production, three at Longpo and two at the Bohai shipyard, indicating that China’s modernization efforts are ahead of schedule to meeting its goal of eight.

    “China is continuing to modernize its nuclear weapons program, broadly,” Dill said. “There’s a big emphasis on the SSBN program because all of their deliverable nuclear weapons are on land-based systems. Expanding into these SSBNs gives China more flexibly and credibility.”

    The Bohai Chinese Naval port, displaying two Jin-class subs, taken on Nov. 16, courtesy of Planet Labs
    The Longpo Chinese naval facility displaying multiple Jin-class subs, take on Nov 16, courtesy of Planet Labs 

    She added, “These observations would not have been possible without the high cadence of the Planet imagery, which gave us 244 days of exploitable imagery to monitor from July 2017 to November 2018.”

    By comparison, the US nuclear-armed submarine fleet features 14 Ohio-class subs, which are comparable in size to China’s Jin-class sub and Russia’s Borey-class. 

    Boston College Geopolitical Professor Robert Ross, an expert on Chinese defense and security policy, released a new report entitled “The End of US Naval Dominance in Asia,” it warns that at the current rate of modernization by China, US Navy’s global dominance could be displaced sometime in the mid/late 2020s. 

    “The rapid rise of the Chinese Navy has challenged US maritime dominance throughout East Asian waters,” Ross writes. “The US, though, has not been able to fund a robust shipbuilding plan that could maintain the regional security order and compete effectively with China’s naval build-up.”

    “The resulting transformation of the balance of power has led to fundamental changes in US acquisitions and defense strategy. Nonetheless, the US has yet to come to terms with its diminished influence in East Asia.”

    Ross provides documentation that shows China is well on its way to deploying a naval fleet that could rival the US, but increasingly more modern. 

    Sometime around 2038, roughly two decades from now, China will surpass the US in military spending, and become the world’s dominant superpower not only in population and economic growth – China is set to overtake the US economy by no later than 2032 – but in military strength and global influence as well.

    While it might not seem like much when American think tanks and the Pentagon underestimated the number of Chinese nuclear submarines in development, it could otherwise show how unprepared the West is for a rising China. 

  • Yes, You Have The Right To Talk Back To The Government, But It Could Get You Killed

    Authored by John Whitehead via The Rutherford Institute,

    “The freedom of individuals verbally to oppose or challenge police action without thereby risking arrest is one of the principal characteristics by which we distinguish a free nation from a police state.”– Justice William J. Brennan, City of Houston v. Hill

    What the architects of the police state want are submissive, compliant, cooperative, obedient, meek citizens who don’t talk back, don’t challenge government authority, don’t speak out against government misconduct, and don’t step out of line.

    What the First Amendment protects – and a healthy constitutional republic requires – are citizens who routinely exercise their right to speak truth to power.

    It’s not an easy undertaking.

    Weaponized by police, prosecutors, courts and legislatures, “disorderly conduct” charges have become a convenient means by which to punish those individuals who refuse to be muzzled.

    Cases like these have become all too common, typical of the bipolar nature of life in the American police state today: you may have distinct, protected rights on paper, but dare to exercise those rights and you put yourself at risk for fines, arrests, injuries and even death.

    This is the unfortunate price of freedom.

    Yet these are not new developments.

    We have been circling this particular drain hole for some time now.

    Almost 50 years ago, in fact, Lewis Colten was arrested outside Lexington, Kentucky, for questioning police and offering advice to his friend during a traffic stop.

    Colten was one of 20 or so college students who had driven to the Blue Grass Airport to demonstrate against then-First Lady Pat Nixon. Upon leaving the airport, police stopped one of the cars in Colten’s motorcade because it bore an expired, out-of-state license plate. Colten and the other drivers also pulled over to the side of the road.

    Fearing violence on the part of the police, Colten exited his vehicle and stood nearby while police issued his friend, Mendez, a ticket and arranged to tow his car. Police repeatedly asked Colten to leave. At one point, a state trooper declared, “This is none of your affair . . . get back in your car and please move on and clear the road.”

    Insisting that he wanted to make a transportation arrangement for his friend Mendez and the occupants of the Mendez car, Colten failed to move away and was arrested for violating Kentucky’s disorderly conduct statute.

    Colten subsequently challenged his arrest as a violation of his First Amendment right to free speech and took the case all the way to the U.S. Supreme Court, which sided with the police.

    Although the Court acknowledged that Colten was not trespassing or disobeying any traffic regulation himself, the majority affirmed that Colten “had no constitutional right to observe the issuance of a traffic ticket or to engage the issuing officer in conversation at that time.”

    The Supreme Court’s bottom line: protecting police from inconvenience, annoyance or alarm is more important than protecting speech that, in the government’s estimation, has “no social value.”

    While the ruling itself was unsurprising for a judiciary that tends to march in lockstep with the police, the dissent by Justice William O. Douglas is a powerful reminder that the government exists to serve the people and not the other way around.

    Stressing that Colten’s speech was quiet, not boisterous, devoid of “fighting words,” and involved no overt acts, fisticuffs, or disorderly conduct in the normal meaning of the words, Douglas took issue with the idea that merely by speaking to a government representative, in this case the police—a right enshrined in the First Amendment, by the way—Colten was perceived as inconveniencing and annoying the police.

    In a passionate defense of free speech, Douglas declared: 

    Since when have we Americans been expected to bow submissively to authority and speak with awe and reverence to those who represent us?

    The constitutional theory is that we the people are the sovereigns, the state and federal officials only our agents. We who have the final word can speak softly or angrily. We can seek to challenge and annoy, as we need not stay docile and quiet. The situation might have indicated that Colten’s techniques were ill-suited to the mission he was on, that diplomacy would have been more effective. But at the constitutional level speech need not be a sedative; it can be disruptive.

    It’s a power-packed paragraph full of important truths that the powers-that-be would prefer we quickly forget: We the people are the sovereigns. We have the final word. We can speak softly or angrily. We can seek to challenge and annoy. We need not stay docile and quiet. Our speech can be disruptive. It can invite dispute. It can be provocative and challenging. We do not have to bow submissively to authority or speak with reverence to government officials.

    Now in theory, “we the people” have a constitutional right to talk back to the government.

    In fact, the U.S. Supreme Court concluded as much in City of Houston v. Hill when it struck down a city ordinance prohibiting verbal abuse of police officers as unconstitutionally overbroad and a criminalization of protected speech.

    In practice, however, talking back—especially when the police are involved—can get you killed.

    The danger is real.

    We live in an age in which “we the people” are at the mercy of militarized, weaponized, immunized cops who have almost absolute discretion to decide who is a threat, what constitutes resistance, and how harshly they can deal with the citizens they were appointed to “serve and protect.”

    While violent crime in America remains at an all-time low, the death toll as a result of police-sponsored violence continues to rise. In fact, more than 1,000 people are killed every year by police in America, more than any other country in the world.

    What we are dealing with is a nationwide epidemic of court-sanctioned police violence carried out against individuals posing little or no real threat.

    I’m not talking about the number of individuals—especially young people—who are being shot and killed by police for having a look-alike gun in their possession, such as a BB gun. I’m not even talking about people who have been shot for brandishing weapons at police, such as scissors.

    I’m talking about the growing numbers of unarmed people are who being shot and killed for just standing a certain way, or looking a certain way, or moving a certain way, or not moving fast enough, or asking a question, or not answering a question, or holding something—anything—that police could misinterpret to be a gun, or igniting some trigger-centric fear in a police officer’s mind that has nothing to do with an actual threat to their safety.

    This is not what life should be like in a so-called “free” country.

    Police encounters have deteriorated so far that anything short of compliance—including behavior the police perceive as disrespectful or “insufficiently deferential to their authority,” “threatening” or resistant—could get you arrested, jailed or killed.  

    The problem, of course, is that compliance is rarely enough to guarantee one’s safety.

    Case in point: Miami-Dade police slammed a 14-year-old boy to the ground, putting him in a chokehold and handcuffing him after he allegedly gave them “dehumanizing stares” and walked away from them, which the officers found unacceptable.

    According to Miami-Dade Police Detective Alvaro Zabaleta, “His body language was that he was stiffening up and pulling away… When you have somebody resistant to them and pulling away and somebody clenching their fists and flailing their arms, that’s a threat. Of course we have to neutralize the threat.

    This mindset that any challenge to police authority is a threat that needs to be “neutralized” is a dangerous one that is part of a greater nationwide trend that sets the police beyond the reach of the First and Fourth Amendments.

    When police officers are allowed to operate under the assumption that their word is law and that there is no room for any form of disagreement or even question, that serves to destroy the First Amendment’s assurances of free speech, free assembly and the right to petition the government for a redress of grievances.

    Then again, this is what happens when you take a police recruit, hype him (or her) up on the power of the gun in his holster and the superiority of his uniform, render him woefully ignorant of how to handle a situation without resorting to violence, drill him in military tactics but keep him in the dark about the Constitution, and never stress to him that he is to be a peacemaker and a peacekeeper, respectful of and subservient to the taxpayers, who are in fact his masters and employers.

    The problem, as one reporter rightly concluded, is “not that life has gotten that much more dangerous, it’s that authorities have chosen to respond to even innocent situations as if they were in a warzone.”

    What we’re dealing with today is a skewed shoot-to-kill mindset in which police, trained to view themselves as warriors or soldiers in a war, whether against drugs, or terror, or crime, must “get” the bad guys—i.e., anyone who is a potential target—before the bad guys get them.

    Never mind that the fatality rate of on-duty police officers is reportedly far lower than many other professions, including construction, logging, fishing, truck driving, and even trash collection.

    The result of this battlefield approach to domestic peacekeeping is a society in which police shoot first and ask questions later.

    The message being drummed into our heads with every police shooting of an unarmed citizen is this: if you don’t want to get probed, poked, pinched, tasered, tackled, searched, seized, stripped, manhandled, arrested, shot, or killed, don’t say, do or even suggest anything that even hints of noncompliance.

    This is the “thin blue line” over which you must not cross in interactions with police if you want to walk away with your life and freedoms intact.

    If ever there were a time to scale back on the mindset adopted by cops that they are the law and should be revered, feared and obeyed, it’s now.

    It doesn’t matter where you live—big city or small town—it’s the same scenario being played out over and over again in which government agents, hyped up on their own authority and the power of their uniform, ride roughshod over the rights of the citizenry.

    Americans as young as 4 years old are being leg shackledhandcuffedtasered and held at gun point for not being quiet, not being orderly and just being childlike—i.e., not being compliant enough.

    Americans as old as 95 are being beaten, shot and killed for questioning an order, hesitating in the face of a directive, and mistaking a policeman crashing through their door for a criminal breaking into their home—i.e., not being submissive enough.

    And Americans of every age and skin color are being taught the painful lesson that the only truly compliant, submissive and obedient citizen in a police state is a dead one.

    As a result, Americans are being brainwashed into believing that anyone who wears a government uniform—soldier, police officer, prison guard—must be obeyed without question.

    Of course, the Constitution takes a far different position, but does anyone in the government even read, let alone abide by, the Constitution anymore?

    If we just cower before government agents and meekly obey, we may find ourselves following in the footsteps of those nations that eventually fell to tyranny.

    The alternative involves standing up and speaking truth to power. Jesus Christ walked that road. So did Mahatma Gandhi, Martin Luther King Jr., and countless other freedom fighters whose actions changed the course of history.

    As I make clear in my book Battlefield America: The War on the American People, the American dream was built on the idea that no one is above the law, that our rights are inalienable and cannot be taken away, and that our government and its appointed agents exist to serve us.

    It may be that things are too far gone to save, but still we must try.

  • NYC's Highest Paid Employee – A Predatory-Debt-Collecting Marshal – Made $1.7 Million Last Year

    A brand new expose by Bloomberg shines light on modern day loan sharks: city officials that are armed with badges like Vadim Barbarovich, who earned $1.7 million last year, easily giving him the most lucrative job within the government of New York City. His official title is City Marshal, and he’s one of 35 that the mayor has appointed to compete for fees from recovering debts. While traditionally marshals evict tenants and tow cars, Barbarovich has found his place in part of a debt collection industry that allows them to use their legal authority on behalf of predatory lenders.

    It’s a practice that dates back to the 17th century. Back then, jobs across the Hudson River for marshals yielded the highest fees. Under current law, marshals are entitled to keep 5% of cash that they collect. The city also has a Sheriff’s office that does similar work, but those employees get a salary. Several mayors have called for an end to the marshal system over the last few decades, but nobody has been successful in getting the state legislature to act upon it.

    While Barbarovich’s jurisdiction is supposed to end at city limits, he has worked to recover debts from places like California and Illinois, among others nationwide.

    One person he “recovered” debt money from, to the tune of $56,000, Jose Soliz, asked: “How could they pull all that money? I’ve never even been to New York.” 

    When asked about Barbarovich’s practices, a spokesman for the New York City Marshals Association said that marshals simply “enforce court judgments”.

    The genesis of these judgments are often lenders who advance money to people at rates that can sometimes top 400% annualized. They have found a loophole around loansharking rules by stating that they are instead buying the money that businesses will likely make in the future at a discounted price. Courts have been supportive of this distinction and, as such, the “merchant cash advance” industry has grown to about $15 billion a year.

    As soon as lenders see that borrowers have fallen behind they call marshals, whose job is to force the banks to handover whatever cash is left. They do this by using a court order stamped by a clerk that’s obtained without going before a judge. Banks generally comply immediately, without checking if the marshal has the right to actually take the funds. The borrower often doesn’t understand what’s going on until the money is gone.

    Prior to becoming a marshal, Barbarovich worked in property control earning about $70,000 a year and sometimes volunteered as a Russian translator. Upon starting as a marshal in 2013, he earned about $90,000. When cash advance companies discovered the power he had, his income skyrocketed and his earnings increased almost 20 fold.

    His financial disclosures show that his work enforcing Supreme Court property judgments skyrocketed dramatically over the last two years, as did the amount of cash he recovered. In some respects, the collection process is like the wild west: marshals don’t draw a salary, earn fees from customers and are encouraged to compete with one another, which can catalyze aggressive behavior. 

    Avery Steinberg, a lawyer in White Plains, New York, who represents a few clients whose accounts were seized by Barbarovich, told Bloomberg: “He goes about it in any which way he can. He has a reputation of being a bully.”

    The Bloomberg article tells the story of Jose Soliz, whose company builds concrete block walls for schools and stores in the Texas Panhandle. He had started borrowing from cash advance companies several years ago and found himself trapped in a cycle of debt.

    He eventually wound up taking out a $23,000 loan that he agreed to pay back within nine weeks – to the tune of $44,970: an 800% annualized interest rate.

    He says that the fees were more than expected, so he stopped payment. When he went to go pay his employees a couple days later, he noticed that his Wells Fargo account had been frozen and his paychecks bounced.

    He found out the hard way that cash advance companies like the one he used required him to sign a document agreeing in advance that if there’s a legal dispute, the borrower will automatically lose, rendering any type of judicial review useless. Those who are signing these agreements don’t often realize the power that they are waiving. Based on these agreements, the lender can accuse the borrower of defaulting, without proof, and have a court judgment signed by a clerk on the same day.

    This is exactly what happened to Soliz. His lender obtained such a judgment against him in Buffalo, New York and called in Barbarovich to collect. Even though his Wells Fargo account was opened in Texas, and the judgment was only valid in New York State, the bank turned over $56,764 to the marshal. The rule is supposedly that marshals can go after out of state funds as long as they serve demands at a bank location in New York City, according to the New York City Department of Investigation.

    On the other hand, it’s not clear whether or not banks have to comply with these orders. Some banks reject these demands but most have a policy of following any legal order they receive so as to avoid the hassle of reviewing them and not to ruffle any feathers.

    Wells Fargo, when contacted by Bloomberg, stated that it “carefully review[s] each legal order to ensure it’s valid and properly handled.”

    Barbarovich claims that he serves all legal orders by hand, though that is disputed by Soliz’s lawyer.

    The Department of Investigation reportedly “continues to review” Barbarovich’s work and offered few specifics to Bloomberg.

    The Department has stated that they’re conducting multiple investigations into the enforcement of judgments and focusing on whether not marshals are serving orders by hand.

  • 1 In 3 'Caravan' Migrants Are Sick, Some With Deadly Diseases

    Authored by Mac Slavo via SHTFplan.com,

    Tijuana health officials have said that of those migrants in the caravan at the United States’ border with Mexico, about one third is being treated for health concerns. Migrants who came with the caravan are suffering from respiratory infections, tuberculosis, chickenpox, and some other serious health issues, Tijuana’s Health Department warned on Thursday morning.

    A spokesman for the Tijuana Health Department told Fox News that out of 6,000 migrants currently residing in the city, over a third of them (2,267) are being treated for health-related issues. There are several migrants who have contracted serious diseases that are life-threatening. So far, there have been three confirmed cases of tuberculosis and four cases of HIV (human immunodeficiency virus)/AIDS (advanced immunodeficiency syndrome). Lesser illnesses that pose little threat to life include four separate cases of chickenpox, the spokesman said. And at least 101 migrants have lice and multiple instances of skin infections, the department’s data shows, according to a Fox News report.

    https://video.foxnews.com/v/embed.js?id=5973122387001&w=466&h=263Watch the latest video at foxnews.com

    There’s also a looming threat of a Hepatitis outbreak due to unsanitary conditions in and around the shelter caused by the migrants, the spokesman said.  The location also has only 35 portable bathrooms and a sign reading “No Spitting” had to be put up because coughing and spitting by migrants are rampant in the shelter.

    There are thousands of migrants being sheltered at the Benito Juarez Sports Complex near the San Ysidro U.S.-Mexico Port of Entry, despite the place being capable of providing for 1,000 people.

    Tijuana’s Mayor, Juan Manuel Gastelum, said Tuesday that the city only has enough money to assist the migrants only for a few more days, with the city saying it’s spending around $30,000 a day.

    “We won’t compromise the resources of the residents of Tijuana,” Gastelum said during a press conference.

    “We won’t raise taxes tomorrow to pay for today’s problem.” It’s difficult to say what the lack of funding will mean for the migrants at this time.

    Despite the disturbingly disgusting conditions most of the migrants find themselves in today, most are still committed to entering the U.S. A few have “self-deported” and others have been deported by Mexico, but there are thousands remaining determined to cross the border at all costs.

  • Ryan Casts Doubt On "Bizarre" California Midterm Results

    House Speaker Paul Ryan (R-WI) has cast serious doubt over the “bizarre” California midterm election results, where it appears that seven GOP-held seats will flip to Democratic control, weeks later. 

    The election result “just defies logic to me,” said Ryan during a Washington Post live event. 

    “We were only down 26 seats the night of the election and three weeks later, we lost basically every California race. This election system they have — I can’t begin to understand what ‘ballot harvesting’ is.”

    Ryan, who is retiring after this year, has previously declined to side with President Trump and other Republicans who have complained of election related irregularities and suspected fraud in places such as Florida and California, according to The Hill

    California does have a more liberal policy when it comes to counting ballots. The Golden State allows absentee ballots to be counted if they are mailed by Election Day and arrive at the registrar by the Friday after the election. That’s why results in a handful of close California House races were not called until days, or weeks, after Nov. 6.

    In many cases, the GOP candidates had been leading on Election Night, but Democrats ultimately prevailed as additional absentee and provisional ballots were tallied in the days after. –The Hill

    “In Wisconsin, we knew the next day. Scott Walker, my friend, I was sad to see him lose, but we accepted the results on Wednesday,” said Ryan following the election. In California, however, “their system is bizarre; I still don’t completely understand it. There are a lot of races there we should have won.

    When pressed about his California comments, Ryan said it seemed “bizarre” and “strange” that Democrats would win all seven competitive House races in California. Democrats ousted GOP Reps. Mimi WaltersDana RohrabacherJeff Denham and Steve Knight, and won seats held by retiring GOP Reps. Ed Royce and Darrell Issa. GOP Rep. David Valadao is trailing Democrat TJ Cox, but the race is too close to call. –The Hill

    “The way the absentee-ballot program used to work, and the way it works now, it seems pretty loosey goose,” said Ryan. “When you have candidates who win the absentee ballot vote and then lose three weeks later because of provisionals, that’s really bizarre. I just think that’s a very very strange outcome.”

    California Secretary of State Alex Padilla defended the process in an interview with CNN. 

    “The philosophy here is, while it may take a little bit longer to finish counting ballots in California, the policies are in place to ensure that all votes can be properly processed and added to the tally — and I guess better said, that all voices can be heard in the political process,” said Padilla. 

     

     

  • Petras: Where Have The Anti-War & Anti-Bank Masses Gone?

    Authored by James Petras via The Unz Review,

    US Mass Mobilizations: Wars and Financial Plunder

    Introduction

    Over the past three decades, the US government has engaged in over a dozen wars, none of which have evoked popular celebrations either before, during or after. Nor did the government succeed in securing popular support in its efforts to confront the economic crises of 2008 – 2009.

    This paper will begin by discussing the major wars of our time, namely the two US invasions of Iraq . We will proceed to analyze the nature of the popular response and the political consequences.

    In the second section we will discuss the economic crises of 2008 -2009, the government bailout and popular response. We will conclude by focusing on the potential powerful changes inherent in mass popular movements.

    The Iraq War and the US Public

    In the run-up to the two US wars against Iraq, (1990 – 01 and 2003 – 2011) there was no mass war fever, nor did the public celebrate the outcome. On the contrary both wars were preceded by massive protests in the US and among EU allies. The first Iraqi invasion was opposed by the vast-majority of the US public despite a major mass media and regime propaganda campaign backed by President George H. W. Bush. Subsequently, President Clinton launched a bombing campaign against Iraq in December 1998 with virtually no public support or approval.

    March 20, 2003, President George W. Bush launched the second major war against Iraq despite massive protests in all major US cities. The war was officially concluded by President Obama in December 2011. President Obama’s declaration of a successful conclusion failed to elicit popular agreement.

    Several questions arise:

    Why mass opposition at the start of the Iraq wars and why did they fail to continue?

    Why did the public refuse to celebrate President Obama’s ending of the war in 2011?

    Why did mass protests of the Iraq wars fail to produce durable political vehicles to secure the peace?

    The Anti-Iraq War Syndrome

    The massive popular movements which actively opposed the Iraq wars had their roots in several historical sources. The success of the movements that ended the Viet Nam war, the ideas that mass activity could resist and win was solidly embedded in large segments of the progressive public. Moreover, they strongly held the idea that the mass media and Congress could not be trusted; this reinforced the idea that mass direct action was essential to reverse Presidential and Pentagon war policies.

    The second factor encouraging US mass protest was the fact that the US was internationally isolated. Presidents George H. W. and George W. Bush wars faced hostile regime and mass opposition in Europe, the Middle East and in the UN General Assembly. US activists felt that they were part of a global movement which could succeed.

    Thirdly the advent of Democratic President Clinton did not reverse the mass anti-war movements.The terror bombing of Iraq in December 1998 was destructive and Clinton’s war against Serbia kept the movements alive and active To the extent that Clinton avoided large scale long-term wars, he avoided provoking mass movements from re-emerging during the latter part of the 1990’s.

    The last big wave of mass anti-war protest occurred from 2003 to 2008. Mass anti-war protest to war exploded soon after the World Trade Center bombings of 9/11. White House exploited the events to proclaim a global ‘war on terror’, yet the mass popular movements interpreted the same events as a call to oppose new wars in the Middle East.

    Anti-war leaders drew activists of the entire decade, envisioning a ‘build-up’ which could prevent the Bush regime from launching a series of wars without end. Moreover, the vast-majority of the public was not convinced by officials’ claims that Iraq, weakened and encircled, was stocking ‘weapons of mass destruction’ to attack the US.

    Large scale popular protests challenged the mass media, the so called respectable press and ignored the Israeli lobby and other Pentagon warlords demanding an invasion of Iraq. The vast-majority of American, did not believe they were threatened by Saddam Hussain they felt a greater threat from the White House’s resort to severe repressive legislation like the Patriot Act. Washington’s rapid military defeat of Iraqi forces and its occupation of the Iraqi state led to a decline in the size and scope of the anti-war movement but not to its potential mass base.

    Two events led to the demise of the anti-war movements. The anti-war leaders turned from independent direct action to electoral politics and secondly, they embraced and channeled their followers to support Democratic presidential candidate Obama. In large part the movement leaders and activists believed that direct action had failed to prevent or end the previous two Iraq wars. Secondly, Obama made a direct demagogic appeal to the peace movement – he promised to end wars and pursue social justice at home.

    With the advent of Obama, many peace leaders and followers joined the Obama political machine .Those who were not co-opted were quickly disillusioned on all counts. Obama continued the ongoing wars and added new ones—Libya, Honduras, Syria. The US occupation in Iraq led to new extremist militia armies which preceded to defeat US trained vassal armies up to the gates of Baghdad. In short time Obama launched a flotilla of warships and warplanes to the South China Sea and dispatched added troops to Afghanistan.

    The mass popular movements of the previous two decades were totally disillusioned, betrayed and disoriented. While most opposed Obama’s ‘new’ and ‘old wars’ they struggled to find new outlets for their anti-war beliefs. Lacking alternative anti-war movements, they were vulnerable to the war propaganda of the media and the new demagogue of the right. Donald Trump attracted many who opposed the war monger Hilary Clinton.

    The Bank Bailout: Mass Protest Denied

    In 2008, at the end of his presidency, President George W. Bush signed off on a massive federal bailout of the biggest Wall Street banks who faced bankruptcy from their wild speculative profiteering.

    In 2009 President Obama endorsed the bailout and urged rapid Congressional approval. Congress complied to a $700-billion- dollar handout ,which according to Forbes (July 14, 2015) rose to $7.77 trillion. Overnight hundreds of thousands of American demanded Congress rescind the vote. Under immense popular protest, Congress capitulated. However President Obama and the Democratic Party leadership insisted: the bill was slightly modified and approved. The ‘popular will’ was denied. The protests were neutralized and dissipated. The bailout of the banks proceeded, while several million households watched while their homes were foreclosed ,despite some local protests. Among the anti-bank movement, radical proposals flourished, ranging from calls to nationalize them, to demands to let the big banks go bankrupt and provide federal financing for co-operatives and community banks.

    Clearly the vast-majority of the American people were aware and acted to resist corporate-collusion to plunder taxpayers.

    Conclusion: What is to be Done?

    Mass popular mobilizations are a reality in the United States. The problem is that they have not been sustained and the reasons are clear: they lacked political organization which would go beyond protests and reject lesser evil policies.

    The anti-war movement which started in opposition to the Iraq war was marginalized by the two dominant parties. The result was the multiplication of new wars. By the second year of Obama’s presidency the US was engaged in seven wars.

    By the second year of Trump’s Presidency the US was threatening nuclear wars against Russia, Iran and other ‘enemies’ of the empire. While public opinion was decidedly opposed, the ‘opinion’ barely rippled in the mid-term elections.

    Where have the anti-war and anti-bank masses gone? I would argue they are still with us but they cannot turn their voices into action and organization if they remain in the Democratic Party. Before the movements can turn direct action into effective political and economic transformations, they need to build struggles at every level from the local to the national.

    The international conditions are ripening. Washington has alienated countries around the world ;it is challenged by allies and faces formidable rivals. The domestic economy is polarized and the elites are divided.

    Mobilizations, as in France today, are self-organized through the internet; the mass media are discredited. The time of liberal and rightwing demagogues is passing; the bombast of Trump arouses the same disgust as ended the Obama regime.

    Optimal conditions for a new comprehensive movement that goes beyond piecemeal reforms is on the agenda. The question is whether it is now or in future years or decades?

  • State Department Planning Tighter Restrictions On Chinese Students

    Chinese students studying in the US have helped pad the coffers of elite US universities for years. But over the summer, the Trump Administration angered academic leaders across the US by adopting new restrictions on visas for Chinese graduate students (though the president decided against a ban on all visas for Chinese students, a policy pushed by Trump aide Steven Miller). And in what looks like the next step in the administration’s crackdown on espionage by Chinese nationals in the US on student or employment visas, Reuters reported Thursday that the State Department plans to tighten its vetting of Chinese students to try and prevent espionage at America’s universities.

    China

    The new vetting measures will include checks of student phone records, as well as the scouring of personal accounts on Chinese and US social media platforms for anything that might raise doubts about a students’ intentions – including affiliations with the Chinese government. The plan also involves providing training to US academics to help them spot spying and cyber theft.

    “Every Chinese student who China sends here has to go through a party and government approval process,” one senior US official told Reuters. “You may not be here for espionage purposes as traditionally defined, but no Chinese student who’s coming here is untethered from the state.”

    The White House declined comment on the new student restrictions under review. Asked what consideration was being given to additional vetting, a State Department official said: “The department helps to ensure that those who receive U.S. visas are eligible and pose no risk to national interests.”

    The Chinese government has repeatedly insisted that Washington has exaggerated the problem for political reasons. China’s ambassador to the United States told Reuters the accusations were groundless and “very indecent.”

    “Why should anybody accuse them as spies? I think that this is extremely unfair for them,” Ambassador Cui Tiankai said.

    In recent months, the US has embarked on an unprecedented crackdown on China’s intelligence services, arresting suspected spies and warning friendly countries to steer clear of Chinese telecom giant Huawei.All of this suggests that the stronger vetting processes are part of a broader crackdown.

    Greater scrutiny of Chinese students would be part of a broader effort to confront Beijing over what Washington sees as the use of sometimes illicit methods for acquiring rapid technological advances that China has made a national priority. The world’s two biggest economies also are in a trade war and increasingly at odds over diplomatic and economic issues.

    Any changes would seek to strike a balance between preventing possible espionage while not scaring away talented students in a way that would harm universities financially or undercut technological innovation, administration officials said.

    Regardless of whether the national security concerns are legitimate or not, US academics will do everything they can to oppose and stymie these measures. Why? Because Chinese students are responsible for some $14 billion of economic activity that directly benefits American universities.

    But that is exactly what universities – ranging from the Ivy League’s Harvard, Yale and Princeton universities to state-funded schools such as University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign – fear most. They have spent much of 2018 lobbying against what they see as a broad effort by the administration to crack down on Chinese students with the change in visas this summer and a fear of more restrictions to come.

    At stake is about $14 billion of economic activity, most of it tuition and other fees generated annually from the 360,000 Chinese nationals who attend U.S. schools, that could erode if these students look elsewhere for higher education abroad.

    Trump and senior members of his administration have already reverted to playing the “bad cop” role in the ongoing trade negotiations with China, warning that the talks haven’t yielded any progress, and that China has made no effort to reform its espionage and IP theft practices. Now analysts will inevitably wonder” Could this crackdown on Chinese students help poison the well ahead of Trump’s Saturday dinner with Xi?

  • When You Want To Sanction States, You Call Them "Terrorists"

    Authored by Thierry Meyssan via Voltaire Network,

    The new unilateral sanctions by the United States against Iran, Russia and Syria add to the previous actions concerning the same three targets. They now form the most unforgiving embargo in History. The way in which they have been organised is illegal according to the definition of the Charter of the United Nations – these are weapons of war, designed for killing.

    For his visit to Moscow on 8 November, ambassador James Jeffrey was tasked with explaining the current US obsession with the expansion of Persian influence in the Arab world (Saudi Arabia, Bahrein, Iraq, Lebanon, Syria, Yemen). Washington now wishes to formulate this question in geo-strategic rather than religious terms (Chiites/Sunni), while Teheran is organising its national defence around forward posts composed of Chiite Arabs.

    Moscow then considered the possibility of negotiating on Teheran’s behalf for the easing of unilateral US sanctions, in exchange for its military withdrawal from Syria. President Vladimir Putin confirmed his proposition, not only for his US opposite number, but also for the Israëli Prime Minister, during their meeting in Paris on 11 November for the celebrations marking the centenary of the end of the First World War .

    He attempted to convince the Westerners that Russia alone in Syria was preferable to the Irano-Russian tandem. However, he could not guarantee that Iran would have sufficient authority over Hezbollah – as both Washington and Tel-Aviv pretend – to be able to order it to withdraw also.

    Washington’s only answer, nine days later, was to announce the eleventh series of unilateral sanctions against Russia since the beginning of August. This was accompanied by a ridiculous speech according to which Russia and Iran had together organised a vast plot aimed at maintaining President Assad in power and expanding Persian control in the Arab world.

    This rhetoric, which we believed had been abandoned, assimilates three states (the Russian Federation, the Syrian Arab Republic and the Islamic Republic of Iran) as machines in the service of three men (Bachar el-Assad, Ali Khamenei and Vladimir Putin) who are united by the same hatred of their respective peoples. It ignores the massive popular support they enjoy, while the United States are profoundly torn apart.

    We can leave aside the stupid assertion that Russia is aiding and abetting the conquest of the Arab world by Persia.

    According to the US Secretary of the Treasury, Steven Mnuchin, who presented the unilateral US sanctions on 20 November, they do not form the economic section of the present war, but are intended to punish the « atrocities » committed by these three « régimes ». However, on the verge of winter, they mostly concern the supply of refined petroleum to the Syrian people so that they may light their homes and keep warm.

    It is not necessary to specify that the three states targeted deny the « atrocities » of which they are accused, while the United States pursue the wars that they started in Afghanistan, Iraq, Libya and Syria.

    The US sanctions were not decided by the United Nations Security Council, but by the United States alone. They are illegal in international law because in order to make them lethal, Washington is attempting to force third-party states to associate themselves with the motion, which constitutes a threat to the states targeted and therefore a violation of the United Nations Charter. The United States have the sovereign right to refuse to enter into commerce with other states, but not to exercise pressure on third-party states in order to harm their targets. At one time, the Pentagon claimed that inflicting damaging treatment on a particular nation would lead its people to overthrow its government. That was also the theoretical justification for the bombing of Dresden during the Second World War and the endless embargo against Cuba during the Cold War. However, in the space of 75 years, this theory has never, absolutely never, been verified by the facts. Now the Pentagon is considering using detrimental treatment against a nation as a weapon of war like any other. Embargoes are designed to kill civilians.

    The ensemble of systems currently used against Iran, Russia and Syria constitute the most gigantic siege system in History. These are not economic measures, but – without any possible doubt – military actions implemented in the economic sector. In time, they will probably lead to a division of the world into two parts, just as in the period of USA-USSR rivalry.

    Secretary Mnuchin insisted at length on the fact that these sanctions were aimed above all at the interruption of the sale of hydro-carbons, meaning depriving these countries – mostly exporters— of their main financial resources.

    The mechanism described by Steven Mnuchin is as follows:

    Syria is presently unable to refine petrol since its installations were destroyed either by Daesh or by the international Coalition’s bombing raids against Daesh.

    For the last four years, Iran has been supplying refined petrol to Syria in violation of previous unilateral US sanctions. This petrol is transported by Western companies working for the Russian public company Promsyrioimport. This company is paid by the private Syrian company Global Vision Group, which is itself financed by the Iranian company Tabir Kish Medical and Pharmaceutical.

    Finally the Global Vision Group transfers a part of the money it receives to Hezbollah and Hamas.

    This a cock and bull story :

    The international Coalition has the official objective of fighting Daesh. However, numerous testimonies over the last four years attest that it had alternatively bombed the Islamic state whenever it exceeded the zone which had been allocated to it by the Pentagon (the Wright plan), and that, on the contrary, it had parachuted weapons to Daesh in order to maintain its position in the specified area. The two entities worked together to destroy Syrian refineries.

    What is the purpose of implicating the Russian government in the transfer of petroleum from Iranian refineries towards Syrian ports?

    Why would Iran suddenly need Syria to transfer money to Hezbollah and Hamas?

    Why would Syria transfer Iranian money to Hamas while the Palestinian organisation – whose leaders are members of the Muslim Brotherhood – is at war with them?

    US Secretary of the Treasury Steven Mnuchin

    Steven Mnuchin doesn’t bother with long explanations. As far as he is concerned, Syria is criminal state and Russia is its accomplice, while Iran, Hezbollah and Hamas are all « terrorists ». This is the most important point, the word that cancels out thought.

    A French proverb assures that « When you want to drown your dog, you claim it has rabies ». So there’s no point expecting logic in Secretary Mnuchin’s answer to President Putin’s proposition of mediation.

    Progressively, the United States are withdrawing their troops from the conflicts in which they were engaged, and replacing them with mercenaries on the ground (the jihadists) and economic sanctions, the modern version of the medieval siege.

  • NBC Announces Machine Learning To Push Ads Tied To Moments On TV

    NBCUniversal has announced a machine learning tool that will tie advertisements to relevant moments on television; for example, wedding scene might be followed by an advertisement for champagne or other products related to tying the knot. 

    The Contextual Intelligence Platform will analyze programming scripts, closed-captioning data and visual descriptors contained within both shows and advertisements to match relevant content, while also determining “an emotional gauge for each scene determined by proprietary algorithms,” according to AdWeek

    Focus groups for ads placed with the platform thus far have shown an average bump of 19 percent in brand memorability, 13 percent in likability and 64 percent in message memorability, according to Josh Feldman, evp and head of marketing and advertising creative, NBCU.

    The announcement comes as linear television providers continue to grapple with how to bring digital targeting practices to a medium that still largely operates on traditional phone-call media buying and manual ad placements. –AdWeek

    NBC is now working with up to five advertisers for the system’s trial run, and is aiming for a full rollout in early 2019. While the company has declined to reveal which brands are participating in the trials, NBC has acknowledged that they were selected from a range of consumer categories – including studios, retailers and packaged goods. 

    “Before there was machine learning, there was common sense,” said Feldman, the NBC Executive VP, adding “When my team created something for an advertiser that was a really heartfelt piece of marketing, we would make sure that the spot ran on heartfelt-type programming as opposed to, say, slapstick comedy. We’ve been doing this on a manual basis for a long time—but now we’re going to be able to do it at scale.”

    And now, NBC’s advertising sales department will be able to use machine learning to automate the process on all content except for live media such as news and sports. 

    “This is going to be a big part of our conversations with advertisers for next year’s Upfront,” said Feldman. “Our sales leads are fully up-to-speed on this; this is a project that Linda Yaccarino has personally blessed and thinks is a game-changer for us.”

    NBC‘s svp of advanced advertising products and strategy, Denise Colella, says that the “Contextual Intelligence” platform is the future of advertising. 

    While the platform will simply provide advertisers with a media buying plan based on relevant scenes, NBCU’s product team is already working on ways to expand it to the point where it will be able to place ads automatically. Denise Colella, svp of advanced advertising products and strategy, NBCU, said the Contextual Intelligence Platform is part of a broader push to better integrate linear television with digital advertising techniques. –AdWeek

    “I don’t like to think of the products individually but think of them as a suite that builds on one another,” said Colella. “When you look at digital premium sites, you’re looking at thematic advertising in context. The goal is to bring that to linear television and to make sure the ads match the audience involved, the audience matches the context involved and that we’re able to carry that experience across platforms. That’s really where we’re going.” 

    Meanwhile, NBCU also announced an on-demand targeted advertising format for live and time-shifted media for all of its subsidiaries to be rolled out next year. 

Digest powered by RSS Digest

Today’s News 29th November 2018

  • Meet The Army's Next-Generation Assault Rifle And Sig Sauer Pistol 

    For the last three decades, the US Army has issued the M16 rifle and the M9 pistol to its infantry personnel. Both weapons are standard for the American soldier and have worked well in many overseas operations.

    With the possibility of military conflict with China and or Russia, the Army has made several preparations to replace its aging and outdated weapons.

    In 4Q 2017, we documented how the Army is preparing for decades of hybrid wars across multiple domains – space, cyberspace, air, land, and, maritime. We examined the Army’s latest Training and Doctrine Command report, which highlights how the next round of hybrid wars could begin somewhere around 2025 and last through 2040.

    Then last month, the US Army’s chief of staff made it public that the service is expecting to procure the next-generation squad weapon would fire faster, farther than M16 and M249 infantry rifles and penetrate the most advanced body armor technologies in the world.

    “It will fire at speeds that far exceed the velocity of bullets today, and it will penetrate any existing or known … body armor that’s out there,” Gen. Mark Milley told Military.com at the 2018 Association of the US Army’s Annual Meeting and Exposition.

    “What I have seen so far from the engineers and the folks that put these things together, this is entirely technologically possible … It’s a very good weapon.”

    The contract solicitation on FedBizzOpps states the Army plans to award production for up to “250,000 total weapons system(s) (NGSW-R, NGSW-AR, or both), 150,000,000 rounds of ammunition, spare parts, tools/gauges/accessories, and engineering support.”

    As the series production of the next-generation assault rifle is imminent, the Army has also been replacing its outdated Beretta M9 pistol.

    So what was wrong with the M9 and why has it been replaced?

    Pistol technology had rapidly changed since the 1980s when the M9 was commissioned. Double-action strikers, uncommon three decades ago, have become standard, and for an excellent reason, said the American Rifleman. The striker system is sealed with no exposed hammer slot that does not allow dirt and debris into the gun.

    The M9 is manufactured from an aluminum frame. Aluminum or steel frames were standard in the 20th century, but composite materials have replaced most base metals. Another negative of the M9 is its lack of a Picatinny rail to mount addition adds on, including lights, lasers, and or sights.

    With all this in mind, 2018 has served as a transitional year for the Army in replacing its old weapons. 

    Earlier this year, the Army’s 101st Airborne Division was the first to receive the services’ new M17 and M18 pistol, engineered to give infantry an edge in the ability to fight in caves, tunnels, crawl spaces, houses, and other close quarter combat scenarios.

    “You can close with the enemy in close quarter combat and engage the enemy with one hand. It is tough to do this with the M9,” Lt. Col. Martin O’Donnell, spokesman for the 101st Airborne, told reporters earlier this year.

    The new pistol is also designed with an ergonomic configuration that allows soldiers to enable rapid hand switching as needed in combat.

    The M17 is said by its designer to bring much tighter dispersion, improved versatility, and next-generation accuracy.

    “With this weapon, you can change quickly from right hand to left hand. If you are shooting something that is not comfortable on your hand and can’t get a comfortable grip, it is not as accurate,” Sgt. 1st Class Andrew Flynn, 101st Division Master Gunner, said earlier this year.

    The Army is now acquiring thousands of next-generation assault rifles and pistols in the pursuit of modernizing its forces before the next conflict slated for the mid-2020s.

  • 25 Basic Life Skills That Should Be Taught In School (But Aren't)

    Authored by Meadow Clark via Daisy Luther’s Organic Prepper blog,

    I know lots of you are homeschool parents. But please accept before reading this article that many kids are sent to public schools for a wide variety of reasons. Please do not turn this into an argument about homeschooling vs. public schooling or an insult festival toward parents who send their kids to school. That’s not productive. Let’s talk about what is taught vs. what is missing. And also, keep in mind that school is the only chance that some children have to learn new ideas because their parents are either disinterested or close-minded. While most of us try to teach our children these excellent skills at home, many young people are not raised in households like ours.

    Think of the vast amount of time that students spend in school. But what do they come away knowing? They are taught very few life skills, so are they really prepared for the real world?

    Here’s one of the glaring problems with public school: it’s designed to waste time.

    Like a Weeping Angel from Doctor Who, school can zap your life away. It wouldn’t be half bad if you were being taught something useful. Sure, reading and math are important, but the bulk of those things can be taught in much shorter periods of time than are being utilized right now. Plus, reading skills are deteriorating and math was swallowed by Common Core.

    Ideally, there would be myriad forms of trustworthy education that could suit any personality. And ideally many of these skills would be taught by family and imparted by experienced people – but that’s getting harder to do.

    So in the list below, think of what it would be like if schools were ideal and actually preparing people to live meaningful lives.

    Without further ado, here are…

    25 Life Skills That Should Be Taught In School (But Aren’t):

    #1 Individual Thought

    Instead of regurgitating what the teacher says and mirroring their peers, people need to think for themselves only. That means no groupthink. Most people think they are unique but are only parroting. That’s why you can figure out who they are from just two of their beliefs. A lot of people struggle with who they really are but can’t even have a thought of their own. Life shouldn’t be so monochromatic and Borg-like. Calling all real individuals.

    #2 Personal Finance, Saving & Budgets

    The credit card and personal finance industry should not be the ones teaching us about money. And while I think Dave Ramsey’s advice from Total Money Makeover to start an emergency fund is golden; I’d like to nominate The Index Card by Helaine Olen as the curriculum. It is by far the best, most objective personal finance advice I’ve ever gotten. Takes all the confusion away. The name is from the idea that everything you need to know about finance fits on an index card – and the book even comes with it!

    #3 Health & Nutrition

    No fad diets. Just self-care and nutrition. Food selection and important information about vitamins, minerals, and bio-compounds. I know they teach health in school but c’mon… And why not include gardening and food prep?

    #4 Resiliency & Failing Gracefully

    The world can be crushing enough, perhaps resiliency and tenacity can be emphasized instead of measuring students against failure. Failure is inevitable after all, so people should be shown how to fall and get back up again.

    #5 The Art of Conversation

    ‘Sup! Hav U taken this class B4?

    #6 Logic, Reasoning, and Public Discourse

    Did you know that schools have been rapidly dropping Logic classes? It’s time to stop the Idiocracy from spreading and revive Logic! Also, it would be nice if public discourse didn’t amount to two people rabidly screaming at each other.

    #7 Character

    You can’t legislate morality, but young people are eager to learn character. Instead of burdening children with global warming responsibility and punishing them severely for breaking unspoken social justice mores – how about letting them have fun but fostering a sense of character. Show them they have personal control/responsibility and that there are real-world consequences for their actions. Relationship skills probably shouldn’t be taught by government-run schools but ultimately those come from a person’s character.

    #8 Negotiation

    In order to make it in the real world and provide for a family, negotiating is crucial. It means being firm, having a backbone and the willingness to exhibit some disagreeableness.

    #9 Cooking from Scratch

    It’s a seriously needed lost art! And it overlaps with health, budget and survival classes.

    #10 Survival & First Aid

    All forms of survival, prepping and first aid, including wilderness first aid, should be taught to everyone. Survival without tech and during disasters or live shooting events – all of it. Gardening, self-defense, and firearms overlap with this class, too. The Dangerous Book for BoysThe American Boys Handy Book,  The Field and Forest Handy Book: New Ideas for Out of Doors would be a great, fun start! Of course, The Organic Prepper makes a great curriculum – hi, homeschoolers!

    #11 Speed Reading (But with Deep Comprehension)

    Speed reading is not the same as skimming. Many people have been taught to skim haphazardly because of the Internet, new gadgets and pressure to multi-task. This study shows that skimming is actually not a great way to comprehend more. Speed reading removes “subvocalization” while reading, and it can be done while maintaining comprehension.

    #12 Self-Defense

    Both with and without firearms. It would include boundaries, situational awareness, and improvisation.

    #13 Crash Course on How Government Works

    People are told to go out and vote but a lot of them don’t even know much about the positions they are voting on. I wish School House Rock had kept up the government songs! “I’m just a bill…

    #14 Creativity

    Our linear-thinking and tech-driven world is rapidly extinguishing right-brain thought, and that is a travesty. Our creative force needs to be ablaze at all times and should never be downgraded or snuffed out.

    #15 Household & Basic Car Mechanic Repairs

    Why are these skills not taught to everyone? Learn to be handy and be independent from others while putting thousands of savings toward paying down a house. A lot of people are afraid to try, but only because they weren’t taught and may be afraid to ask for help.

    #16 Time Management, Focus, and Productivity

    Multi-tasking is a proven fraud. In a world driven to distraction, the art of focus is priceless in the working world. Maximized time is a maximized life.

    #17 How to Read Literature With Deeper Understanding

    Let’s face it: high school makes a lot of people hate books. Something tells me that’s the real reason why 1984 is mandatory reading. Who actually remembers the deeper message later in life? Curriculum: The Well-Educated Mind by Susan Wise Bauer is a straight-forward, wonderful guide through the classical education most of us never got.

    #18 Entrepreneurship, Career & Starting a Business in a Gig Economy

    This is a crucial skill desperately needed in a changing job landscape. It could teach sales skills for all different personality types. And hey, wouldn’t it be great to cultivate what your passions are instead of being wedged into categories by those career assessments?

    #19 Etiquette

    Seriously. Make. This. A. Class.

    #20 Social Skills

    Social skills are different than etiquette and manners. It involves picking up on cues and tone, and knowing how to appropriately respond in different situations. There is dating etiquette and there is also dating social skills. These are just as important as having social awareness on the job.

    #21 Study & Deep Research

    Why do 12 years of school without first learning this key element?

    #22 How to Selectively Make Real Friends

    An elective class to win GOOD friends and influence people. Networking. Watching out for red flags in relationships. School is basically a big bullpen where you’re with the same people every day for 12 years. And they think homeschoolers aren’t “socialized”? Sheesh! Plus, social media gives the false impression of connection without much selectivity.

    #23 Effective Communication & Writing

    So apparently this is being taught now, but…is it really?

    #24 Resume & Cover Letters

    Firstly, a lot of people do not know how to craft these. And secondly, most of them are thrown into the trash or get lost in cyberspace. The soul-crushing job application process needs a serious makeover, but until that happens, people need to learn how to write an attention-grabbing human-voiced resume that gets that foot in the door.

    #25 Understanding Credit Cards, Bills, Taxes, House/Car Purchases, Student Loans, Insurance

    This is a much-needed course, unfortunately. This class would help students avoid predatory financial practices instead of being ushered right into them. Day 1: teacher cuts up all credit cards in a class demonstration.

    Last but not least….a bonus that is only being sort of taught apparently?

    GEOGRAPHY!

    If people want to let their government charge trillions to lob bombs into another country, then by Jove, they’d better be able to point it out on a map… I’m being darkly facetious, but seriously, geography is important.

    It may even drive a wanderlust to explore, and the government doesn’t want that. We were always at war with Eurasia!

    I was tempted to put some other electives on the list like “Relationship Skills by Interviewing Elderly Couples” or “Why TV Sucks” but I realize that these fall outside the realm of objectivity and belong in class #1: Individual Thought. 

  • Australian Spies May Get License To Kill During International Secret Missions

    Australian spies on top secret missions may soon gain a license to kill enemies who pose a risk to their undercover missions while operating abroad, reports ABC News

    Australian James Bond, George Lazenby

    Australian Secret Intelligence Service (ASIS) officers are currently permitted to use their weapons in self-defense, or to protect anyone working with the spy agency, however on Thursday the Morrison government is set to introduce new laws to Parliament which will allow spies to use “reasonable force” during overseas missions. 

    Australian Defense Minister Marise Payne

    Foreign Minister Marise Payne said the new powers were needed because ASIS officers “often work in dangerous locations, including under warlike conditions, to protect Australia and our interests”. –ABC News.

    The Aussie government has justified the new policy by pointing to the broader scope of “more dangerous missions in new places and circumstances unforseen 14 years ago,” when the Intelligence Services Act provisions were last addressed. 

    “As the world becomes more complex, the overseas operating environment for ASIS also becomes more complex,” said Payne in a statement, adding “The changes will mean officers are able to protect a broader range of people and use reasonable force if someone poses a risk to an operation.”

    “Like the existing ability to use weapons for self-defence, these amendments will be an exception to the standing prohibitions against the use of violence or use of weapons by ASIS.” 

    According to the foreign minister, ASIS’s watchdog would maintain an important oversight role over the use of weapons and force by the intelligence service. 

  • Don't Get Distracted By The Trump/Fed Soap Opera – The Crash Will Continue

    Authored by Brandon Smith via Alt-Market.com,

    At the beginning of 2018 I wrote extensively on what was likely to happen under the administration of Jerome Powell, the new Federal Reserve Chairman. In my article ‘New Fed Chairman Will Trigger A Historic Stock Market Crash In 2018‘, published in February, I predicted that the Fed would continue interest rate increases and balance sheet cuts throughout the year and they would knowingly initiate a crash in equities.

    To be clear, this was not a very popular sentiment at the time, just as it wasn’t popular when I predicted in 2015 that the Fed would launch interest rate hikes instead of going to negative rates in order to start a catalyst for economic crisis. The problem some people have with this concept is that they just can’t fathom that the central bank would deliberately crash the system. They desperately cling to the notion that the Fed and other central banks want to keep the machine rolling forward at any cost. This is simply not true.

    The claim is that the banking elites are “required” to keep the system propped up in a state of reanimation because they are reliant on the system to provide capital and thus “influence.” The people that assert this argument don’t seem to understand how central banks operate.

    As most liberty activists should know by now, central banks are essentially a legally protected counterfeiting scheme. Using fractional reserve banking at a ratio that is secret, central banks create their own capital from thin air, and they can infuse capital into international banks at will when it suits their purposes. There is no “profit motive” for the banking syndicate. They can print the cash or digitally conjure it anytime they wish, and they can use it to purchase tangible assets before their printing diminishes the buying power of the currency, passing price inflation on to regular citizens.

    Thus, keeping the system in perpetual positive motion is not necessary in terms of the transfer of wealth from the population to the banking class. In fact, economic crisis events are very useful to the elites because these events allow the banks to buy up concrete assets like natural resources, businesses and properties for pennies on the dollar.

    For example, this is exactly what they did during the Great Depression when major banks like JP Morgan bought out thousands of failing local banks across the U.S. and took control of mortgages and other assets being paid off by a vast portion of the American citizenry. The banking system never looked the same again, and international banks continue to dominate ever since as localized competition remains elusive.

    This also occurred after the crash of 2008 when companies like Blackstone bought up billions in distressed mortgages for well below previous market value, taking control of the property market and turning bankruptcies into rentals.

    The 2008 crash was an asset buying bonanza for banks and corporation bailed out by the Federal Reserve. Low interest rates provided endless cheap credit through which companies could buy anything and everything. Of course, they mostly bought their own equities through stock buybacks, artificially inflating the stock market to the point of absurdity while taking on historic levels of debt — but we’ll get to that in just a moment.

    The point is, there is every reason for central banks and their international corporate banking partners in crime to want a controlled demolition of the economic system. As long as they always control the dominant currency mechanism and the means of wealth distribution, they can use fiscal disasters to buy up hard assets for almost nothing.

    The profit motive argument against deliberately triggered market declines has no legs when we consider this reality. But there is another reason far beyond the issue of asset accumulation; namely the psychological effects these events have on the masses.

    Economic panic is a very useful tool in the hands of the banking establishment for molding social conditions in a way that gives them greater psychological power over the public. In every instance of financial catastrophe it is the banker cabal that is asked to step in and save the day. In 2008 it was the Federal Reserve that was tapped to act as a hero to the mainstream, and only through the tireless efforts of alternative economists and liberty activists has this fallacy been exposed to some in the population.

    In the next crisis, it will be the IMF that is used as the front organization for the next rescue as market collapse leads into a crisis in confidence in the U.S. dollar. I outlined the plan for this in my recent article ‘IMF Reveals That Cryptocurrency Is The New World Order End Game.’

    The average person is completely unaware of the Hegelian con-game being played here. And, when banking institutions step in as the designated “caregivers” to the ailing economy, what we sometimes see is a kind of reverse “Florence Nightingale effect”, in which the patients fall in love with the nurse merely because they have associated the extension of economic function to an extension of their lives (or at least, an extension of comfort in their lives).

    The next engineered crash is shaping up to become the most epic in history, and make no mistake, it has already started.

    Even now mindless optimism and blind faith in the markets continues, and the assumption on the part of the investment world is that the banks will eventually be forced to admit their “policy error” on tightening and that they will revert back to lower rates or even more QE. This is not going to happen.

    An example of the Fed reversal fantasy was the reaction to Jerome Powell’s recent speech in light of “criticism” by the Trump Administration.  Powell’s statement included a throwaway line indicating that the Fed rate was “just below” the neutral rate, which investors and algo trading computers immediately interpreted as a “dovish” pull back from a previous statement in which Powell said they were a “long way” from the neutral rate.  Stocks spiked on the “shift” in speech patterns.

    Yes, investment markets really are that desperate for a sign that the Fed will keep the party going.  But let’s look at reality.

    Powell is simply repeating a fact, not changing Fed policy on rate hikes – the Fed funds rate is 2.19% technically just below what the Fed considers the “neutral rate” of inflation; around 2.5% to 3%.  The assumption markets are making is that the Fed will not hike BEYOND the neutral rate of inflation.  This is a naive assumption.  At no point did Powell indicate the Fed would stop rate hikes.  In fact, Powell dared to reiterate his assertions that the US economy is healthy and well into “recovery”.  This is not the statement of an institution that is about to stray from its current path.

    I would also point out that all this focus on interest rates might be a distraction from the Fed balance sheet cuts.  I cannot recall if Trump ever complained about this issue, but asset cuts are a primary key to the decline in stock markets, perhaps more so than interest rates.

    Hopium sellers have been peddling several scenarios lately in which the current downtrend in markets will stop and the bull rally party rekindled. The three most pervasive are…

    Scenario #1: The Fed suddenly skips rate hikes in the near term under pressure from markets and the White House.

    Scenario #2: The Fed fully admits to policy error in light of stock market declines and re-launches QE.

    Scenario #3: Trump announces successful trade war negotiations, primarily with China, and ends tariff measures.

    As I have noted many times in the past year, Jerome Powell admitted in the minutes of the October 2012 Fed meeting that tightening measures in the face of extreme market addiction to stimulus would inevitably cause a crisis event. The Fed had created a monster of a bubble, and a monster in the investment world, and they knew they were doing it. With corporate and consumer debt levels at historic highs, any interest rate increases, no matter how seemingly marginal, will kill stock buybacks, cause corporate cutbacks and derail consumer spending.

    Fed asset cuts will also offset stock buybacks over time and drag markets lower.  If the suspicions of alternative economists are correct, then the Fed has been holding a massive short volatility position for years.  Powell seems to confirm this kind of market manipulation in his statements in the Fed minutes of October 2012.  If they continue to unwind this position as they dump their balance sheet, stocks will crash regardless of interest rates.

    Today, Jerome Powell is taking the exact actions in policy that he originally admitted would cause a crash. Powell is not tightening out of stupidity, nor is he tightening out of a misguided error in policy. Powell is tightening because the banking elites WANT a crash. Period.

    Because of this, it is highly unlikely that the Fed will stop tightening measures, let alone reverse them. The Fed does not care about “pressure” from markets, or pressure from the White House which I believe is part of a farcical Kabuki theater. The Fed will continue hiking up to the neutral rate of inflation, and probably well beyond that into 2019. This is exactly what they did during the Great Depression to escalate the crisis, and it is exactly what they will do today.

    Trump’s trade war rhetoric and false media headlines are now the only levers that can be pulled to stall the market landslide. But it appears that this stalling is meant to make the crash more manageable, not stop it from happening.  With Trump’s cabinet loaded with globalists, it is foolish to believe the current trend will end any other way.

    Trump will jawbone markets up at times, but overall there will be no progression in negotiations. The latest Powell statement is most likely designed to help mitigate the downturn that will occur when the Trump Administration announces “no progress” with China after the impending G20 conference.  The trade war will eventually escalate to include threats to U.S. bond markets and the dollar itself.

    Trump’s policies match almost exactly with the model followed by Herbert Hoover preceding the crash of 1929 and the Great Depression. His trade war is a perfect distraction for the masses as central banks, the real culprits behind the crisis, pull the plug on life support for the economy. We will at times hear rumors of new ground gained with China and other nations, and these rumors will continue to be dispelled days later as they have been for the past year.

    The battle between Trump and the Fed is purely a soap opera designed to lure conservatives into the Neo-con fold as they are told that Trump is a mere victim of Federal Reserve’s interest rate hikes.  The rest of the world is being told that Trump is a gigantic baby, throwing a tantrum over a collapsing stock market bubble that he originally took credit for.  They will be told that it is Trump’s tariffs and populism that are destabilizing the economy, not the Fed’s tightening into economic weakness.

    The truth is, BOTH Trump and the Fed are working in tandem while playing a game of pretend-fighting that Trump knows well from his days in the WWE (World Wrestling Entertainment) and reality TV.

    The establishment wants the system to break down, but at a speed that is manageable for them and psychologically disarming for us.

    The optimistic claim that what we are seeing in equities is nothing more than a “correction” is a fallacy that misrepresents the reality of conditions on the ground. It is based on assumptions that the Fed will stop tightening measures and that the trade war will end abruptly and favorably. It is also based on severe cognitive dissonance — the optimism of drug addicts, their veins filled with years of QE heroin. The truth is that the drug binge is over.

    The banking elites are done with that phase of the collapse, and they are moving onto the next phase. It is clear in their actions, it is clear in their public admissions, and it is clear in the downward spiral of the economy at large. What we are seeing is not a “correction,” it’s a crash. It is time for people to accept this fact and prepare accordingly if they have not already.

    *  *  *

    If you would like to support the publishing of articles like the one you have just read, visit our donations page here.  We greatly appreciate your patronage.

  • Why Powell's Speech Today Was "A Stroke Of Genius"

    Submitted by Nicholas Colas of DataTrek

    A Man for All Seasons

    To our thinking, Chair Powell’s speech today was a stroke of genius. By easing the Fed’s public stance on rates, he puts all the responsibility for near term market direction on President Trump’s shoulders as he prepares to meet Chinese President Xi at the G20. US equities are barely up on the year, so what happens in Buenos Aires will determine if stocks post a positive 2018.

    Federal Reserve Chair Powell really is a “Markets guy” after all, as today’s speech at the The Economic Club of New York showed. After saying interest rates were “far from neutral” on October 3rd, he didn’t make the crowd wait long today for his revised assessment. Powell’s new take, which appears in the 2nd paragraph of his talk: rates “remain just below the broad range of estimates of the level that would be neutral for the economy.”

    We’ve been repeatedly pointing you to Fed Funds Futures as a forward-looking indicator for US central bank policy, and that market has been pricing in Powell’s speech as if it had an advanced copy a month ago. After October’s stock market swoon, Futures only gave the Fed a 17% chance of getting to a +3% funds rate, for example. Two-year Treasury yields – our other favored indicator – told a similar story, peaking on November 8th.

    Since Fed Fund Futures had this event nailed, even if US stocks did not, let’s see what they say now with the benefit of a few hours to digest Powell’s talk:

    • The odds that the Fed moves in December by 25 basis points are now 83%, up from 79% yesterday.
    • Odds that the Fed stands pat or even cuts rates back to current levels at the March 2019 FOMC meeting are now better than 50/50, at 58/42. Yesterday they were about the same, at 55/45.
    • Futures give the edge to seeing just one 25bp rate increase during all of 2019 (assuming the December 2018 bump), with 38% odds. Chances that the central bank raises rates twice or more in 2019 are now just 33%, down from 37% yesterday.

    Hard-nosed numbers aside, the real genius of Chair Powell’s speech today is that it takes Fed policy out of the near term market narrative and shifts investors’ focus to President Trump’s end-of-week G20 meeting with Chinese President Xi. Here’s how this calculus works:

    • US equities rallied strongly today because Powell’s comments effectively acknowledge the market’s concerns of a slowing global economy, driven in large part by the effect of US trade policy.
    • All major US equity indices are up slightly on the year, or at least flat. The Dow: +2.6%. S&P 500: +2.6%. Russell 2000: -0.3%, but up 1% with dividends.
    • The Trump/Xi G20 meeting on Friday is now the make-or-break event that will determine if US stocks print a positive or negative 2018. There simply are no other near-term catalysts that equal the importance of this event.

    Squint only slightly through Machiavellian eyes, and Powell’s rate retreat looks very much like a calculated effort to pressure President Trump to make real progress at the G20. Chair Powell left himself enough wiggle room to change his stance in 2019. Mr. Trump does not have the luxury of time if he wants to see US stocks end the year on a high note. And Mr. Trump’s affinity for using the US stock market as a barometer for his professional success as President is well known…

    Summing up: our Sunday note highlighted that US stocks sit on a fulcrum with “Hope” of a change in Fed/trade policy the only counterbalances to the heavyweight concerns of a slowing global economy. Chair Powell delivered on one of those hopes today. It will be up to President Trump to find a way to do the same later this week. Given today’s events, he does not really have a choice.

  • "Thin-Air-Spending" & What To Watch As Asset Prices Plunge

    Authored by Daniel Nevins via FFWiley.com,

    “It is high time we rediscovered the role of the financial cycle in macroeconomics.”
    Claudio Borio, Bank for International Settlements

    In May, we queued up the b-side of a record describing America’s balance sheet – we looked at the mix of lenders instead of the usual “a-side” analysis of the borrowers.

    We showed that the balance sheet includes four types of lenders—banks, the Fed, foreigners and prior domestic saving—as in the updated chart below. And the “prior domestic saving” category, since you asked, is mostly households, pension funds and insurance companies investing in bonds and bond funds.

    Then we showed why the b-side is so important, even as it gets little attention. That is, the four types of lenders are fundamentally different from one another – lending by banks is highly correlated to spending (same-period and next-period spending), whereas the other lenders show no such correlation.

    But economic theory says all lending is the same – how can banks be different?

    Finally, we shared a diagram that explains the previous result.

    The diagram shows that bank lending is unique because it creates fresh spending power from “thin air.” We’ll leave further explanations aside for now, but you might check our articles here or here to review how banks create spending power from nothing, and why that process invalidates entire libraries full of mainstream thinking. (Or see our book for more detail.)

    Bank balance sheets are also highly predictive, as we showed when we used bank credit to construct a business-cycle indicator. (Again, see the b-side article linked above.) Considering the connections—empirical and conceptual—between bank credit and the business cycle, our indicator might be the best first step to business-cycle forecasting.

    Okay so banks conjure spending from thin air—does anything else do the same?

    Now we’ll take a second step by asking: What else materializes from thin air? How about the gains and losses in your investment portfolio? It sure seems as though investment gains and losses pop up from nowhere. And by combining them with new bank credit, we’ll create a highly predictive composite indicator that we’ll call thin-air spending power (TSP). Here are the two inputs to the composite:

    • Real new bank credit. Inflation-adjusted new bank credit aggregated over four-quarter periods and expressed as a percent of final domestic demand in the prior period.

    • Real holding gains. Inflation-adjusted holding gains (household and nonprofit gains from equities, mutual funds, real estate and pensions) aggregated over four-quarter periods and expressed as a percent of final domestic demand in the prior period.

    And the chart below provides an example, using data from 2002 to 2008, of how we can track real new bank credit and real holding gains through a business cycle by placing one on each axis. Note that we’re mapping a path through the two dimensions by connecting data sequentially. Although the path shows just a single cycle (the last decade’s housing boom), the pattern is similar to that of the previous seven cycles, which you can confirm by reviewing the chartbook we’ll link at the end of this article.

    But what exactly does TSP tell us?

    So TSP is a creature of habit, and it has a habit of cycling through three phases: recovery, financial inflation and financial deflation.

    • Recovery. TSP meanders upwards and rightwards as the financial economy heals from the prior recession.

    • Financial inflation. TSP enjoys the big air of the upper-right triangle.

    • Financial deflation. TSP completes the cycle by becoming scarce once again, dropping below a diagonal recession warning.

    In other words, TSP typically triggers a recession warning shortly before the onset of a recession, anywhere from one to five quarters before. But you might wonder where the recession-warning line comes from—how do we determine its slope and position? Here’s the rationale for our choices:

    • Slope. We consider the additional spending that could result from a dollar of real new bank credit versus a dollar of real holding gains. We expect a dollar of real new bank credit to result in up to a dollar of additional spending, but probably not a full dollar due to the portion that banks invest in securities rather than loans—security purchases don’t always flow into the real economy as directly and reliably as loans do. And for real holding gains, there’s a substantial literature suggesting that each dollar of additional wealth boosts spending by anywhere from three or four cents to a little more than ten cents. So weighing up real new bank credit against real holding gains, we see a ratio of about ten to one as far as the effects on economy-wide spending, and that determines the slope of our recession-warning line.

    • Position. We draw the line through the origin to keep it as simple as possible. That choice won’t be optimal in every cycle, but we don’t believe it’s realistic to think we can “engineer” a substantially better one, especially as cycles change from one to the next.

    Note that we’re cognizant of the risks of false precision. We didn’t fit the recession-warning line using regressions or other statistical techniques—we chose nice, round numbers that seemed reasonable, conceptually, and then we stopped there. Our choices may or may not hold up in the future, but we’d rather focus on whether current dynamics could be different to the past than on data mining the past to the fifth decimal point.

    What can we say about the next few years?

    And since we mentioned it, are we expecting the dynamics to be different this time? Or, will they be the same as usual?

    You’ll form your own views, but our nickel’s worth of advice is to expect the usual. After eight rate hikes (and counting) and nine years of expansion, it’s natural for bankers, borrowers and asset markets to anticipate slower growth, and that’s exactly what we think we’re seeing in 2018. We’re seeing the financial economy lead the real economy. Or, to use a term that’s become popular in some circles of economics, the financial cycle is leading the business cycle. As a next step, we expect the financial cycle to fall into a more definitive contraction.

    So once again, the financial cycle should drag the business cycle lower, and our TSP chart offers clues about the timing. Most importantly, the diagonal recession warning provides a decent tripwire for the countdown to the business cycle’s apex. We haven’t triggered the tripwire just yet, but we get an interesting result when we use high frequency data to estimate where TSP might fall at year-end. That is, our year-end (Q4) estimate sits only just above the recession-warning line, as shown below.

    Conclusions

    To be clear, we won’t know TSP’s actual Q4 reading until the Fed’s “flow of funds” data becomes available. But for now, we suggest watching the high frequency data, as above, especially as financial markets appear to be losing their nine-year-long buoyancy.

    More generally, we’ll continue to promote the following beliefs:

    1. There is such as thing as a financial cycle (skeptics notwithstanding).

    2. The financial cycle explains a significant portion of the business cycle.

    3. To properly account for the financial cycle, you have to first reject a handful of the most pervasive and deeply held tenets of Keynesian, Monetarist and New Classical theories.

    4. The most predictive financial-cycle indicators are those that measure spending power created from thin air, as in our TSP chart.

    5. Other methods decompose the financial cycle into component cycles. (See our book, Economics for Independent Thinkers.)

    To demonstrate the fourth point, in particular, we’ve published a chartbook with more history. The chartbook tracks TSP through every business-cycle expansion from 1954 onwards, among other charts, and shows that the two-dimensional approach has fewer anomalies than real new bank credit alone. Of course, that doesn’t necessarily make TSP better than other approaches—there are plenty of data-mined models that show ‘A’-grade back-tested results. But those models often require checking your intuition at the door, whereas our b-side approach is built mostly on intuition. In other words, we aim for indicators that extend our intuitive beliefs about how stuff works. If you’re willing to entertain that we might be onto something, check back for updates and further discussion.

  • European Gas Stations Out Of Diesel: French Refinery Strike Deepens Crisis

    Authored by Mike Shedlock via MishTalk,

    Diesel is in short supply in Europe. The situation is about to worsen as the biggest French refinery is shutting down.

    Bloomberg reports Europe’s Diesel Woes Deepen as Strike Halts French Oil Refinery.

    Total SA, France’s biggest refiner, is in the process of shutting its largest plant in the country, the 247,000-barrel-a-day Gonfreville facility in Normandy, due to a labor dispute, a spokeswoman for the company said on Tuesday. A few hundred miles away, in the Netherlands, retail fuel stations are running out of supplies because of shipping constraints on the Rhine, according to Royal Dutch Shell Plc.

    Shell said Nov. 20 that it cut production at its Rheinland refining site, the biggest complex of its kind in Germany, due to low water levels on the Rhine. In a tweet on Tuesday, the company said that it was temporarily unable to supply some unmanned fuel stations in the Netherlands.

    Gas stations in Germany had already been running dry due to the situation on the Rhine, a major petroleum product transportation corridor that runs northwest from the Swiss Alps all the way to the Netherlands. Switzerland released emergency fuel stockpiles because of the situation on the river.

    The premium per barrel of diesel over Brent crude – another indicator of market strength – was at $15.96 on Tuesday, the highest for the time of year in six years.

    Diesel Price Poised to Soar

    This shutdown cannot possibly come at a worse time for French President Emmanuel Macron.

    Macron is already reeling over a protest of his diesel tax.

    Diesel Tax Turns Violent

    People from across France went to Paris to let the president know how they feel about the taxes in general and the tax on diesel. The [Diesel Tax Protests](Diesel Protests in France Turn Violent) then turned violent.

    Expect more reactions when the price skyrockets.

    Macron Proposes Shutting Down Nuclear Power

    In another poorly-timed announcement, France president Emmanuel Macron unveils plan to reduce reliance on nuclear energy.

    Amid daily protests about high energy prices, Mr Macron said Francewill shut down 14 nuclear reactors by 2035.

    France depends more on nuclear energy than any other country, getting about three-quarters of its electricity from its 19 nuclear plants.

    The French leader promised to develop renewable energy instead, saying his priority is weaning France’s economy from fuel that contributes to global warming.

    Say What?

    Excuse me for pointing out that nuclear energy does not add to greenhouse gasses, not that this whole global warming scare makes much sense in the first place.

    Macron’s Latest Brainchild

    Mr Macron also said the government will find a way to delay tax increases on fuel during periods when world oil prices are rising.

    Excuse me for pointing out that the diesel protest came when oil prices were falling.

    In an attempt to calm the protesters, Mr Macron proposed a three-month consultation with associations and activist groups, including the so-called “yellow jackets” who have led the recent protests, about how best to handle the rising energy costs.

    Yeah right. That’s sure to work.

    Floating in Outer Space

    Courtesy of the New York Times, here’s the comment of the day:

    He seems to be deaf,” said Fabrice Schlegel, who has helped lead some of the citizen protests that have convulsed France in recent weeks.

    ‘‘He’s talking to us about the ‘ecological transition.’ This is a politician who is floating in outer space.”

    Macron’s Foot in Mouth Disease

    Macron’s diesel and nuclear gaffes are on top of his threat to Keep EU in Perpetual “Temporary” Customs Union Backstop.

    Actually, I am happy for Macron for those custom union threats.

    Hopefully it will wake up the UK parliament enough to vote down this pathetic deal that Theresa May is attempting to cram down the UK’s throat.

  • Another China Sex Doll Brothel Goes Tits-Up After Police Raid

    The same day as a South China Morning Post exposé on Hong Kong’s first sex doll brothel – asking in the headline “is it legal?” and insinuating the dolls fulfill rape fantasies, the silicone whorehouse in the city of Kwun Tong was raided by police and shut down. 

    Condoms are in plentiful supply, while the workers at the Kwun Tong business are ready to fulfil a customer’s every wish – although as plastic sex dolls they play a passive role in proceedings. –SCMP

    According to police, the 30-year-old owner, Rex, was arrested at home following the “anti-obscene objects” operation at “This Mary,” at the Hoi Luen Industrial Center late last week. Rex came into the sex trade “after stumbling upon sex dolls last year after working as a salesman” for the dolls, ranging in price from $2,300 – $3,800 USD. After buying the dolls from a dealer in mainland China, Rex set up shop – letting men far and wide masturbate with his dolls… Until SCMP showed up and threw cold water on the whole thing. 

    Three television sets, 18 suspected indecent objects and three memory sticks were seized.

    On Wednesday, Post reporter saw the televisions being used to show pornographic films inside three private rooms in which the dolls were placed.

    The owner was released on bail and must report back next month.

    The proprietor, a Hongkonger who gave his name only as Rex, said on Saturday police approached him, offering an explanation he described as “something really nonsensical”.

    He did not elaborate further. –SCMP

    Rex was charging customers $61.00 an hour to “try before you buy” one of three silicone sex dolls, while clients are allowed to bring a real woman to participate in their sex doll session for $110 to enjoy 90 minutes of human-on-doll-on-human action. According to This Mary, guests were provided “general supplies” free of charge, and conducted a “comprehensive cleaning service” to ensure nobody gets sloppy seconds. 

    The brothel featured three themed rooms; classroom, anime and home

    Police told SCMP that Rex was arrested for the public display of sex toys for sale without properly covering them, as required by the Control of Obscene and Indecent Articles Ordinance – not for the sex doll business. Rex says he plans to consult friends for advice, but could not say whether he will remain in business. 

    The closure of Hong Kong’s first sex doll brothel echoes that of a September incident in Italy, when officials raided and shut down that country’s first such establishment as well – citing the violation of laws against “renting out accommodation,” as well as concerns that the dolls were improperly cleaned between uses

    Can’t a guy just go to a strip mall establishment and masturbate with the potentially sperm-filled synthetic woman of his dreams? 

  • "They Warned Us" – We Haven't Seen Anything Like This Since The Darkest Days Of 2015/16

    Authored by Jeffrey Snider via Alhambra Investment Partners,

    We can add this to the list of all the things going wrong in October. If it felt like a wave of renewed deflation built up and swept over markets and the global economy, it’s because that’s just what had happened. I don’t think it random coincidence the WTI curve went contango and oil prices globally crashed when they did. Golden Weeks in China are always interesting, especially on the reopen.

    There are two facts as they pertain to China in 2018. The first is the nation’s clear monetary trouble. The second is why it has (re)emerged.

    The statistics for the first part were pretty grim last month, accounting for much of why October was such a major global mess. The People’s Bank of China has been forced into cutting back on monetary growth in base measures all year. This all changed in January, the same time the global economy began to come crashing back down from its low-level reflation in 2017.

    Without foreign assets, eurodollars, flowing onto its balance sheet on the asset side the central bank can only restrict growth on the money (liability) side. Factoring the cash needs for the central government, the result has been an increasing squeeze on the RMB base. This includes, ominously, actual cash in circulation.

    In October, currency issue expanded by just 2.6% year-over-year. That brings the 6-month average down to 2.7%, which is the lowest average (not counting New Year January/February distortions) in all of the published PBOC data. They’ve just about turned off the literal printing press in China.

    For the banking system, the external monetary noose tightened much more. This, of course, was perfectly predictable. China’s central bank practically announced what was going to happen when it cut the RRR during this very month in question. I wrote when the country reopened from its National Holiday week last month:

    The RRR cut signals that the reserve problem therefore dollar problem is anticipated to grow worse. The PBOC is actually telling us that they expect in the months ahead the same or perhaps bigger commitment to “stepped up support.” CNY doesn’t need support if there is no worsening “capital outflow” situation of retreating eurodollar funding.

    This will require more monetary contraction in bank reserves than we’ve already seen. The central bank is forecasting more problems ahead.

    Both parts have since been shown to be true; facts. China expended more “foreign reserves” than they had been in trying to support CNY. That caused contraction on the PBOC’s asset side, now confirmed by that institution. The net result was both the lowest currency growth on record (above) as well as a huge contraction in bank reserves (below).

    How big?

    We haven’t seen anything like this since the darkest days of 2015-16. Deposits of Other Depository Corporations, the technical liability of the PBOC that counts as RMB bank reserves, crashed by 7.9% year-over-year in October. Unlike the January-February New Year holidays, the October Golden Week doesn’t move up and down the calendar, meaning that the numbers presented here are all apples to apples.

    These are no statistical flukes.

    This fills out the picture of October’s liquidations inside as well as outside of China. It is most certainly a deflationary squeeze, and one whose origin we know too well. The only positive we can take from the PBOC’s participation is how it gives us a very good sense of what is going on in the global currency shadows.

    This is one of the few major statistics that shed light on what is otherwise almost totally hidden. And you needn’t possess any advanced training in derivatives, wholesale funding, or cross border flow accounting to understand what’s going on here.

    It isn’t debatable, nor is there any ambiguity. China has a huge monetary problem on its hands, and one that is denominated in dollars but often has nothing whatsoever to do with the United States except for that one quirk.

    This problem is growing, giving us a good sense of why things have turned and why they might not be done moving in the wrong direction. Not in some unique fashion but under the same kind of disruptive influence we’ve seen three times already in the last ten years.

    I wrote yesterday:

    It is the combination of those two things which has left us with one lost decade and beginning a second staring into yet another downturn. The world needs (euro)dollars (short) but the global banking system no longer produces them in sufficient quantity (shortage). So long as both parts remain true, false dawn reflations are the best we are going to see.

    The Communist Chinese have been kind enough to prove these assertions through nothing more than simple balance sheet, monetary accounting.

    The big downside, of course, is the entire global economy bears the brunt of what those numbers show. Again.

Digest powered by RSS Digest

Today’s News 28th November 2018

  • For The First Time In 25 Years, China Has To Make A Choice Between External Stability And Growth

    Back in August 2 we reported of a historic event for China’s economy: for the first time in its modern history, China’s current account balance for the first half of the year had turned into a deficit. And while the full year amount was likely set to revert back to a modest surplus, it was only a matter of time before one of the most unique features of China’s economy – its chronic current account surplus – was gone for good.

    Fast forward to this weekend, when as part of its summary of Top Macro Trades for 2019, UBS wrote that the loss of China’s current account cushion, softening domestic activity, and upcoming tariffs mean that “for the first time in 25 years, China would have to make a choice between external stability and growth.”

    Still, with many policy levers still available, China is likely to avoid uncontrolled depreciation, but with little carry protection, UBS believes that it makes sense to remain defensive on the CNY, especially as many currency strategists expect the trade war between the US and China to get worse, pushing the Yuan below Beijing’s “redline” of 7.00 vs the dollar.

    Which brings us to one of UBS’ top recommended themes and trades for 2019, namely “China Stimulus” represented by going long Chinese stocks, and short the Yuan.

    As UBS explains, Beijing’s dilemma is that Chinese easing now has to balance conflicting demands between external stability and growth. This according to the Swiss bank, “should lead to a welcome, but more limited, stimulus in this cycle and more emphasis on domestic than foreign spending. In turn, this easing cycle will likely provide more benefit to domestic assets rather than traditional China satellites.”

    In equities, the direct expression of this theme is to be long China A-shares versus EM ex-China, with UBS expecting the coming infrastructure spending in China to have a larger impact on domestic equities than on EM in aggregate, and China equities should have more upside.

    Meanwhile, from a portfolio perspective, long USD/CNY combines well with the equity trade, because in the base case, Chinese equites can perform well as the currency weakens. In a more adverse scenario for Chinese equities, the equity trade would likely perform poorly, but USD/CNY should be a good hedge.

    To get a sense of the sensitivity between the relative strength of the Yuan and equities, UBS shows the following chart mapping the impact of a 1% change in the USDCNY on global stocks.

    Finally, to complete its thematic recommendation, UBS adds a fixed income leg in the form of long Asia HY versus short Asia IG position as “slower Chinese growth, a weaker CNY, and a tight onshore credit environment should push Asia credit spreads wider, but HY should fare relatively better given extreme valuations.” Then again, many said the same thing for the US junk bond market until it finally cracked earlier this month…

  • CJ Hopkins: Beware The 'Trumpenleft'

    Authored by CJ Hopkins via The Unz Review,

    Unless you move in certain leftist circles, you may not have heard about one of the Russians’ most insidiously evil active measures, an active measure so insidiously evil that it could only have been dreamed up in Moscow, the current wellspring of insidious evil. Its official Russo-Nazi-sounding code name is still being decided on by leftist cryptographers, but most people know it as the “Trumpenleft.”

    The Trumpenleft (or “Sputnik Left,” as it is also called by professional anti-Putin-Nazi intelligence analysts) is pretty much exactly what it sounds like. It is a gang of nefarious Putin-Nazi infiltrators posing as respectable leftists in order to disseminate Trumpian ideology and Putin-Nazi propaganda among an assortment of online leftist magazines that hardly anyone ever actually reads. The aim of these insidious Trumpenleft infiltrators is to sow confusion, chaos, and discord among actual, real, authentic leftists who are going about the serious business of calling Donald Trump a fascist on the Internet twenty-five times a day, verbally abusing Julian Assange, occasionally pulling down oppressive statues, and sharing videos of racist idiots acting like racist idiots in public.

    The Trumpenleft is determined to sabotage (or momentarily disrupt) this revolutionary work, mostly by tricking these actual leftists into critically thinking about a host of issues that there is no good reason to critically think aboutglobal capitalism, national sovereignty, immigration, identity politics, corporate censorship, and other issues that there is no conceivable reason to discuss, or debate, or even casually mention, unless you’re some kind of Russia-loving Nazi.

    Angela Nagle’s recent piece in American Affairs is a perfect example. Nagle (who is certainly Trumpenleft) puts forth the fascistic proposition that mass migration won’t help the world’s poor, and she claims that it creates “a race to the bottom for workers” in wealthier, developed countries and “a brain drain” in poorer, less developed countries. After deploying a variety of Trumpenleft sophistry (i.e., fact-based analysis, logic, and so on), she goes so far as to openly suggest that “progressives should focus on addressing the systemic exploitation at the root of mass migration rather than retreating to a shallow moralism” … a shallow moralism that reifies the dominant neoliberal ideology that is causing mass migration in the first place.

    This is the type of gobbledegook the Trumpenleft use to try to dupe real leftists into putting down their phones for a minute and actually thinking through political issues! Fortunately, no one is falling for it. As any bona fide leftist knows, there is no “mass migration problem.” The whole thing is simply a racist hoax concocted by Putin, Alex Jones, and other Trumpian disinformationists. The only thing real leftists need to know about immigration is that immigrants are good, and Trump, and walls, and borders are bad! All that other fancy gibberish about global capitalism, Milton Friedman, labor markets, and national sovereignty is nothing but fascist propaganda (which needs to be censored, or at least deplatformed, or demonetized, or otherwise suppressed).

    But Angela Nagle is just one example. The Trumpenleft is legion, and growing. Its membership includes a handful of prominent (and rather less prominent) fake leftist figures: Glenn Greenwald, who many among the “Resistance” would like to see renditioned and indefinitely detained in some offshore Trumpenleft gulag somewhere; Matt Taibbi, who just published a treasonous article challenging the right of the US government to prosecute publishers as “enemy agents” for publishing material they don’t want published; Julian Assange, who is one such publisher, and who the US has scheduled for public crucifixion just as soon as they can get their hands on him; Aaron Maté of the Real News Network, a notorious Trump-Russia “collusion denialist“; Caitlin Johnstone, an Australian blogger and poet who the Red-Brown Putin-Nazi hunters at CounterPunch have become totally obsessed with; Diana Johnstone, who they also don’t like; and (full disclosure) your humble narrator.

    Now, normally, the opinions of some political journalists and rather marginal political writers wouldn’t amount to a hill of beans in this crazy world, but there’s a war on, so there’s no room for neutrality. As I mentioned in my latest essay, over the course of the next two years, the global capitalist ruling classes need to make an example of Trump, and Assange, and anyone else who has had the gall to fuck with their global empire. Part of how they are going to do this is to further polarize the already extremely polarized ideological spectrum until everyone is forced onto one or the other side of a pro- or anti-Trump equation, or a pro- or anti-populist equation … or a pro- or anti-fascist equation.

    As you probably noticed, The Guardian has just launched a special six-week “investigative series” exploring the whole “new populism” phenomenon (which began with a lot of scary photos of Steve Bannon next to the word “populism”). We are going to be hearing a lot about “populism” over the course of the next two years. We are going to be hearing how “populism” is actually not that different from fascism, or at the very least is inherently racist, and anti-Semitic, and xenophobic, and how, basically, anyone who criticizes neoliberal elites or the corporate media is Russia-loving, pro-Trump Nazi.

    And this is where this “Trumpenleft” malarkey fits into the ruling classes’ broader campaign to eliminate any kind of critical thinking and force people to mindlessly root for their “team.” See, the problem with us “Trumpenleft” types is not that we support Donald Trump. For the record, none of us really do. Some of us think he us a dangerous demagogue. Others of us think he is a blithering idiot. None of us think he’s Fidel Castro, or that he cares one iota about the working classes, or about anyone other than Donald Trump.

    No, the problem is not that we’re on the wrong team; the problem is that we are asking people to question the propaganda of the team that we’re supposed to be on, or at least be rooting for. We are asking people to pay attention to how the global capitalist ruling establishment is going about quashing this “populist” insurgency (of which Brexit and Trump are manifestations, not causes) so they can get back to the business of relentlessly restructuring, privatizing, and debt-enslaving everything, as they’ve been doing since the end of the Cold War.

    We’re asking folks, not to join “the other team,” but to pay close attention to how they are being manipulated into believing that there are only two “teams,” and that they have to join one, and then mindlessly parrot whatever nonsense their team decides they need to disseminate in order to win a game that is merely a simulation they have conjured up (i.e., the ruling classes have conjured up) in order to inoculate themselves against an actual conflict they cannot win and so must prevent at all costs from ever beginning … which, they are doing a pretty good job of that so far.

    In other words, the problem with us Trumpenlefters is, the prospect of defeating a fake Russian Hitler, and restoring neoliberal normality in the USA and the rest of the West, is just not all that terribly inspiring. So, rather than regurgitating the Russia hysteria and the fascism hysteria that is being produced by the global capitalist ruling establishment to gin up support for their counterinsurgency, we are continuing to focus on the capitalist ruling classes, which are actually still running things, globally, and will be running things long after Trump is gone (and the Imminent Threat of Global Fascist Takeover of Everything has disappeared, as the Imminent Threat of Nookular Terrorist Backpack Attack disappeared before it).

    Or maybe all that is just a ruse, an attempt on my part to dupe you into going out and buying a MAGA hat and shouting racist abuse at Honduran kids, assuming you can find some in your vicinity. You never know with us Trumpenleft types. Probably the safest thing to do to protect yourself from our insidious treachery is to start your own personal Trumpenleft blacklist, and spread lies about us all over the Internet, or just report us to Twitter, or Facebook, or somebody, whoever you feel are the proper authorities. The main thing is to shut us up, or prophylactically delegitimize us, to keep us from infecting other leftists with our filthy, nonconformist ideas. The last thing we need at a time like this is a bunch of leftists thinking for themselves and questioning official leftist dogma. Who knows what that kind of behavior might lead to?

    N.B. As far as I could gather from my research, the “Trumpenleft” label was coined by Paul Street, a regular columnist at Truthdig and CounterPunch and all-around professional leftist. Like the editors of The New York Times, Street understands the importance of sloppily Germanicizing terms you want to frighten people with, because there’s nothing quite as terrifying as Nazi morphology!

  • Maryland's Oyster Population Collapses, Sparks "Overfished" Fears

    In the 1600s, oysters in the Chesapeake Bay were so plentiful that these saltwater bivalve molluscs were filtering the bay’s waters once a week.

    As the Industrial Revolution kicked off new manufacturing processes in the period from about 1760 to between 1820 and 1840, the number of Chesapeake oysters began to decline due to over-harvesting. 

    In the last several decades, public and private interests in reviving the bay have stabilized oyster populations, but, according to a new study, the population has collapsed

    Mike Wilberg of the University of Maryland’s Center for Environmental Science told Maryland’s Oyster Advisory Commission last week that Chesapeake Bay’s market-sized oyster population is approximately 300 million, or half the amount found in 1999. 

    Wilberg spent 18 months developing a new model that could accurately estimate the number of oysters in the bay. It is the region’s first modern assessment of the population. 

    His assessment was immediately peer reviewed due to the shocking discovery that even local government officials in Maryland and Virginia did not realize the severity of the collapse. 

    The peer review stated Wilberg’s model was of working order and could be used to revise Maryland’s oyster management program, and some environmental groups are already demanding changes to Maryland’s law before the collapse turns into an ecological disaster. 

    The Chesapeake Bay Foundation told the Capital Gazette, the report has confirmed its worst fears about the bay’s oyster population. 

    “The state needs to develop a fishery management plan that protects existing and restored oyster reefs to significantly increase the overall oyster population,” Bay Foundation Maryland Executive Director Alison Prost said in a statement.

    During the meeting, Shellfish Division Director Christopher Judy said a report about the assessment and oyster population management strategies would be sent to the state legislature Dec. 01. 

    During his presentation, Wilberg sectioned off the bay into 36 areas, giving a more in-depth view of the oyster population dynamics.

    Between 1999 and 2002 the oyster population plummeted more than 600 million market-sized oysters to about 200 million, according to the report. Wilberg said there had not been a significant mortality event in the population since 2005.

    “Some areas have been declining, others have been increasing or at least staying more stable over time,” he said.

    The report specified 19 out of 36 areas of the bay were overfished in the 2017 to 18 season. Fishing levels in many parts of the bay were not sustainable.

    How does this affect you?

    Well, if you are an oyster aficionado, with the likes of “Skinny Dippers,” “Chesapeake Golds,” “Choptank Sweets,” “Holy Grails,” and “Sweet Jesus,” found only in the bay – new legislation by Maryland’s government could restrict the upcoming fishing season to prevent a further collapse thus limiting consumers to some of the country’s best oysters.

  • Canada's Treacherous "Faustian Bargain"

    Authored by Salim Mansur via The Gatestone Institute,

    The Canadian government’s recent announcement that it will be providing more than CDN $600 million (USD $455 million) over the next five years to bail out the country’s financially strapped media outlets — as part of the fall fiscal update about the federal budget ahead of the 2019 federal election — is not as innocent as it may seem.

    In response to the announcement, the heads of Canada’s media organizations promptly popped open the proverbial champagne and raised their glasses to Prime Minister Justin Trudeau. Unifor, a national union that represents Canadian journalists, was even more jubilant. It felt vindicated that its slogan of “Resistance” — which it touts as Conservative Party opposition leader Andrew Scheer’s “worst nightmare” — had so swiftly resulted in opening the government’s wallet, and handing out taxpayers’ money, to an industry that should actually be fighting to remain steadfastly independent of any form of government backing.

    This is what a “free press” is presumably all about, after all; not as in countries with totalitarian regimes, such as the once-Czarist Russia-turned communist Soviet Union-turned Putinist Russia, or Maoist China, or the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, or the Islamic Republic of Iran, or Castroist Cuba and many third-world states in which the press is simply a propaganda tool of the government, subjected to the dictates and whim of its leader.

    The recipients of Trudeau’s “gift” will argue that their editorial independence could not possibly be hindered — heaven forfend! — in such a liberal democracy as Canada. Their irreproachable backs will go up at the mere suggestion that their journalistic integrity might be compromised by entering into a financial deal with the powers-that-be.

    No matter how much ink they spill or bytes they waste defending their virtue, however, they will not be able to fool the public about the nature of this Faustian bargain, which is tantamount to being bought by Trudeau’s Liberal Party in exchange for favorable press ahead of the next federal election.

    Canadians ought to recoil from this “slippery slope” to some version of a state-controlled society that this deal has created. How ironic that the announcement of the media bailout came less than a week after the 100th anniversary of the First World War armistice and Remembrance Day, during which Canadians honored the memory of countrymen killed and maimed in wars fought for freedom against the advance of tyranny.

    Perhaps this deal should not have come as a surprise, however, considering Trudeau’s stated position that Canada is a post-national state with no core identity. In other words, in Trudeau’s Canada there is no tradition to revere, no sacred values to defend and no identity to preserve.

    Trudeau, it seems, adheres to the principle of globalism, according to which the world is borderless, and the idea of sovereign nation-states is both reactionary and obsolete. In this borderless world, the governing body is the unelected, untransparentunaccountablecorrupt United Nations and its agencies, which possess the authority to legislate international law that is then enforced by member states.

    Trudeau appears determined to turn Canada into a laboratory of the globalist agenda. This is probably why he is rushing to embrace the UN-proposed Global Compact for Safe, Orderly and Regular Migration, to be adopted at the Intergovernmental Conference in Marrakech, Morocco, on December 10-11, 2018. Most Canadians are unaware of the content of the Global Compact, which their government has committed to sign. Yet it is in the context of this agreement that various decisions taken by the Trudeau government can be explained — decisions on issues such as immigration, climate change, “Islamophobia” and the $600 million media bailout.

    The Global Compact is a document detailing the requirements for member-states to adopt as policy that amounts to unfettered global migration. Trudeau has bought into this UN agenda and has decided to impose it on the Canadian people without their prior knowledge or consent.

    Objective 17 of the Global Compact states:

    “We commit to eliminate all forms of discrimination, condemn and counter expressions, acts and manifestations of racism, racial discrimination, violence, xenophobia and related intolerance against all migrants in conformity with international human rights law. We further commit to promote an open and evidence-based public discourse on migration and migrants in partnership with all parts of society, that generates a more realistic, humane and constructive perception in this regard. We also commit to protect freedom of expression in accordance with international law, recognizing that an open and free debate contributes to a comprehensive understanding of all aspects of migration.” [Emphasis added.]

    In pursuance of the above, member-states are required, therefore, to:

    “Promote independent, objective and quality reporting of media outlets, including internet-based information, including by sensitizing and educating media professionals on migration-related issues and terminology, investing in ethical reporting standards and advertising, and stopping allocation of public funding or material support to media outlets that systematically promote intolerance, xenophobia, racism and other forms of discrimination towards migrants in full respect for the freedom of the media.” [Emphases added.]

    Translated from UN-speak, this means that media outlets of member-states are required to adhere to the objectives adopted in the Global Compact, and refrain from any critical discussions of these objectives that would be deemed as not “ethical and against UN norms or standards consistent with the ideology of globalism. This helps to explain the Trudeau government’s generous handout to the Canadian media. In this light, the $600 million can be viewed as a form of secretive soft control and censorship, ensuring that the Canadian press abides by the requirements of the Global Compact.

    In accepting the money, the Canadian media as a whole becomes no different from the national public broadcaster CBC, all of whose news and opinion are slanted to the center-left, espousing the Liberal Party’s political, economic and cultural positions – with an occasional token and highly controlled conservative view in the mix for the purpose of maintaining the façade of free speech.

    The gradual elimination of free speech is characteristic of the Trudeau government, which last year adopted parliamentary motion M-103, condemning any critical discussion of Islam and Muslims as “Islamophobia.” “Islamophobia,” in UN-speak, is bigotry and racism, and could be subject to censorship or liable to criminal prosecution under the “hate speech” provision of the human rights commissions in Canada. This is consistent with the recent ruling by the European Court of Human Rights, that criticism of the Prophet of Islam is tantamount to inciting hatred and is not, therefore, protected free speech. It is also consistent with the effort of the Organization of Islamic Cooperation -– the largest bloc of 57 member-states in the UN — to declare any criticism or insult of the founder of Islam and the religion itself as blasphemy in accordance with Islamic shariah law.

    There is a pattern emerging that indicates the sort of country that Trudeau and his Liberal Party are trying to create: a borderless Canada where UN-devised international law will take precedence over legislation enacted by elected representatives of the Canadian people who go against it.

    If this process is not reversed, Canadians — inundated by mass-migration — will become citizens of the world; and Canada will become a multicultural North American protectorate of an emergent 21st century, UN-administered borderless world. In such a world, there is no room for freedom of speech or a free press. The Canadian media should think long and hard before selling its soul to Trudeau.

  • Former Employee Says Facebook Has A "Black People Problem"

    With the world still focused on Facebook’s ineffectual response to election hacking and fake news, longstanding criticisms about the company’s lack of diversity and exclusion or undermining of people of color exploded back into public view on Tuesday when a departing senior employee published a Facebook post criticizing what he described as discriminatory practices against black people who use the platform, as well as the company’s work place culture, which he said is hostile to minorities.

    Mark Luckie, a digital strategist and former journalist who has worked at the Washington Post and the Los Angeles Times, as well as Twitter and Reddit, published the note, entitled Facebook is failing its black employees and its black users” Tuesday morning, after circulating it among the company’s employees earlier this month.

    In the note, Luckie alleges that black people are routinely disenfranchised on Facebook’s platform. Minority users’ posts are often reported as offensive despite not meeting the company’s criteria, and then deleted without warning or recourse. Furthermore, the company doesn’t do a thorough enough job verifying and supporting minority influencers, and complaints lodged by minorities or minority groups are often ignored.

    FB

    Luckie’s allegations about the company’s workplace culture were also shocking, but sadly unsurprising. For one, the company only employs a handful of black people. Black employees frequently complain about managers accusing them of being aggressive or hostile when they try to share their views. Managers sometimes would even go so far as to dissuade internal groups for blacks from doing “black stuff” – without specifying what exactly he meant by this. Black employees are also routinely accosted by campus security at the company’s headquarters in Menlo Park. And at least two or three times a day, white employees would clutch their wallets while passing Luckie in the halls, he said.

    Given the overwhelmingly liberal leanings of the company’s employees, the hypocrisy alleged by Luckie is stark.

    “In some buildings, there are more ‘Black Lives Matter’ posters than there are actual black people. Facebook can’t claim that it is connecting communities if those communities aren’t represented proportionately in its staffing.”

    During an interview with USA Today, Luckie said he felt obligated to go public on behalf of those who “don’t feel empowered to speak up.”

    “I wish I didn’t have to write it. I was determined to stay there and build,” Luckie told USA TODAY in an interview Tuesday. “I had to write what all the black employees are saying and feeling and we don’t feel empowered to speak up about.”

    Having worked in a senior position at Facebook, Luckie said he knows that the company won’t enact meaningful change unless it’s held publicly accountable.

    Keeping with Facebook’s reputation for never admitting fault or accepting responsibility, a company spokesman insisted to USA Today that it has “people from diverse groups” working in “many different functions” across the company.

    “The growth in representation of people from more diverse groups, working in many different functions across the company, is a key driver of our ability to succeed,” Harrison said.

    So first Facebook pissed off Jews by hiring a lobbying firm to smear George Soros, now the company has managed to offend African Americans. The company has also been accused of favoring white male program. And let’s not forget about pervasive accusations of Silicon Valley sexism that have touched every major firm, including Facebook.

    We look forward to seeing what minority group or protected class Zuckerberg & Co. offend next.

  • The Coming Bankruptcy Of The American Empire

    Authored by Hunter Derensis via The American Conservative,

    Better to bring the troops home on our terms than wait for a debt crisis to do it for us…

    The chickens are coming home to roost. It’s only a question of when.

    Herbert Stein was chair of the Council of Economic Advisors under Presidents Richard Nixon and Gerald Ford and is the father of the more well known Ben Stein. In 1976, he propounded what he called “Stein’s Law”: if something cannot go on forever, it will stop. Stein was referring to economic trends, but the same law applies just as much to foreign policy and the concept of empire.

    Stein’s Law at first glance might seem like a banal platitude. But we should be fully cognizant of its implications: an unsustainable system must have an end. The American empire is internally flawed, a fact that anti-imperialists both left and right should appreciate.

    The United States’ national debt is approaching $22 trillion with a current federal budget deficit of over $800 billion. As Senator Rand Paul often points out, bankruptcy is the Sword of Damocles hanging perilously close to Uncle Sam’s neck. Outside of a handful of libertarian gadflies in Congress such as Paul, there is no serious political movement to curb the country’s wayward spending. It would take some upset of multiple times greater magnitude than Donald Trump’s 2016 victory to alter this course.

    The United States holds the most debt of any country in the history of the world. In fairness, when our debt-to-GDP ratio is factored in, there are many countries in far more perilous economic situations than the U.S. But there will come a tipping point. How much debt can the system hold? When will the cracks grow too big to hide? When will the foundation crumble? There’s a great deal of ruin in a nation, said Adam Smith, and our ruin must ultimately come.

    Is bankruptcy possible? As some Beltway economists remind us, no. Technically the government has the power to artificially create as many dollars as it needs to pay its debts. But this kind of hyper-inflation would deprive the U.S. dollar of any value and tank the global economy that trades with it. Simple failure to pay back our debt might even be a better scenario that such an inflationary hellscape.

    When the world loses confidence in the American government’s ability to pay its debt, or the interest rate on our debt becomes unsustainably high, choices will have to be made. No more kicking the can down the road, no more 10-year projections to balance the budget. Congress, in a state of emergency, will have to take a buzzsaw to appropriations. And the empire will be the first thing to go.

    Just like its warfare state, the government’s welfare state has plenty of internal calamities. But while it might be the preference of some megalomaniacal globalists to let the proles starve while preserving overseas holdings, it’s not going to happen. What would transpire if Social Security checks stopped showing up in mailboxes and Medicare benefits got cut off? When presented with that choice, will the average American choose his social safety net or continued funding for far-flung bases in Stuttgart, Okinawa, and Djibouti? Even the most militaristic congressperson will know which way to vote, lest they find a mob waiting outside their D.C. castles

    Neoconservatives constantly harp on the danger of vacuums. Without a U.S. presence, the logic goes, more sinister forces will take over. What happens when American troops must be evacuated from all over the world because we can’t afford to keep them there anymore? There’s no debate, no weighing of options, and no choice. If the money isn’t there, the money isn’t there. Nothing could tie the hands of America’s military more than a debt crisis. And if one happens, it will be in part because those same neoconservative intellectuals preached a multi-trillion-dollar global war to remake humanity in our image. Hubris leads to downfall.

    This is the kind of danger that Rand Paul and others warn about. Not only are our undeclared wars illegal, counterintuitive, and destabilizing to foreign regions, they’re financially destabilizing for us as well.

    A radical reexamination of America’s overseas assets and obligations must take place. Ideologically motivated wars have led us to the precipice of financial disaster. American foreign policy must adopt a limited, highly strategic view of its national interest and use its remaining wealth sparingly and only when necessary. Realism can stave off national ruin. Close bases in Germany and bring the money home, instead of forcing the troops to evacuate in the dead of night after it’s too late. Enter negotiations with the Taliban and have a planned withdrawal from Afghanistan, lest it end with helicopters fleeing Kabul like they did Saigon. Make the hard choices before circumstances make them for you.

    Our leaders ignore Stein’s Law at their own peril. No matter what, U.S. troops are coming home. Better it be our decision than the debt collectors’.

  • Trump Advisors "Not Happy" With President's Aggressive Trade Threats: Politico

    Since the US-China trade war broke out this spring, Larry Kudlow and Steven Mnuchin have repeatedly tried to arrange senior-level trade talks with their Chinese counterparts, only to be frustrated or sabotaged by President Trump.

    So when the two officials tasked with managing the detente read the transcript of a WSJ interview with Trump where their boss once again resorted to making provocative threats just four days before the beginning of the G-20 summit, where Trump is expected to meet with Chinese President Xi Jingping, we could imagine them being (understandably) miffed.

    Trump

    With equity futures on track to open lower as investors worry that Trump’s bellicose trade talk might anger Xi, several senior Trump administration officials reportedly told Politico that they’re “not happy with the nature of Trump’s comments.” Speaking “anonymously,” the officials – we have a few guesses as to their identities – told Politico that they are worried Trump’s comments might make reaching a deal with Xi – or at least a “pathway” to future talks – difficult, if not impossible.

    MM hears that some of Trump’s top advisers were not at all happy with the bellicose nature of the president’s comments to the Wall Street Journal on China tariffs, fearing they could make the high-stakes meetings with Xi even more difficult.

    During the interview, Trump said he had no plans to cancel the next stage of tariffs on Chinese imports (tariffs on roughly $200 billion of Chinese goods are set to rise to 25% from 10% early next year), and added that he wouldn’t hesitate to slap tariffs on the other $267 billion in imports that haven’t already been targeted. Even Apple products and other consumer electronics would not be spared, Trump said. If Apple wants to avoid the tariffs, it can build factories in the US. Since May, the US has slapped tariffs on some $250 billion on Chinese goods, while China has retaliated with tariffs on $60 billion of American products, including foodstuffs like soybeans, which have hammered US farmers.

    Cross

    But whoever went squawking to Politico has apparently forgotten that this isn’t the first time Trump has made a threat like this. Hard-line rhetoric has become a staple of Trump’s negotiating strategy, as one Credit Suisse analyst told Bloomberg.

    “This is largely a negotiation tactic,” said Tao Dong, vice chairman for Greater China at Credit Suisse Private Banking in Hong Kong. “Putting high stakes pressure on to the other side seems to be a consistent pattern from the Trump administration.”

    China almost certainly recognizes this. And given their willingness to engage in the talks to begin this, it’s likely that they’ve already accepted that Trump will from time to time make these types of public threats. And as China has repeatedly rebuffed US demands to agree to a deal ‘framework’ that would involve China lowering subsidies for tech firms and end its IP theft, in addition to lowering its trade surplus with the US, Xi will likely arrive at the meeting with his own hard-line stance.

    As investors have probably ascertained from the first five months of the trade war, the “talks” between the US and China will probably come down to who blink first.

  • Manafort's Lawyer Repeatedly Briefed Trump Attorneys On What He Told Mueller

    One day after Special Counsel Robert Mueller said that Paul Manafort had lied and violated his plea agreement with Federal prosecutors, and as a result should be sentenced immediately, the NYT has reported that in a “highly unusual” arrangement, a lawyer for Paul Manafort had repeatedly briefed president Trump’s lawyer on what he told Mueller and other federal investigators after he agreed to cooperate with the special counsel.

    While the arrangement is not illegal, it reportedly inflamed tensions with the special counsel’s office when prosecutors discovered it after Mr. Manafort began “cooperating” two months ago, with some legal experts speculating that Manafort’s backdoor cooperation with Trump’s legal team was a bid by Trump’s former campaign chair for a presidential pardon even as he worked with Mueller in hopes of a lighter sentence.

    Trump lawyer Rudy Giuliani acknowledged the arrangement to the NYT, and “defended it as a source of valuable insights into the special counsel’s inquiry and where it was headed.”

    Such information could help shape a legal defense strategy, and it also appeared to give Mr. Trump and his legal advisers ammunition in their public relations campaign against Mr. Mueller’s office.

    As an example of of what Manafort told the Trump legal team, Giuliani said, Manafort’s lawyer Kevin Downing told him that prosecutors hammered away at whether the president knew about the June 2016 Trump Tower meeting where Russians promised to deliver damaging information on Hillary Clinton to his eldest son, Donald Trump Jr, although this line of investigation is hardly a surprise. Trump has long denied knowing about the meeting in advance, with Giuliani saying that Mueller “wants Manafort to incriminate Trump.”

    What is notable is that this kind of joint defense agreement is legal, and while Downing’s discussions with the president’s team violated no laws, they helped contribute to a deteriorating relationship between lawyers for Manafort and Mueller’s prosecutors, who on Monday accused Manafort of holding out on them and even lying, despite his pledge to assist them in any matter they deemed relevant. As a result of the collapse of the plea deal, Manafort will now face sentencing on two conspiracy charges and eight counts of financial fraud — crimes that could put him behind bars for at least 10 years.

    Just as importantly, Manafort’s frequent updates helped reassure Trump’s legal team that Manafort had not implicated the president in any possible wrongdoing, which begs the question just how was Manafort “cooperating” with Mueller for two whole months.

    Meanwhile, according to the NYT, Giuliani seized on Downing’s information to unleash lines of attack onto the special counsel.

    In asserting that investigators were unnecessarily targeting Trump, Giuliani accused the prosecutor overseeing the Manafort investigation, Andrew Weissmann, of keeping Manafort in solitary confinement simply in the hopes of forcing him to give false testimony about the president.

    Meanwhile, in his own repeated Twitter attacks on the special counsel, the president suggested that he himself had inside information about the prosecutors’ lines of inquiry and frustrations. “Wait until it comes out how horribly & viciously they are treating people, ruining lives for them refusing to lie,” Trump wrote on Tuesday, and earlier this month tweeted: “The inner workings of the Mueller investigation are a total mess. They have found no collusion and have gone absolutely nuts. They are screaming and shouting at people, horribly threatening them to come up with the answers they want.”

    As noted above, the basis for Manafort’s legal team keeping Trump’s lawyers abreast of developments in his case is thanks to a joint defense agreement. According to the Times, Trump’s team has pursued such pacts as a way to monitor the special counsel’s inquiry. Last month, Giuliani said that the president’s lawyers had agreements with lawyers for 32 witnesses or subjects of Mueller’s 18-month-old investigation, effectively receiving up to date information on virtually every aspect of the Mueller probe.

    While joint defense agreements are frequently used by lawyers involved in investigations with multiple witnesses so they can share information without running afoul of attorney-client privilege rules, usually when one defendant decides to cooperate with the government in a plea deal, that defense lawyer typically pulls out rather than antagonize the prosecutors who can influence the client’s sentence. One such example is when a lawyer for Michael T. Flynn withdrew last year from such an agreement with Trump’s lawyers before pleading  guilty to a felony offense and agreeing to help the special counsel.

    On the other hand, even after Manafort pleaded guilty to two conspiracy counts in September and began answering questions in at least a dozen sessions with the special counsel, Manafort’s lawyers maintained their joint defense agreement with the president’s legal team.

    Why would Manafort seek the continuation of such an agreement, even if it meant risking his plea deal? Simple: he wants Trump to pardon him.

    Manafort must have wanted to keep a line open to the president in hope of a pardon, said Barbara McQuade, a formder United States attorney who now teaches law at University of Michigan. “I’m not able to think of another reason,” she said.

    If Mr. Manafort wanted to stay on the prosecutors’ good side, “it would make no sense for him to continue to share information with other subjects of the investigation,” said Chuck Rosenberg, a former United States attorney and senior F.B.I. official. He added: “He is either all in or all out with respect to cooperation. Typically, there is no middle ground.”

    Whether Manafort gets a pardon, remains to be seen. Last year, a former Trump lawyer allegedly broached the idea of presidential pardons to lawyers for both Manafort and Flynn as prosecutors were building cases against both men, according to people familiar with the conversations. The lawyer, John Dowd, who later resigned from the president’s team, denied ever raising the prospect of a pardon.

    However, to keep Manafort’s hopes alive, after Dowd’s departure Giuliani himself suggested that Manafort and others might be eligible for pardons after Mueller’s inquiry ends, and the prospect has continued to hover over Manafort’s case. On Tuesday, Sarah Huckabee Sanders, the White House press secretary, said she had no knowledge of any conversations about a pardon for Mr. Manafort. A week ago, after months of negotiations, Trump provided written answers to some questions from Mueller.

    That said, even if Manafort lucks out and gets out of prison early, he will be a poor man. The reason is that prosecutors deliberately fashioned Manafort’s plea agreement to counter a possible pardon. As the NYT reports, in forcing Manafort to forfeit almost all of his wealth — including five homes, various bank accounts and an insurance policy — prosecutors specified that they could seize his assets under civil procedures “without regard to the status of his criminal conviction.

    According to UCSD law professor Harry Litman, similar provisions had been used in other such cases, but other legal experts said it seemed tailor-made to ensure Manafort would lose virtually all of his wealth, no matter what Mr. Trump did.

    And while Trump will likely end up pardoning Manafort before the president leaves office, whether Trump will also personally fund his former campaign chair’s retirement account is an entirely different matter.

  • How Much Does OPEC Need To Cut To Balance The Market?

    Authored by Irina Slav via Oilprice.com,

    OPEC will probably agree to cut production to the tune of between 1 and 1.5 million bpd, analyst Johannes Benigni from Austrian JBC Energy Group told CNBC, adding there was clearly a glut on global oil markets at the moment and such a cut would likely help the market to return to balance.

    “OPEC will probably manage to stabilize the oil market by choosing the right language,” Benigni said.

    “They will indicate a cut of between 1 million and 1.5 million, and that will do, the market probably will stabilize.”

    It’s somewhat surprising how fast the market swung into excess after in June, OPEC and Russia agreed to stop cutting production and to begin to ramp up as prices climbed to uncomfortably high levels for some major importers. This month all three biggest producers globally hit new records, with Saudi Arabia’s daily production rate exceeding 11 million bpd for the first time ever.

    The latest production data from the Kingdom, Russia, and the United States has pressured prices in addition to gloomy demand outlooks, and the talk about production cuts started by Saudi Arabia has not been able to apply sufficient counter pressure.

    Yet if these talks end with a decision to start cutting, price movement could be reversed. What’s more, the glut is not across all grades, according to JBC Energy Group’s chairman said.

    “What really are in oversupply are the light crude barrels which are coming out of the U.S.,” he said.

    “So the expectation or the hope for OPEC right now would be that prices go lower, and demand may come back.”

    But others are skeptical that this will be so easy to do.

    In a note to clients, Jefferies said today “The oil price correction has become a rout of historic proportions,” as quoted by Reuters.

    “The negative price reaction is as severe as the 2008 financial crisis and the aftermath of the November 2015 OPEC meeting, when the group decided not to act in the face of a very over-supplied market,” the investment bank said.

Digest powered by RSS Digest

Today’s News 27th November 2018

  • DARPA Successfully Tests AI "Swarming Drones" That Can Make Battlefield "Decisions"

    In a report that leaves us thinking that we are all a big step closer to Skynet coming online, the Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency (who else?) has announced it’s breaking new ground in the area of “highly autonomous” and “deeply interconnected drones, jets, ships” which can coordinate strikes and recalibrate changing mission parameters independent of real-time or constant human input.

    Artist’s rendition of the CODE program, via DARPA

    What could go wrong? But apparently the only problem that a Defense One report sees with the DARPA/Pentagon-funded project is that the system which includes “swarming UAV’s” could be hacked by the enemy.

    According to the report:

    But this massive, coordinated strike across air, land, sea and cyberspace is sure to run headfirst into electronic warfare defenses designed to disrupt the networks that make it possible.

    DARPA announced that it successfully tested both live and virtual drones capable of “high degrees of autonomy” while under heavy electronic attack to see if they were capable of conducting coordinated missions. The series of simulations was conducted at Arizona’s Yuma Proving Ground last week, according to a DARPA statement .

    The DARPA announcement reads: “The [unmanned aerial systems] efficiently shared information, cooperatively planned and allocated mission objectives, made coordinated tactical decisions, and collaboratively reacted to a dynamic, high-threat environment with minimal communication.”

    The DoD has long funded experimental programs — the most significant ones through DARPA — involving the implementation artificial intelligence (AI) and machine learning on the battlefield. But the Achilles’ heel of such experimental AI related communications technology has been the possibility that electronic countermeasures would disrupt the systems. 

    The DARPA “CODE” program involves swarming UAV’s that could use AI to communicate and coordinate even when sophisticated electronic countermeasures are deployed by the enemy.

    The Yuma tests represent that for the first time the military successfully demonstrated that AI could find “small areas of spectrum to allow for short bursts of essential communications between military assets—little windows where just enough data can get through to allow for all the components to work together,” according to Defense One.

    Scott Wierzbanowski, the program manager overseeing tests known as the Collaborative Operations in Denied Environment, or CODE, program, said, “The demonstrated behaviors are the building blocks for an autonomous team that can collaborate and adjust to mission requirements and a changing environment.”

    Specifically the test utilized six live drones alongside 24 virtual or simulated drones which collaborated with each other amidst electronic countermeasure attacks and the disabling of their GPS systems. The drones were able to adjust and successfully hit designated targets even with changing battlefield variables, according to the report. 

    The report concludes that the tests ultimately show that “the U.S. military is well on its way to delegating a lot more decisions to smart weapons on the battlefield” and that this “will have pros and cons, some more foreseeable than others.”

    Indeed it’s precisely the unforeseeable consequences that could prove disastrously more costly than what the report cares to explore. 

  • The Proud Boys And America's Looming "Long Night" Of Political Repression

    Authored by James Kirkpatrick via VDare.com,

    There is no lie more dangerous than believing America is a free country. Those who act as if it is swiftly learn otherwise, as Gavin McInnes and the Proud Boyscan testify. And it’s increasingly hard to take pundits and journalists’ condemnations of “authoritarianism” seriously when Americans are already living under an authoritarian system – albeit one more Kafkaesque and absurd than anything existing in Russia or China.

    Accompanied by the cheers of journalists, McInnes recently declared he is disassociating from the Proud Boys under legal pressure, apparently to help those members currently caught up in legal proceedings for the “crime” of defending themselves from antifa. [Gavin McInnes, Proud Boys founder, claims complete disassociation from far-right groupby Andrew Blake, Washington Times, November 23, 2018] It’s worth noting that despite McInnes’s repeated condemnations of the Alt Right, even the “conservative” Washington Timeslabelsthe Proud Boys a “far right” group, showing the same kind of conformist mentality the paper displayed when it fired columnist Sam Francis back in 1995. Milo Yiannopoulos similarly disassociated from the Proud Boys, citing legal advice and blaming journalists for “defaming the group to death” and promoting “moral panic about a ‘white supremacy’ outbreak that simply doesn’t exist.” Yiannopoulos also slammed politicians like Gov. Andrew Cuomo for lynching the Proud Boys on behalf of Antifa, “the beloved violent terrorists of the establishment Left”. [I, Too, Must Bid Adieu To The Proud Boys, A Spunky Pro-Western Men’s Club Defamed To Death, Dangerous, November 21, 2018]

    To be sure, many VDARE.com readers will find these disassociations far too defensive, particularly the frequent boasts about the numbers of non-whites and homosexuals in the group. The type of journalists who write articles like Why Young Men of Color Are Joining White-Supremacist Groups [by Arun Gupta, The Daily Beast,September 4, 2018] aren’t going to pay attention anyway. As American civic nationalism is magically transformed into “white nationalism” by the Main Stream Media, even a multiracial fraternity that leans right is transformed by journalists into grim-faced monochromatic storm troopers, all protests and photographic evidence notwithstanding.

    Of course, given that the Left is now mutating into a loose confederation of tribes united only by their hatred of American whites, it’s unclear why white people protecting their own interest is considered uniquely evil. [The White Nationalist Manifestoby Gregory Hood, American Renaissance, November 15, 2018]

    Yet even those who might quibble with the Proud Boys or Milo Yiannopoulos for ideological reasons should be troubled by what is happening. This is from the same playbook as the federal prosecution of the Rise Above Movement, which prosecutors themselves essentially admitted was launched at the behest of Antifa journalists. [FBI arrests white ‘serial rioters,’ by Gregory Hood, American Renaissance, October 8, 2018] The united efforts of the MSM and law enforcement to target dissident groups is a dangerous indication that the “rule of law” so often invoked by the Beltway Right has become as irrelevant to American government as the Constitution.

    Contrast the hysteria over the Proud Boys to the latest attacks by Antifa. According to the police, Marine Reservists were attacked by a group in Philadelphia accusing them of being “Nazis” and “white supremacists” . [Marines were attacked, robbed near “We the People” rally in Phillyby Victor Fiorillo, Philadelphia Magazine, November 20, 2018] The attack took place after a conservative “We The People” rally in Philadelphia that was protested by Antifa. The organizer of said rally was also doxed by antifa and reportedly had his home vandalized. [We The People Rally Organizer’s Home Vandalized After Antifa Doxxed Himby Tom Pappert, Big League Politics, November 20, 2018]

    Needless to say, if the attackers are indeed part of a local antifa network, there will be no full court press against them by local or national media. After all, many of these journalists serve as propogandists for these attackers and their comrades. And, despite their constant invocations of “our troops,” Conservatism Inc. outlets and Republican politicians are also indifferent. After all, Antifa serve a useful role for the Beltway Right, making sure that the grassroots sticks to the script and never makes the connection between the mostly white conservative base and the policies that would serve its interests.

    All this is taking place when the MSM finally seems to be noticing the kind of system that is being created in China. Yale Professor Nicholas Christakis recently condemned the “Social Credit” system emerging there, in which the government links certain privileges (such as travel rights) to behavior, such as violating traffic laws [Beijing to judge every resident based on behavior by end of 2020, Bloomberg, November 21, 2018]

    https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

    Yet Professor Christakis himself suffered career consequences in 2015 after his wife questioned whether minority students at Yale were overreacting to Halloween costumes. He ultimately had to step down from his role as master of one of Yale’s residential colleges [The Perils of writing a provocative email at Yaleby Conor Friedersdorf, The Atlantic, May 26, 2016]. Even the title “master” was abolished.

    Yet Professor Christakis, probably to protect whatever status he had left, quickly conformed to the proper Narrative and began declaring that “the most serious threat to free expression in our society today is coming from the right” and making maudlin tributes to “our free and open society.”

    Yet what “free and open society?” We are already well past the point where laws are enforced in anything close to an objective way. America is now witnessing the rise of an ideological system that ruthlessly enforces a certain narrative throughout all of society. Dissenters are punished economically, socially, and sometimes physically. It functions very much like China’s “Social Credit” system, with dissenters denied access to online platforms, fundraising services, and even banking services.

    Even worse is climate of never ending media hysteria. Consider how strange it is that MSM publications regularly feature family members denouncing each other for various forms of thoughtcrime. [Nation of Little Swineby Gregory Hood, American Renaissance, August 21, 2018] This includes pieces from self-described libertarians. [Let’s go spelunking through years of my cousin’s crazy right-wing emailsby Bonnie Kristian, The Week, November 22, 2018]

    Consider that a flyer or a leaflet placed by a politically incorrect correct group inspires more outrage and fear than an actual crime.

    Consider how strange it is that “fake hate crimes” are so prevalent and that entirely new identities are created because people are so desperate to identify as part of an ostensibly oppressed class.

    Most importantly, consider how journalists, working in partnership with technology companies and self-appointed “watchdog” groups like the Southern Poverty Law Center, regularly police dissident outlets and urge deplatforming and financial sanctions for unapproved opinions. “Democracy” becomes meaningless if media outlets and social networking only allow one narrative to be expressed.

    John Robb of Global Guerrillas refers to the emerging world as the “Long Night.”

    This danger is an all-encompassing online orthodoxy. A sameness of thought and approach enforced by hundreds of millions of socially internetworked adherents. A global orthodoxy that ruthless narrows public thought down to a single, barren, ideological framework. A ruling network that prevents dissent and locks us into stagnation and inevitable failure as it runs afoul of reality and human nature.

    [The Long Night AheadSeptember 22, 2017]

    The system in China is not so terribly different from that being created in America, except American-style persecution is largely conducted through quasi-private corporate entities rather than the government. What’s more, it’s countries like China or Russia likely have more free speech than America or Western Europe to discuss issues that actually matter, like human bio-diversity, while the post-West descends into Cultural Marxist hysteria over trivialities like offensive Halloween costumes.

    The American Conservative Movement could have stopped much of this, at least when the Republican party controlled both chambers of Congress. Unfortunately, Conservatism Inc. is less a political movement than a glorified corporate lobbying enterprise. (Note that Google was a “Presenting Sponsor” of the 2018 Conservative Political Action Conference.”) Regulating tech companies to ensure free speech, enforcing laws objectively (including against antifa), and pushing back against MSM smear campaigns is evidently beyond the capabilities of the Beltway Right—and thus far at least, the Trump Administration.

    The Historic American Nation is under occupation. The major question facing patriots in the coming years is not how to “Make America Great Again,” but how to survive, build communities, and reclaim some semblance of free speech and freedom of association under a hostile system.

    The patriotic movement needs to adjust to this reality and start defending the rights and interests of its base. Otherwise, the Proud Boys will not be the last victims of Cultural Marxist Totalitarianism – and even the most “respectable” conservative will not be spared when his turn arrives.

  • Israeli Company Sold iPhone Spyware To Saudis Knowing Riyadh Would Purge Dissidents

    Weeks ago NSA whistleblower Edward Snowden was the first to reveal that Saudi Arabia used Israeli spyware to target murdered Saudi journalist Jamal Khashoggi, accusing a Tel Aviv-based compmany called NSO Group of “selling a digital burglary tool,” adding it “is not just being used for catching criminals and stopping terrorist attacks, not just for saving lives, but for making money… such a level of recklessness… actually starts costing lives.” 

    This has now been confirmed in detail by a new bombshell investigative report in the Israeli newspaper Haaretz, which outlines how NSO Group representatives met with Saudi intelligence officials in Vienna in 2017 in order to demonstrate the powerful and easy hacking capability of its advanced Pagasus 3 system, which using a mere SIM card number can turn a person’s phone into an all-purpose spying device sweeping up the user’s voice conversations, camera, messages, and social media usage

    Israeli-made Pegasus spyware has been extensively used by Saudi Arabia, UAE and Bahrain, via AFP

    Among the first requests the Saudi delegation made of NSO while negotiating a $55 million deal to procure the technology was that the company help Riyadh uncover the true identities behind dissident Saudi Twitter accounts. The June 2017 deal for the hacking tool came just months before crown prince Mohammed bin Salman’s infamous purge which would see multiple dozens of princes and top officials rounded up and imprisoned in the Riyadh Ritz-Carlton hotel the following November, which also involved the days-long detention of Lebanese Prime Minister Saad al-Hariri.

    These latest revelations originated in a complaint to Israeli police now under investigation involving at least one company-linked whistleblower who thinks the Saudis used NSO’s hacking tool to track down and ultimately murder dissidents

    Haaretz confirmed the secret deal with Saudi intelligence “based on testimony and photos, as well as travel and legal documents”. This comes at a sensitive moment when Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu has become increasingly vocal over his desire to deepen ties with Gulf states, especially by supplying advanced Israeli technology. 

    Offices of Israeli NSO Group company. via AP/Haaretz

    One among a series of meetings documented included a who’s who of top Saudi intelligence officials. According to Haaretz

    Arriving at the hotel were Abdullah al-Malihi, a close associate of Prince Turki al-Faisal – a former head of Saudi Arabia’s intelligence services – and another senior Saudi official, Nasser al-Qahtani, who presented himself as the deputy of the current intelligence chief. Their interlocutors were two Israeli businessmen, representatives of NSO, who presented to the Saudis highly advanced technology.

    Apparently the Saudi delegation was awed by the ease of use hacking tool after a successful demonstration which involved the following: 

    During the June 2017 meeting, NSO officials showed a PowerPoint presentation of the system’s capabilities. To demonstrate it, they asked Qahtani to go to a nearby mall, buy an iPhone and give them its number. During that meeting they showed how this was enough to hack into the new phone and record and photograph the participants in the meeting.

    NSO, which Edward Snowden has dubbed “the worst of the worst” in terms of aiding and abetting human rights violations, is now under fire especially as evidence proves the company knew full well the technology would be used by Saudi authorities not for disrupting terror attacks or criminal activities, but for purging political dissent

    https://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js

    The purchase of Pegasus 3 also appears part of a broader regime blitz to acquire pervasive and powerful spying technology at a time when MbS was preparing to consolidate his power after next in line Muhammad bin Nayef was deposed by King Salman. 

    The Haaretz report reveals how far the Saudis were willing to go:

    In the Vienna meeting of April 2017, the Saudis presented a list of 23 systems they sought to acquire. Their main interest was cybersystems. For a few dozens of millions of dollars, they would be able to hack into the phones of regime opponents in Saudi Arabia and around the world and collect classified information about them.

    According to the European businessman, the Saudis, already at the first meeting, passed along to the representatives of one of the companies details of a Twitter account of a person who had tweeted against the regime. They wanted to know who was behind the account, but the Israeli company refused to say.

    Currently, NSO has denied the Haaretz report as well as Edward Snowden’s accusations, calling its contents full of “partial rumors and gossip” and also claiming to be in conformity with “all matters relating to export policies and licenses,” according to a statement

    Pegasus’ use worldwide, according to Citizen Lab:

    Meanwhile, Snowden has subsequently pointed out: “Journalists working this story should note that none of NSO Group’s many, many statements made after the Khashoggi murder deny selling their digital weaponry to Saudi Arabia,” and added, “Every country in which this company has operated should be pressured to open criminal investigations.”

    Given that we do know that Saudi Arabia and Israel have grown increasingly close in a historically unprecedented covert intelligence sharing partnership over the past at least one year, it’s likely that the Pegasus 3 spyware revelations are merely the tip of the iceberg in terms of what defense technology has already been shared.

    We expect to see many more such stories come to light as international media continues its rare scrutiny of MbS and the Saudi regime. 

  • 'The Saker' Fears "Very Real Possibility" Of Ukraine Full-Scale War With Russia

    Via The Saker blog,

    About the latest Ukronazi provocation in the Kerch strait

    First, here is a pretty good summary of what has taken place (including videos) posted by RT:

    I will just add that at the time of writing (07:38 UTC) the cargo ship blocking the passage under the bridge has been removed, traffic has resumed and the situation has returned to normal.

    Second, let me give you the single most important element to understand what is (and what is not) taking place: the Sea of Azov and the Black Sea are, in military terms, “Russian lakes”.  That means that Russia has the means to destroy any and all ships (or aircraft) over these two seas: on the Black Sea the life expectancy of any intruder would be measured in minutes, on the Sea of Azov in seconds.  Let me repeat here that any and all ships deployed in the Black Sea and the Sea of Azov are detected and tracked by Russia and they can all easily be destroyed.  The Russians know that, the Ukrainians know that and, of course, the Empire knows that.  Again, keep that in mind when trying to make sense of what happened.

    Third, whether the waters in which the incident happened belong to Russia or not is entirely irrelevant.  Everybody knows that Russia considers these waters are belonging to her and those disagreeing with this have plenty of options to express their disagreement and challenge the legality of the Russian position.  Trying to break through waters Russia considers her own with several armed military vessels is simply irresponsible and, frankly, plain stupid (especially considering point #2 above).  That is simply not how civilized nations behave (and there are plenty of contested waters on our planet).

    Fourth, one should not be too quick in dismissing Poroshenko’s latest plan to introduce martial law for the next 60 days.  Albeit Poroshenko himself declared that this mobilization does not mean that the Ukronazi regime wants war with Russia, the fact is that the first-line reserves will be mobilized.  This is important because the situation resulting from the introduction to martial law could be used to covertly increase the number of soldiers available for an attack on Novorussia or, God forbid, Russia herself.  In fact, Poroshenko also officially appealed to the veterans of the war against Novorussia to be ready for deployment.

    Fifth, while there are all sorts of caveats offered by the Ukronazi regime about the introduction of the martial law, including that it will not mean war or infringe on the right of the people, the truth is very different.  Here is what a memo by the Unian agency says about what martial law means in legal terms: (emphasis added)

    Martial law is a special legal regime that is introduced in Ukraine or its individual areas in the event of armed aggression or threat of attack, a threat to Ukraine’s state independence, its territorial integrity, and gives authorities, the military command and local self-government the powers that are necessary to prevent threats and ensure national security. It also foresees temporary threat-related limitations on constitutional rights and freedoms of a person and a citizen and the rights and legal interests of legal entities, indicating the duration of such restrictions (Article 1 of the Law on the Legal Regime of Martial Law).

    Considering the current single-digit popularity rating of Poroshenko and the fact that he has no chance in hell to be re-elected (at least not in minimally credible elections) it is pretty darn obvious of why the Ukronazi regime in Kiev decided to trigger yet another crisis and then blame Russia for it.  The very last thing Russia needs is yet another crisis, especially not before a possible Putin-Trump meeting at the G20 Buenos Aires summit later this month.  In fact, Ukrainian bloggers immediately saw this latest provocation as an attempt to scrap upcoming elections.

    So what’s next?

    Well, the most likely options is just one more Ukie bawling about the “Russian aggression” with the hope that this will a) raise the value of the Poroshenko regime in the eyes of the Empire and b) disrupt the planned Trump-Putin meeting.

    I am not so sure that Poroshenko will be given the option to simply cancel the elections.  Yes, he cannot win, but the Empire can replace him.  Not only that, but outright canceling the elections would be a PR disaster (but one which is sometimes chosen by the Empire’s “sons of bitches” like, say, Mahmoud Abbas).  Still there is also a very good chance that the Ukronazis regime feeling that it has nothing to lose would take such an unprecedented step.

    Some kind of limited Ukronazi military operations against Russia, Novorussia, Crimea or the Kerch bridge would be militarily suicidal but political very profitable as it would allow Poroshenko to a) blame Russia for all the Ukrainian problems and b) demand even more aid to “resist against the Russian aggression”.  The problem with that option is that there are good signs that a lot of the Ukrainian military personnel does not have the courage to actually fight the Russians (for ex: look how ALL the Ukie soldiers folded in Crimea; also, the blog of “Colonel Cassad” reports that of the three ships which tried to breach the Russian border, at least one had a captain who voluntarily surrendered his ship to the Russians; finally, one Ukrainian sailor has apparently been shot for refusing to open fire against the Russians).  It is worth mentioning that on Sunday the Urkonazis sent a few more ships obviously to aid the ships intercepted by the Russians, but as soon as the Russians closed the passage and Russian Su-25s and Ka-52 appeared in the skies, they quickly stopped and eventually left the scene.  Did they do that under order or because they did not want to die?  We will never find out I suppose.

    Additionally, there is the very real possibility of a full-scale war against Russia.  Yes, the Ukronazis would last just a couple of days, but keep in mind that their goal will not be to win, but to force Russia into an overt military operation which the entire “collective West” will have to condemn like what happened with the Georgian attack in 08.08.08. (you know, in the name of “solidarity” like during the Skripal false flag).  As for the leaders of the Anglo-Zionist Empire, they will gladly fight Russia down to the very last Ukrainian solider, we all understand that.

    Finally, let me address those who might think that Russia somehow over-reacted or should not have used force.  First, let me remind you that we are talking about armed and military vessels, not fishing boats.  Second, the Ukronazis have been daydreaming about bringing this bridge down even before it was built.  So how where the Russians to know that these ships were not packed with explosives?  Third, let me remind you that a few months ago the Ukronazis did send a few tiny military vessels under the bridge.  That first time, they did ask for permission and even had a Russian pilot on board helping them to cross the narrow passage.  Yet the regime in Kiev presented that a major “victory” against the Moskal’s.  This time around tried to sneak by without asking.  If the Russians had left them pass, what do you think they would have done the next time?

    The truth is that the Ukronazi regime has been claiming for years now that it is at war against Russia, that Russia has invaded the Ukraine, that all those who oppose the regime or speak even the basic truth are “agents of the Kremlin/FSB.  The funny thing is not just that this is the first time in Russian history that Russia is accused of waging a war which shes does not even participate in – it is even more hilarious that the Ukronazis claim to be at war with Russia but have a hissy fit when three of their (tiny) ships are arrested for violating the Russian border.  Is there a war going on or not?!  What the hell were they thinking when they tried to force their way through?!

    [Sidebar: there is even a joke about this going around: Ukrainian military personnel are asked why they are fighting in the Donbass.  They reply “because the Russians are there”.  Then they are asked why they are *not* fighting in Crimea and they reply “because the Russians are truly there!!”.  Bottom line: everybody knows full well that this is bull and that there are no Russian forces in Novorussia]

    How do you prove that the other guy is an “aggressor state”?  Simple – by forcing him to attack you.  Considering the “selective blindness” of the collective West, the fact that you hit the other guy first makes absolutely no difference whatsoever (again, see 08.08.08).

    It is obvious that the Nazi regime in Kiev is in a tailspin and that short of some dramatic action Poroshenko is a goner.  Most of the gang around him won’t fare much better, especially not if Timoshenko ever gets the presidency (which might happen if the Empire decides to ditch Poroshenko).  For them the options are either to leave the Ukraine or face some serious jail time (sort of the same situation as Saakashvili had to face).

    We are entering a very dangerous time period, one in which a totally corrupt Nazi regime will fight with every trick imaginable to save itself.  Whether this will result in a major war against Novorussia or Russia is impossible to predict, but we have to recognize that this is a distinct possibility.

  • Chinese Fetanyl Kingpins Laundered Over $5BN Through Vancouver Homes Since 2012

    A new “secret” police study has found that Chinese crime networks could have laundered over $1B through Vancouver homes in 2016 alone, and that a surge in the city’s home prices are simultaneously tied to a surge in opioid deaths. 

    The report examined over 1,200 luxury real estate purchases in British Columbia’s Lower Mainland during that year, and concluded that over 10% were tied to buyers with criminal records. Crucially 95% of those transactions could be definitively traced by police intelligence back to Chinese crime networks.

    While the study only looked at property purchases in 2016, an analysis by Global News suggests the same extended crime network may have laundered about $5-billion in Vancouver-area homes since 2012— Fentanyl: Making a Killing

    Since 2016 we’ve chronicled the “dark side” behind the Vancouver real estate bubble, which it turns out has long been a bubbling melange of criminal Chinese oligarch “hot money”, desperate to get parked offshore in any piece of real estate, but mostly in British Columbia regardless of price. 

    Downtown Vancouver skyline

    A number of investigations have since uncovered extensive links – including money laundering and underground banking – between China’s criminal underworld and British Columbia drug and casino cash and VIPs, as well as their connections to China, Macau and the notorious triads. These investigations have found much of the B.C. real estate bubble can be explained as nothing more than the “layering” and “integration” aspect of a giant money laundering scheme involving billions of dollars of Chinese hot money and the criminals behind it.

    On Monday the new bombshell study revealed just how extensive and growing this Chinese underworld racket remains and how it continues to impact average citizens and regular home buyers, as well as fueling the continuing opioid crisis across the US and Canada, which has claimed tens of thousands of lives across North America, including nearly 4,000 Canadians in 2017 alone. The figures are so stunning that what is “known” years after the story first came to light could merely be the tip of the iceberg. 

    The study published by Canada’s Global News begins by painting a disturbing scenario that suggests some of Vancouver’s priciest homes are nothing more than a new “Swiss bank account” of sorts providing the promise of an anonymous store of value and retaining the cash equivalent value of the original capital outflow from initial criminal transactions overseen for Chinese crime syndicates — all the while fueling Metro Vancouver’s housing affordability crisis.

    The ultimate end result of the sophisticated and massive money laundering scheme is that middle-class families have been priced out of the city, per the report:

    The stately $17-million mansion owned by a suspected fentanyl importer is at the end of a gated driveway on one of the priciest streets in Shaughnessy, Vancouver’s most exclusive neighbourhood.

    A block away is a $22-million gabled manor that police have linked to a high-stakes gambler and property developer with suspected ties to the Chinese police services.

    Both mansions appear on a list of more than $1-billion worth of Vancouver-area property transactions in 2016 that a confidential police intelligence study has linked to Chinese organized crime.

    Nine Vancouver properties subject of a prior Globe and Mail investigation linking them to fentanyl laundering. Via The Globe and Mail

    Previous investigations had quoted concerned residents describing that: “Vancouver seems to be evolving from a residential city into almost like a lockbox for money… but I have to live among the empty houses. I’m a resident, not just an investor.”

    The snapshot that the new police study provides is based on analysis of a sample of about 1,200 high-end sales in 2016. Investigators cross-referenced databases of criminal records and confidential police intelligence with those high-end property records, which revealed the shocking 10% organized crime ties figure. 

    But the implications for prior years going all the way back to the early 2000’s and even into the 1990’s, when Canadian police believe the current kingpins of fentanyl  which is the powerful and extremely addictive narcotic added to heroin to increase its potency (said to be 100 times more potent than morphine)  began to dominate Canada’s heroin markets, are equally as startling.

    For starters, the report finds, fentanyl-related money laundering which funnels illicit funds through the luxury housing market has been so pervasive that researchers “didn’t have the time or resources to study the over 20,000 transactions”. During the course of these some 20,000 transactions home prices in Vancouver have tripled since 2005

    From the new “Fentanyl: Making a Killing” extensive report

    And further illustrating just how extensive the whole scheme remains, there is this bombshell section from the report:

    While the study only looked at property purchases in 2016, an analysis by Global News suggests the same extended crime network may have laundered about $5-billion in Vancouver-area homes since 2012.

    At the centre of the money laundering ring is a powerful China-based gang called the Big Circle Boys. Its top level “kingpins” are the international drug traffickers who are profiting most from Canada’s deadly fentanyl crisis.

    The crime network, according to police intelligence sources, is a fluid coalition of hundreds of wealthy criminals in Metro Vancouver, including gangsters, industrialists, financial fugitives and corrupt officials from China.

    The report is so full of specific examples of multi-tens of million dollar homes that are actually money laundering conduits for fentanyl drug kingpins that it puts President Trump’s recent accusations against China for fueling the opioid crisis into fresh perspective

    At that time Trump attempted to lay out the case that Chinese suppliers had been fueling America’s opioid crisis, saying in part “It is outrageous that Poisonous Synthetic Heroin Fentanyl comes pouring into the U.S. Postal System from China.”

    However judging by breadth and depth of figures merely from one major North American city (some American cities have been named in other investigations), it appears that Trump’s words actually understated the role of China and Chinese organized crime, of which it appears Beijing authorities have long been only too happy to look the other way while it takes deep roots on the American continent. 

    After all we can’t imagine China’s all-pervasive advanced surveillance systems and powerful domestic intelligence apparatus could miss this: “Police say that almost every drug seizure they now make in Vancouver turns up some form of synthetic opioid produced at factories in China,” according to the report

  • Why Do Leftists Settle For Only $15 Per Hour Minimum Wage?

    Authored by Jacob Hornberger via The Future of Freedom Foundation,

    If economic ignorance among leftists (i.e., liberals and progressives) had no adverse impacts, we could consign it to the ranks of the humorous. Unfortunately, however, such ignorance has very serious adverse consequences, especially on poor people.

    The classic example of this phenomenon is the minimum wage. This week a liberal website named In These Times published an article about the minimum wage by a liberal named Marc Daalder. The title of the article is ”Why Every Democrat in Congress Should Support Bernie Sanders’ $15 Minimum Wage Bill.” In his article, Daalder sets forth the standard progressive justification for the minimum wage — to help the poor, needy, and disadvantaged.

    There’s one big problem, however, with that justification: It’s false and faulty. In fact, if Daalder and Sanders succeed in getting the minimum wage increased, their success will only make things worse for those at the bottom of the economic ladder.

    The question that should be posed to Daalder and Sanders is this:

    Why settle for $15 an hour? Why not make the minimum wage equal to what Sanders receives for being a member of Congress? When broken down to an hourly basis, Sanders receives about $60 an hour. Isn’t it a bit selfish for a liberal to be receiving $60 an hour and, at the same time, arguing that workers should receive only $15 an hour? What’s up with that?

    But just think:

    If we raised the minimum wage to $100 an hour, every worker in America would suddenly have the chance to become very rich, very quickly. So, why settle for $15 or even $60? Why not go all the way to $100 an hour?

    In fact, think about this:

    The people in every nation on earth could suddenly become wealthy by just having their respective government establish or raise their nation’s minimum wage to $100 an hour.

    I think I’m going to rush down to the patent department of the federal government and get my idea patented. I think I should get royalties for coming up with an idea that will finally end poverty around the world.

    I think most everyone, including even liberals, can understand why a $100-an-hour minimum wage would be bad for people. The reason is this: The labor of many, if not most, workers is not valued by employers at $100 an hour. The payment of that wage would cause most businesses to start losing money and ultimately force them out of business.

    The lesson? Employers are not going to hire anyone whose labor is valued at less than the artificially government-established minimum wage of $100 an hour. If employers value someone’s labor at $90, $80, $50, $15, or $5 an hour, that worker isn’t going to get hired under a system that has a $100-per-hour minimum wage.

    Okay, I think most progressives would get that. For some reason, however, their reasoning ability abandons them and turns to mush when they think of a minimum wage that is set at a much lower rate, say $15. They are unable to see that the same principle applies. Every worker whose labor is valued at less than $15 an hour is not going to get hired. The minimum wage consigns those workers to permanent unemployment.

    That’s why there has been a chronic unemployment rate of 30-40 percent among African-American teenagers for years. Employers subjectively value their labor at less than the minimum wage. So, black teenagers go unemployed, prevented from competing on the basis of a lower wage rate. In the process, they never get their foot on the first rung of the economic ladder. They’re told they can go welfare. More likely, they go into the drug trade and end up in a penitentiary.

    When it comes to economic principles, good intentions don’t matter. All that matters is the actual consequences of governmental programs. While progressives, leftists, liberals, and socialists (whatever label one chooses to use) think they are helping the poor with their minimum wage, they are actually attacking them.

  • ATM Spitting Out $100 Bills Creates Chaos In Texas

    Talk about a Christmas miracle…

    The dream of every cash-strapped, debt-burdened and underemployed American came true in Texas on Sunday when a malfunctioning ATM started spitting out $100 bills instead of twenties, creating a chaotic scene as customs rushed to take advantage of the cash bonanza.

    ATM

    The broken Bank of America ATM, located in northern Harris County, provoked a two-hour frenzy of customers after a man posted on social media about accidentally receiving the bills when he tried to withdraw cash around 11 pm, according to Click2Houston.com.

    Cars started lining up outside and even a few fights broke out at the drive-through ATM as people rushed to take advantage of the glitch, prompting the county sheriff to clear the area.

    According to deputies, the excitement went on for about two hours before a Department of Public Safety trooper alerted the Harris County Sheriff’s Office and they swarmed the area.

    People waiting quickly dispersed after authorities showed up and sheriff’s deputies stood guard to make sure no one could use the ATM until the issue was resolved.

    The bank was notified, and the machine was still out of order Monday morning. It’s unclear whether the people who took the money will be asked to return the money, or be charged with a crime.

    But the bigger question is whether this experiment with helicopter money will have any impact on Houston-area economic growth.

  • "The Federals Are Coming!"

    Authored by Jeff Thomas via InternationalMan.com,

    Americans were taught about Paul Revere’s ride in school. He was said to have ridden from his home in the North End of Boston, to Lexington and Concord, to warn the people there that Federal troops had landed in Boston Harbour and would soon reach the townships.

    Of course, the story was tarted up a bit for the history books. First, it’s unlikely that he shouted, “The British are coming,” since, at the time of the ride, in 1775, he was in fact British – a British colonial – and would have regarded himself as British, as would the townspeople.

    It’s also unlikely that he galloped through the towns shouting, “To arms! To arms!” since a major portion of the British colonists, particular those who were older and had a lot to lose, were loyalists, and taking up arms would be treasonous. (At that time, treason was one of only two capital crimes.)

    So, what did he shout on his ride… or did he in fact shout anything? It’s more likely that he simply went to the back doors of select sympathisers and asked them to spread the word that the Federal troops were on the way. But, of course, that would have made for a far less colourful story.

    It is likely, though, that the ride itself did actually take place and that he did succeed in rousing the townspeople. Amongst them were the minutemen, who later did quite a good job of picking off the Federal troops.

    At that time, this practice was looked upon by armies as cowardly. It was considered honourable for columns of troops to march toward each other and fire. Those with the most troops to sacrifice usually won. The colonists could not have prevailed, had they followed this method of battle.

    But the colonists’ cause was a laudable one, even if they were far outnumbered and not as well-trained or well-armed as the Federals. Under the circumstances, they succeeded because they swallowed their pride, used their wits and, fighting guerilla style, prevailed against a greater opponent.

    In creating the United States, the founding fathers of the US endorsed the concept of a republic – a conglomerate of states in which the individual right was tantamount. They were deeply suspicious of sliding into becoming a democracy. As Thomas Jefferson said,

    “Democracy is nothing more than mob rule, where 51 percent of the people may take away the rights of the other 49.”

    Quite so. And yet, from the very first presidential cabinet, Secretary of the Treasury Alexander Hamilton pushed for a move away from a republic toward a stronger federal government. (In 1789, he formed the Federalist Party and the contest began.)

    Since that time, the US has moved away from being a republic and has become more of a federalist state.

    This progression continued fairly steadily until 1913, at which time two major changes occurred. The banking interests in the US had become powerful enough to push through two bills that would serve to enrich them for generations. The source of that wealth would be the American taxpayer.

    First, income tax (which had been attempted previously, but never gained full acceptance) was introduced. Second, to add insult to injury, the Federal Reserve was created. It was neither a federal body, nor was it a reserve. However, in addition to having the power to create all currency for the US, it had the power to set interest rates.

    Through this control, it was possible to create steady annual inflation (defined as an increase in the currency in circulation). This had the effect of diminishing the purchasing power of the dollar by slow measures, effectively robbing the population incrementally through inflation.

    Had Paul Revere been around in 1913, he might well have wished to get on his horse to warn the people that the Federals were coming. Only this time, it wasn’t the Federal troops, it was the Federal Reserve.

    The Fed’s power made it possible to create large amounts of money out of thin air, to be loaned by banks. With this easy money, investors could borrow heavily and buy into the stock market a level previously regarded as impossible. This cornucopia was so forthcoming that, by 1929, a level of debt was reached that was unsustainable. If even a small increase in the interest rate was advanced, a stock market crash would occur, as debtors, who were up to their teeth in debt, would be underwater overnight.

    What’s interesting here is that the very body that had taken over the economy in 1913 – the Federal Reserve – had created the artificially low interest rates, supplied the money, created the bubble, then, by raising interest rates in 1929, provided the pin to prick the bubble.

    Not very sporting.

    Today, the value of the dollar has been eroded by over 97% of its 1913 purchasing power and is due for replacement. If the owners of the Federal Reserve are to continue to regularly scalp the hoi polloi, the best approach would be to engineer a second major buildup of debt, trigger a crash, then introduce a new currency to “save the economy.”

    This, they will most assuredly do. The debt has already been created. A crash can be triggered in many ways, including the tried-and-true method of raising interest rates.

    And, after the predictable crash, the public will most assuredly cry out for those in power to “do something.” The warning signs have been in view for some time that that “something” will be digital currency – a currency that will make it necessary for virtually all economic transactions to pass through the hands of banks. Person-to-person transactions will virtually end, except for the possibility of barter, which would be likely to flourish as soon as the public have realized that they’ve been hoodwinked.

    Unfortunately, our friend Paul Revere is nowhere to be seen on the horizon, but the Federals are indeed coming and the American people, in the not-too-distant future, will need to learn to survive the onslaught from the digital currency system that will take the place of the bullets of the late eighteenth century.

    Once again, Americans will need to understand, as did their late eighteenth century forebears, that their only hope against a more powerful opponent is to use their wits – to adopt the minuteman approach and implement the economic equivalent of guerilla warfare.

    *  *  *

    Clearly, there are many strange things afoot in the world. Distortions of markets, distortions of culture. It’s wise to wonder what’s going to happen, and to take advantage of growth while also being prepared for crisis. How will you protect yourself in the next crisis? See our PDF guide that will show you exactly how. Click here to download it now.

  • China Kidnaps Fugitive's American Wife, Holds Hostage In Secret "Black Jail" 

    The American wife of a Chinese fugitive has been kidnapped and taken to a secret site commonly known as a “black jail” in order to lure her husband back to China to face criminal charges in a $1.4 billion fraud case, according to WRAL

    Liu Changming, 53, the father, is among China’s most-wanted fugitives, accused of helping to carry out one of the country’s biggest bank frauds, in which $1.4 billion in illegal loans was issued to property developers. He fled the country in 2007.

    Sandra Han was detained during a trip to a tropical Chinese island after she and her two children – Victor and Cynthia Liu, traveled on US passports to visit an ailing grandfather. Like their mother, Victor and Cynthia are US citizens. Unlike their mother, however, they were simply placed on travel restriction and not able to leave the country despite saying they are not under investigation or being charged with a crime. 

    By holding the family hostage, they said, police are trying to force the siblings’ father to return to China to face criminal charges. The father, Liu Changming, a former executive at a state-owned bank, is accused of being a central player in a $1.4 billion fraud case.

    The children say their father severed ties with the family in 2012, but Chinese authorities have still held them for months under a practice known as an exit ban — a growing tactic that has become the latest flash point in the increasingly rancorous relationship between the United States and China. –WRAL

    Senior US diplomats have denounced the so-called “exit bans” as a violation of rights, while the State Department issued a travel warning in January – saying that the practice posed risks to foreigners traveling to China. Secretary of State Mike Pompeo reportedly mentioned the Liu family to a top Chinese foreign policy official, Yang Jiechi, at a Washington meeting according to WRAL

    The siblings have pleaded their case to U.S. officials, including John Bolton, the national security adviser. “The investigative officers have made abundantly clear that neither my brother nor I am under any form of investigation,” Cynthia Liu, 27, wrote to Bolton in an August letter obtained by The New York Times. “We are being held here as a crude form of human collateral to induce someone with whom I have no contact to return to China for reasons with which I am entirely unfamiliar.” –WRAL

    State Department spokesman Robert Palladino said on Friday that the United States would continue to express concern over exit bans “until we see a transparent and fair process,” though nothing about Sandra Han being held at a black site. 

    The Chinese Foreign Ministry, meanwhile, has defended their actions – saying “The people you mentioned all own legal and valid identity documents as Chinese citizens. Because they are suspected of economic crimes, they are restricted from exiting the country by the Chinese police in accordance with the law.”

    The law in China states that citizenship is automatically lost when someone gains citizenship abroad – while someone like Victor Liu, who was born with US citizenship is not a Chinese citizen, regardless of his parents’ citizenship status. All three family members entered China on US passports, while the State Department is providing them with citizen services. Guangzhou police have reportedly taken Han, 51, to meet with a US consular officer. 

    Massachusetts Democrats Sens. Elizabeth Warren, Ed Markey and Rep Joseph Kennedy III have all urged the US governmnt to act, as the mother is from their state. “Our office is aware of Victor’s, Cynthia’s and Sandra’s situations and is deeply concerned,” Markey’s office said in a statement. “We are working to secure their safe return and continue to be in touch with U.S. officials to ensure a positive outcome.”

    The Liu children, who have attempted to leave China three times since June, are a long way from their upscale lives in America. Both attended the elite Groton boarding school in Massachusetts. Cynthia Lieu graduated from Stanford and Harvard Business School, while the family has a $2.3 million house in a Boston suburb. Their mother controls real estate holdings worth at least $10 million – including two Manhattan luxury apartments. 

    They are now living in fear and limiting electronic communications out of surveillance concerns. 

    “Out of concern for the security of these young Americans, we will refrain from public comment as we continue our efforts to constructively and directly engage the Chinese government to allow them to return home,” said David Pressman, a partner at Boies Schiller Flexner who is representing the family. 

    Meanwhile, the president of Georgetown met with the children this month in Beijing, and Harvard has written to the Chinese ambassador in Washington. So far, China hasn’t budged – and they are more serious than ever in their efforts to crack down on corruption.

    In 2014, China announced the start of a global campaign to hunt down fugitive former officials.

    Many of the former officials live overseas in luxury, with new names and citizenship. China has sent secret agents to the United States to try to retrieve some. China has also asked the United States to send back former officials, but the two countries do not have an extradition treaty.

    U.S. officials have been reluctant to cooperate because of China’s human rights abuses and lack of rule of law, though there have been exceptions — including the repatriation of a former vice mayor accused of stealing $39 million. –WRAL

    In 2007, Chinese auditors discovered irregularities that would become the country’s largest case of bank fraud. That December, Liu Changming fled China according to state media. As the top official at the Guangzhou branch of the Bank of Communications, he was right in the middle of the scam. In 2008, he was charged with issuing illegal loans of around $1.4 billion USD, including one to a company he secretly controlled, according to financial newsmagazine Caixin. Liu’s co-conspirators were convicted, but only half the money was recovered. 

    In 2015, China put Liu on its “Skynet” list of 100 most-wanted fugitives. Interpol issued a “red notice” for his arrest. His whereabouts are unknown.

    The Financial Times reported in 2009 that after escaping China, Liu took part in shareholder meetings in London for Canton Property Investment Ltd., a company whose Chinese subsidiaries received the illegal loans. The company had gone public in London in August 2007 and raised $50 million, but was delisted the next year.

    Public records show that a person named Changming Liu is linked to a home in Chestnut Hill, Massachusetts. The address matches the one Cynthia Liu lists on her Harvard alumni page. The home is owned by Sandra Han, the mother. Zillow, the real estate website, estimates its value at $2.3 million. 

    A company controlled by Han bought the home in 2009. Several real estate companies, trusts and limited liability corporations are registered to that address, and they in turn own rental properties in Massachusetts and luxury apartments in New York. –WRAL

    During Liu’s ascent within Chinese banking bureaucracy, Liu became a “naked official,” someone who settles his family abroad – out of the grasp of Chinese authorities. The family in this case moved to California in 1998 – living in an Alhambra condominium. In June 1999, iu and his wife purchased a three-bedroom home in the nearby town of Arcadia, where their son Victor would be born that July.  

    And after two decades of establishing themselves in the relative safety of Southern California, all it took was one trip to China for their careful planning to go awry. 

Digest powered by RSS Digest

Today’s News 26th November 2018

  • The American "Melting Pot" Can Turn Into A Volatile Mixture At The Top

    Authored by Wayne Madsen via The Strategic Culture Foundation,

    America has always fancied itself as a “melting pot” of ethnicities and religions that form a perfect union. The Latin phrase, E Pluribus Unum, “out of many, one,” is even found on the Great Seal of the United States.

    However, as seen in a recent blow-up between First Lady Melania Trump and now-former Deputy National Security Adviser Mira Ricardel, old feuds from beyond the borders of the United States can result in major rifts at the highest echelons of the US government.

    On November 13, Ms. Trump’s communications director, Stephanie Grisham, fired off a tweet that read: “it is the position of the Office of the First Lady that she [Ricardel] no longer deserves the honor of serving in this White House.” The White House announced Ricardel’s departure the next day, November 14.

    Ricardel is a longtime friend and associate of national security adviser John Bolton, who brought her into the National Security Council from the Department of Commerce, where she served as Undersecretary for Export Administration. Ricardel reportedly angered Ms. Trump over seating arrangements on a flight by Ms. Trump to Africa two weeks ago. Ricardel, who was to accompany the First Lady, did not make the trip. Ms. Trump, in an interview conducted with ABC News during the trip, said there were people in the White House she did not trust. Apparently, Ricardel was one of them.

    The bitter feud between Melania Trump and Mira Ricardel likely has its roots in their backgrounds in the former Yugoslavia. Ricardel was born Mira P. Radielović, the daughter of Peter Radielovich, a native of Breza, Bosnia-Herzegovina in the former Yugoslavia. Ricardel speaks fluent Croatian and was a member of the Croatian Catholic Church. Melania Trump was born Melanija Knavs [pronounced Knaus] in Novo Mesto in Slovenia, also in the former Yugoslavia. Villagers in the village of Sevnica, where Ms. Trump was raised, claim she and her Communist Party parents were officially atheists. Ms. Trump later converted to Roman Catholicism. She and her son by Mr. Trump, Barron Trump, speak fluent Slovenian. The Yugoslav Civil War, which began in earnest in 1991, pitted the nation’s ethnic groups against one another. There are ample reasons, political, ethnic, and religious, for bad blood between the Slovenian-born First Lady and a first-generation Croatian-American. The “battle royale” between Ms. Trump and Ricardel is but one example of a constant problem in the United States when individuals with foreign ties bring age-old inter-ethnic and inter-religious squabbles to governance.

    Perhaps no one in recent memory brought such a degree of ethnic baggage to her job like Secretary of State Madeleine Albright. Albright’s Czech roots and the Yugoslav warrant issued for the arrest of her professor-diplomat father, Joseph Korbel, for the post-World War II theft of art from Prague, brought forth extreme anti-Serbian policies by the woman who would represent the United States at the United Nations and then serve as America’s chief diplomat. Albright’s hatred for Serbia was not much different than Zbigniew Brzezinski’s Polish heritage evoking an almost-pathological hatred of Russia, while he served as Jimmy Carter’s National Security Adviser.

    Albright’s bias against Serbia saw her influence US policy in casting a blind eye toward the terrorism carried out by the Kosovo Liberation Army and its terrorist leader Hashim Thaci. That policy resulted in Washington backing an independent Kosovo, a state beholden to organized criminal syndicates protected by one of the largest US military bases in Europe, Camp Bondsteel.

    Ties by US foreign policy officials to their countries of origin continued to plagued administrations after Carter. For example, Kateryna Chumachenko served in the Reagan White House and State and Treasury Departments and later worked for KPMG as “Katherine” Chumachenko. She also worked in the White House Public Liaison Office, where she conducted outreach to various right-wing and anti-communist exile groups in the United States, including the Friends of Afghanistan, on whose board Afghan refugee and later George W. Bush pro-consul in Iraq, Zalmay Khalilzad, sat. Khalilzad, like Chumachenko, worked in the Reagan State Department. Chumachenko was married to Ukrainian “Orange Revolution” President Viktor Yushchenko, and, thusly, became the First Lady of Ukraine. Khalilzad became the Bush 43 ambassador to the UN, where he often was at loggerheads with Iran, Libya, Syria, and other Muslim states. As was the case with Albright and her anti-Serb underpinnings, it was difficult to ascertain whose agenda Khalilzad was serving.

    After being fired from the White House, there were reports that Ricardel was offered the post of ambassador to Estonia. That Baltic country was no stranger to hauling foreign baggage into the US government. Former Estonian President Toomas Hendrik Ilves, a bow-tie wearing former Estonian language broadcaster for the Central Intelligence Agency-funded Radio Free Europe; long time resident of Leonia, New Jersey; could have just as easily ended up in a senior State Department position rather than President of Estonia. Such is the nature of divided loyalties among senior US government officials of both major political parties.

    In 1981, Ronald Reagan appointed Valdas Adamkus as the regional administrator for the US Environmental Protection Agency, responsible for the Mid-West states. Retiring from the US government after 29 years of service, Adamkus was elected to two terms as President of Lithuania.

    One might ask whether Ilves and Adamkus were kept on the US government payroll merely to support them until they could return to their countries in top leadership positions to help lead the Baltic nations into NATO membership.

    From 1993 to 1997, Army General John Shalikashvili served as Chairman of the Joint Chefs of Staff. Shalikashvili was born in Warsaw, Poland to a Georgian and Polish mother. During World War II, his father served in the Georgian Legion, a special unit incorporated into the Nazi German “SS-Waffengruppe Georgien.” General Shalikashvili served as commander of all US military forces during a time of NATO expansion into Eastern Europe. It was no surprise that he was an avid cheerleader for NATO’s expansion to the East.

    Natalie Jaresko served in positions with the State Department, the Departments of Commerce, Treasury, the US Trade Representative, and Overseas Private Investment Corporation (OPIC). In 2014, she became the Finance Minister for Ukraine. Earlier, she served as a financial adviser to Yushchenko. The United States is not the only “melting pot” in North America that suffers from officials burdened by ethnic dual loyalties. Halyna Chomiak, the Ukrainian-born émigré mother of Canada’s Foreign Minister, Chrystia Freeland, weighs heavily on Freeland’s ability to advance Canada’s interests over those of the nation of her mother’s birth.

    Trump’s entire White House Middle East police team is composed of individuals who place Israel’s interests ahead of the United States. Trump takes his Middle East advice from principally his son-in-law Jared Kushner, a contributor to and member of the board of the “Friends of the IDF,” an American non-profit that raises funds for the Israeli armed forces. Kushner was named by Trump as a “special envoy” to the Middle East, while Jason Greenblatt, a former attorney with the Trump Organization, was named as special envoy in charge of the Israeli-Palestinian peace process. Although the two positions appear to overlap, Kushner and Greenblatt, both Orthodox Jews who have little time for Palestinians, are on the same page when it comes to advancing the West Bank land grabbing policies of the Binyamin Netanyahu government in Israel. Trump thoroughly Zionized his administration’s Middle East policy with the appointment of another Israel supporter, David M. Friedman, as US ambassador to Israel. Friedman had been a bankruptcy lawyer with the Trump Organization’s primary law firm, Kasowitz, Benson, Torres & Friedman.

    Trump has nominated as US ambassador to South Africa, handbag designer Lana Marks, who was born in South Africa. Marks, who is known only to Trump from her membership in his Mar-a-Lago, Florida “billionaires club,” left South Africa in 1975, when the country was under the apartheid regime. Marks claims to speak Afrikaans, the language preferred by the apartheid regime, and Xhosa, the ethnic language of the late President Nelson Mandela. Because Marks embellished her professional tennis career by claiming, without proof, participation in the French Open and Wimbledon in the 1970s, her mastery of Xhosa can be taken with a grain of salt. So, too, can her ability to deal with the current African National Congress government led by President Cyril Ramaphosa, who had just been released from prison when Marks left the country in 1975. The claims and politics of Marks and every official and would-be US official who failed to shed their biases from their native and ancestral homelands, can all be taken with a metric ton of salt.

    Melting pots are fine, so long as they truly blend together. However, that is not the situation in the United States as high government officials have difficulty in consigning the bigotry inherent in family folklore and beliefs to the family scrapbooks.

  • President Trump's Next-Generation Marine One Lands At White House 

    Newly-released images show the next-generation Presidential helicopter, the Sikorsky VH-92A, conducting its first landing September on the White House South Lawn, Naval Air Systems Command (NAVAIR) told USNI News last week.

    A spokesman for the NAVAIR, which is overseeing development of the new presidential helicopter, said, on Sept. 22, the VH-92A flew over the National Mall and landed on the White House lawn for the first time.

    As part of the Presidential Helicopter Replacement Program, Sikorsky was in 2014 awarded a $1.2 billion contract to build a fleet of six helicopters for transport of the US President.

    The defense company has outfitted the VH-92A with an executive interior and military mission support systems, including triple electrical power and redundant flight controls.

    Six VH-92A had been ordered by the Navy for delivery in 2017. Production of a further 17 aircraft is planned to begin in 2020. The total FY 2015 program cost is $4.7 billion for 23 helicopters, at an average price of $205 million per aircraft

    The Drive website first reported the images.

    NAVAIR said the landing and take-offs were part of a comprehensive test plan designed to ensure the aircraft meets all operational specifications. The Drive notes that the helicopter’s impact on the White House lawn is an integral part of the testing process.

    The new helicopter will be ready for service in the second half of 2020. The White House Military Office will decide on when it will be used by the President, according to NAVAIR.

  • Congressionally Mandated New Report Urges Massive US Military Increases

    Authored by Eric Zuesse via The Strategic Culture Foundation,

    The Commission on National Defense Strategy for the US has just released to Congress its report “Providing for the Common Defense”, and it opens:

    “In the National Defense Authorization Act of 2017, Congress charged this Commission with providing an independent, nonpartisan review of the 2018 National Defense Strategy and issues of US defense strategy and policy more broadly.

    The report’s co-chairs, Eric S. Edelman and Gary Roughead, say in their accompanying letter to Congress, that “the United States will soon face a national security emergency.”

    It doesn’t describe that “emergency,” but uses it to argue that ‘defense’ spending needs to soar and all other spending by the Government — especially for Social Security, Medicare, Medicaid, and other “entitlements” — needs to shrink, and/or recipient beneficiaries of those programs need to pay more, and taxes need to increase, so that this “emergency” can be dealt with. They say that the weapons-manufacturers and soldiers need more money, and that this military requirement is an “emergency” but other federal spending is not.

    The Executive Summary says:

    Rivals and adversaries are challenging the United States on many fronts and in many domains. America’s ability to defend its allies, its partners, and its own vital interests is increasingly in doubt. If the nation does not act promptly to remedy these circumstances, the consequences will be grave and lasting.

    The document strongly urges expansion of the US regime’s policing of the world, in the interests of America’s international corporations. 

    (EDITORIAL COMMENTARY: Neither the U.N. nor any other international body, has appointed the US regime to police the world. Furthermore, the US regime is the most frequent invader of foreign nations; and always, at least since the invasion of Iraq in 2003, is invading on the basis of lies and in violation of international law. But, the US regime nonetheless — as in “Providing for the Common Defense” — anoints itself the ‘authority’ to be police, judge, jury, and executioner, over this entire planet. This US-Government intention is a well-recognized fact recognized by peoples around the world. Hitler’s Government likewise viewed itself in this way. US President Obama stated this self-anointed global authority for the US, by asserting that “The United States is and remains the one indispensable nation”, which means that every other nation is dispensable. Hitler agreed with that viewpoint for Germany, and frequently expressed it.) 

    On page 63 (80 of the pdf), “Providing for the Common Defense” states:

    Embracing a Whole-of-Government

    Approach to Strategic Competition

    This Commission was charged with making recommendations regarding US defense strategy. Yet even if America were to fund the Department of Defense lavishly, and even if all the other recommendations in this report were to be implemented, that would not be sufficient to address the threats and challenges facing the country today. America’s two most powerful competitors — China and Russia — have developed national strategies for enhancing their influence and undermining key US interests that extend far beyond military competition.

    It therefore urges placing the US Government on a war-footing, in virtually every governmental department.

    On that same page, it states:

    Looking ahead, policymakers must address rising government spending and decreasing tax revenues as unsustainable trends that compel hard fiscal choices… Congress should look to the entire federal budget, especially entitlements and taxes, to set the nation on a more stable financial footing. In the near-term, such adjustments will undoubtedly be quite painful. Yet over time — and probably much sooner than we expect — failing to make those adjustments and fully fund America’s defense strategy will undoubtedly be worse.

    In other words, according to this congressionally mandated report: Social Security, Medicare, Medicaid, education, public health, safety-regulations, civilian infrastructure, and all other non-‘defense’ programs, must be severely slashed in order for the United States to be able to buy more of the machinery of mass-murder from Lockheed Martin and the other American manufacturers of the machinery of mass murder, which now form the basis for the American economy, of foreign conquests and coups, which must now be greatly escalated in order to keep America ’safe’ and those weapons-makers’ investors and executives happy. Similarly, America’s soldiers need more money. Furthermore:

    Comprehensive solutions to these comprehensive challenges will require whole-of-government and even whole-of-nation cooperation extending far beyond DOD. Trade policy; science, technology, engineering, and math education; diplomatic statecraft; and other non-military tools will be critical — so will adequate support and funding for those elements of American power.

    Their top (#1) “Recommendation” is:

    The United States urgently requires rapid and substantial improvements to its military capabilities, built on a foundation of compelling and relevant warfighting concepts at the operational level of war.

    “Recommendation” #9 states:

    Deterring aggression in the Western Pacific will require using focused investments to establish a forward-deployed defense-in-depth posture. To deter a revanchist Russia, the United States and its NATO allies must rebuild military force capacity and capability in Europe.

    #11 states:

    The Air Force, Navy, and Army will all need capacity enhancements.

    #24 urges:

    Budget caps were — and still are — harmful to American defense.

    In other words: If eliminating, or at least slashing, non-‘defense’ spending can’t be done, then the Government must go yet further into debt now, in order to be “Providing for the Common Defense.” If necessary in order to address the ‘defense’ ‘emergency’, everything else now must be sacrificed.

    #31 is:

    Congress should look to the entire federal budget, especially entitlements, as well as taxes, to set the nation on a more stable financial footing.

    So: in case not enough money can be extracted from non-‘defense’, and from increasing the debt, then taxes — including taxes on the non-recipients of “entitlements” —  must be increased, in order to be “Providing for the Common Defense.” That’s what an “emergency” is. Only the expenditures for soldiers and for the manufacturers of the machinery of mass murder are to be served, if sufficient extractions fail to materialize from those other sources.

    The two chairmen, and the ten other members of the Commission, are all longstanding neoconservatives, supporters of all US invasions and coups and conquests. The first co-chair, the Republican Eric S. Edelman, for example, is so neoconservative that he condemns even neocon Democrats (such as Hillary Clinton and Joe Biden) who pretend not to be neoconservative in order for them to be able to campaign effectively for the votes of Democrats in Presidential primaries. For example, here’s from Wikipedia’s article on Edelman:

    In July 2007, Edelman attracted media attention for criticizing Senator Hillary Clinton, a member of the Senate Armed Services Committee.[10] In a private letter to Senator Clinton in response to a request made to the Pentagon in May 2007 for an outline [of] plans for withdrawing troops from combat in Iraq, Edelman rebuffed her request and wrote:[11][12]

    “Premature and public discussion of the withdrawal of US forces from Iraq reinforces enemy propaganda that the United States will abandon its allies in Iraq, much as we are perceived to have done in Vietnam, Lebanon and Somalia.”

    The Associated Press described his criticisms as “stinging”.[10] According to the Associated Press, Edelman’s comments were: “unusual, particularly because it was directed at a member of the Senate Armed Services Committee”.[10] The Associated Press pointed out that fellow committee member Republican Senator Richard Lugar had also called for discussions of withdrawing US troops from Iraq, but had escaped Edelman’s criticism. Clinton has said she is “shocked by the timeworn tactic of once again impugning the patriotism of any of us who raise serious questions” about the Iraq war.[13] 

    Senator Clinton needed that anti-neocon pretense in order for her to be able to campaign effectively for the votes of Democrats during the then-upcoming 2008 Democratic Party Presidential primaries. Edelman was that extreme a neocon: he demanded it even of a Democratic Party politician who would soon be running for that Party’s Presidential nomination and needing to fool her Party’s primary voters in order to have any realistic possibility to receive her Party’s nomination.

    Edelman was nonetheless appointed by the US Senate on 12 August 2011 to be a Director of the Orwellianly (“Newspeak”) named US Institute of Peace, and he still is a Director of that pro-US-aggression propaganda-organization.

    The other co-chair of this Commission, and of its report, Admiral Roughead, is a Director of Northrop Grumman, which is America’s fifth-largest manufacturer of mass-murdering machines, and he also is a writer for the neoconservative Brookings Institution, where, in February 2013, prior to the post-2014 soaring US ‘defense’ budgets, he co-authored a report, “National Defense in a Time of Change” saying:

    Our spending [on ‘defense’] now constitutes 46 percent of the entire world’s allotment (IISS 2012, 31). The next highest is China, with a reported budget of $89 billion, although this figure is surely underreported and does not account for disparities in compensation, procurement, and infrastructure costs. A remarkable chasm of commitment to strong military forces exists between the United States and most other countries. Comparisons of defense spending as a percentage of gross domestic product do not capture the magnitude of US spending nearly as well as do per capita expenditures, which give a snapshot weighted by population but absolute in terms of input. Our country spends $2,250 per person on our military forces every year; Russia spends $301 per person, Iran $137, and China $57 (IISS 2012, 467–473).

    So, now that this Grumman Director is working under a President (Trump) who is even more neoconservative than was Obama (or maybe even than Senator Clinton), he’s screaming for yet more money for himself and his investors, in the form of increasing ‘defense’-contracts. 

    CONCLUSION

    That’s whom America’s troops are actually fighting for — the owners, and their executives — people who want more money and don’t care about the millions of people around the world that they help to kill and the millions of others whose continuing lives they make hellish (including even some destitute Americans who need the social services that will be cut in order to fund purchases of yet more bombs and missiles).

    America’s masters today are such psychopaths as this. Even 46% of the entire world’s military budget isn’t enough to satisfy them. Most individuals who become convicted and executed aren’t nearly as harmful as these people are, who ride so high the American nation, and (they demand) the entire world. They’re like Hitler’s Nazis, but on nuclear steroids. And the US Congress appointed this Commission.

  • China's Orwellian Social Credit Score Will Monitor All Beijing Citizens In 2020

    The “Beijing Further Optimization of the Business Environment Action Plan (2018-2020)” has just been distributed to all district committees, district governments, municipal party committees, local government ministries and commissions bureaus, various head offices, multiple people’s organizations, colleges, and universities.

     

    The new report details Beijing’s ambitious plan to control each of its 22 million citizens based on a system of social scoring that punishes behavior it does not approve, with the full implementation of the program to be rolled out by 2020. 

    For some time, we have monitored China’s social credit initiative, but this new report marks one of the first times a specific timeframe of its full implementation has been released to the general public.

    People with great social credit will get “green channel” benefits while those who violate laws will be punished with restrictions and penalties.

    Some critics warn the new system is fraught with risks and could reduce humans to little more than a report card, said Bloomberg

    Hangzhou, the capital city of China’s Zhejiang province, rolled out its social credit system earlier this year, rewarding “pro-social behaviors” such as blood donations, healthy lifestyles, and volunteer work while punishing those who violate traffic laws, smoke and drink, and speak poorly about government. 

    By mid-Q2, China had blocked more than 11 million flights and 4 million high-speed train trips for people who had poor social credit scores, according to the National Development and Reform Commission.

    According to the Beijing plan, different agencies will link databases to get a more detailed picture of every resident’s interactions across many financial and social platforms. 

    Bloomberg said the proposal calls for agencies including tourism bodies, business regulators and transit authorities to work together.

    Tracking of individual behavior in China has become more accessible to the government with apps such as Tencent’s WeChat and Ant Financial’s Alipay, a central point for making payments, obtaining loans and organizing transport. These accounts are linked to mobile phone numbers, which in turn require government IDs.

    Other technologies, including social media, facial recognition, smartphones, artificial intelligence, and smart cameras, will play a critical roll in this Orwellian social manipulation strategy. 

    In the next few years, every action of a citizen will leave a permanent digital fingerprint that the government will either assign a good or bad score based on how they view the action. 

    This type of social control has never been done before.

    The final version of China’s national social credit system remains uncertain, but it now seems that a timeframe of full implementation is well understood

    Watch the episode of Black Mirror called Nosedive, it pretty much explains that the social credit system is already here. 

  • Crudele: Assange's Indictment Could Cause Trouble For Democrats

    Authored by John Crudele,

    The Justice Department is about to indict Julian Assange, the editor of WikiLeaks. That’s according to various reports.

    The Democrats are cheering because surely Assange will reveal some deep secrets about Russians and the last presidential election.

    In the first place, the media of the world should be coming to Assange’s defense. He was, after all, breaking news just like the press does.

    But there’s something else.

    Assange hinted prior to the election that the Russians weren’t the source of all the Democratic Party e-mails he published. What if the leak was from inside the Democratic Party itself?

    What if Assange’s testimony, when it is forced, shows that the leaker was a disgruntled anti-Hillary Clinton Democrat who happened to be mysteriously murdered in a case that hasn’t yet been solved?

    That, my friends, is one of the shockers that could hit the press and the financial markets in the months ahead.

    The Democrats should be careful what they wish for when it comes to Assange…

  • After Giving $15 Million To Soros Orgs, USAID Fires Half Of Its West Bank Staff

    The United States Agency for International Development (USAID) has announced that half of its West Bank and Gaza employees will be let go over the next few weeks, and that operations will completely cease by early 2019, according to Haaretz

    The humanitarian agency has been a longstanding presence in the region for nearly 25 years.

    The Trump State Department notified USAID last week that they would need to present a list of 60 percent of its employees to be dismissed immediately – with a full shutdown to ensue shortly thereafter. 

    The U.S. federal government agency handles civilian assistance to various countries around the world. The USAID chapter in the West Bank and Gaza began operating in 1994, focusing mainly on economic issues including water, infrastructure, education and health. USAID has invested about $5.5 billion in the West Bank and Gaza in the construction of roads, schools, clinics and community centers. –Haaretz

    The shutdown is thought to be linked to President Trump’s funding freeze for various Palestinian relief organizations, as dozens of USAID projects in the West Bank and Gaza were suspended – even those which were partially completed. 

    In the current budgetary year, the United States was projected to have transferred a total of $250 million in aid to various Palestinian organizations. $35 million of which was supposed to be allocated to the Palestinian Authority security forces and $215 million to economic development, humanitarian assistance and coexistence projects, some through USAID. Last August, the United States announced that the money would be diverted to matters were deemed higher priority to U.S. interests. –Haaretz

    Meanwhile, approximately 180 employees operating out of the US Embassy in Israel have yet to receive budgeting for their 2018 and 2019 operations – while leftover funds have been diverted from projects to paying salaries and maintaining the organization. US Ambassador David Friedman has given USAID the cold shoulder over the past few months, according to Haaretz, citing officials involved in the matter, adding that Friedman has not held meetings with USAID officials on various projects. 

    In March, Fox News reported that USAID gave nearly $15 million to George Soros’ Open Society Foundation over Obama’s last four years in office alone, which conducts extensive work in the West Bank / Palestine region – however the funding was primarily for Soros operations in Albania and Macedonia. 

    According to the USAID website, the agency gave over $18 million to an Open Society Institute (OSI) program from 2005 – 2012 operating in the West Bank, which sought to place prospective Palestinian PhD students in United States partner universities with waived or reduced tuition. 

    These types of programs are coming to an end, however, at least at the US Taxpayer’s expense. 

  • Weissberg: Why Do College Administrators Lie About Race?

    Authored by Robert Weissberg via The Unz Review,

    Americans generally take a dim view of lying and liars. We venerate George-“I cannot tell a lie—Washington and those giving testimony in court must swear to tell the truth and nothing but the truth and those lying under oath risk being be found guilty of perjury, a felony punishable by up to five years in prison in federal cases. Particularly relevant is how universities punish those falsifying research. All in all, while deceitfulness may be ubiquitous in today’s morally challenged environment, mendacity has yet to become a valued cultural norm.

    Why, then, do so many university administrators, including presidents at elite schools, tell bold-faced lies regarding race-related issues? (We assume that campus administrators know that reality differs from what they assert and this, technically, makes them liars)

    On the advice of counsel, I’ll prudently skip naming names but these lies are all too familiar: we don’t discriminate on race, affirmative action admittees are academically equal to non-AA admits, there are no racial quotas, African Americans are not disproportionately found at the bottom of class rankings, diversity enriches campus intellectual life, students of color struggle academically due to invisible white privilege, unconscious faculty bias, retention will work if we just supply adequate remediation, and on, and on.

    These falsehoods are remarkable insofar as they often emanate from administrators who as faculty spent decades pursuing truth and nothing but the truth knowing that exposure as a cheat would be career-ending. Indeed, if federal research funds are used in bogus research, the culprit might face criminal changes and be forced to return the funds. Do professors receive an official lying license when moving from the Physics Department to the Provost’s Office? Does the administrative job description include a talent for knowing how to keep a straight face when telling former colleagues that standards are not being lowered in the latest drive to increase faculty diversity? Might the new big salaries of administrators be compensation for the awaiting humiliation that comes with public dishonesty, a sort of combat pay in today’s contentious universities?

    Such lying cannot be a psychological pathology – over a decades-long career chronic dissemblers would never move up the academic greasy pole. Nor can this mendacity be dismissed as socially essential “little white lies,” for example, attributing a colleague’s death to heart failure, not alcoholism in an obituary.

    Let me suggest that high-level mendacity can be best be explained by today’s academic incentive structure and, conversely, truth-telling is a liability save among very private conversations with trusted colleagues. Now for the Great Principle of PC Academic Advancement: only would-be administrators who boldly lie in public can be trusted since their future utterances are totally predictable; on the other hand, who knows what a truth-teller might say? Lie-flavored PC Kool-Aid is the “energy drink” that helps ambitious academics advance their careers when they opt for administrative positions. The truth-telling Dean is a loose cannon, and nobody wants a loose cannon making important decisions.

    What search committee for Yale’s next president would invite a candidate whose letters of reference celebrate his uncompromising honesty regarding hot-button taboo topics, particularly those that might be deemed offensive to thin-skinned minority groups? Could this “Honest Abe” defeat a rival notable for his skill at deceiving agitated social justice warriors while misleading the press about a campus cheating scandal? Clearly a no brainer—chose the liar. When was the last time a campus had to call in the police because an administrator had lied about illegally admitting unqualified blacks?

    Understanding this incentive structure begin with the pressures for social uniformity in any social groups including the university’s apparatchiki. Whether it is a fraternity or a university’s administrative elite, if 2+2=5 evolves into the dominating the orthodoxy, announcing 2+2=5 is the rite de passage for admission. There are worse humiliations–outlaw motorcycle gangs have initiation rituals where prospective members lie on the floor in full regalia while members urinate on them.

    Keep in mind that private heresies are irrelevant; nobody cares about private options provided the PC gods are honored in public. The public profession of the PC faith is so easy and so gratifying on today’s campus that only a fool could resist, and who would hire a fool as school President?

    And speaking of committee search requirements, what committee would list “courage” as a job pre-requisite? Hard to imagine the sentence, “Successful candidates must be willing to face hostile groups and forcefully defend the university’s core intellectual mission even if physically threatened.” A military background is bad enough in today’s wussy climate, but for a candidate to have personally led his troops into battle is, ironically. the kiss of death. Cowardice – draft dodging, for example – would be, to use admission-speak, a plus factor in assessing a resume.

    Moreover, climbing up today’s administrative ladder entails serial lying with winning job candidates telling the most outrageous lies in the shortest time. Makes perfect sense since recruitment committees typically include representatives of campus grievance groups whose support is non-negotiable (grievance groups exercise a so-called “Polish Veto”). So many aggrieved constituencies, so little time and only a second-raters would just allude to the Queer Studies Department and stop at that; the winner in this mendacity derby would insist that Queer Studies is vital to the university’s historic mission and as President he/she would increase its funding. The upshot is, of course, that schools will hire only the best serial liars—no amateurs need apply.

    The University of Chicago’s Robert Maynard Hutchins once opined that his job was to provide football for the alums, parking for the faculty and sex for the undergraduates. Today, perhaps second only to fund-raising, the university’s president’s paramount job is to keep the peace, and this often entails lying with great sincerity and this is especially true if grievances are inconsequential. Woe to the administrator who fails to give an Oscar-winning performance when campus Hispanics riot when served enchiladas prepared by white hillbillies in the school’s cafeteria.

    Nor are there disincentives for lying on today’s “post-truth” academic environment. It would be professional suicide for a professor to call out the school’s president on the claim that affirmative action admittees are just as qualified as other students. Everybody has to “get with the program” and “mere” professors who object will pay the price. Sad to say, provided the mendacious administrator remains in the administrative world where dishonesty is socially sanctioned, he/she enjoys diplomatic immunity. In fact, a would-be top administrator can probably misrepresent past accomplishments but need not worry that former colleagues will tell tales. Colleagues who have drunk gallons of the PC Kool-Aid late into the night will not rat on each other.

    Clearly, ridding the campus of the PC Pox will require hiring administrators who relish honesty but how do we measure this trait and convince others that telling the naked truth is vital to a university, even if this brings raucous discord? Should prospective administrators be required to take a test to assess their commitment to truth? Encourage military veterans who’ve earned at least a bronze star to apply? What about hiring only those close to retirement since they no longer care about being harassed for being blunt?

    Assuming that current universities are worth rescuing from the PC plague, it is essential that truth-telling and courage be made integral to the administrator’s job description. Alas, given all the obstacles, particularly today’s robust market for clever liars, we must start modestly. To use administrative-speak, fans of truth and the courage to speak it might list these virtues as “two of many factors in a holistic assessment” alongside the usual criteria such as sexual preference and commitment to diversity. Indeed, with a little luck, a demonstrated passion for the truth and nothing but the truth and a willingness to express it might be considered a “tie breaker” or even a “plus factor” in recruiting university administrators.

  • A Record Cyber Monday Could Be Too Little, Too Late For Retail Stocks

    Earlier today we wrote how legacy retailers were struggling to adopt to Black Friday increasingly moving to a primarily e-commerce platform: we noted that not only did several “legacy” website by major retailers like Lululemon, Lowe’s and Wal-Mart suffer various revenue-sapping glitches, but also that Black Friday was likely to set new spending records even as mall traffic – at least for now – appeared roughly the same as last year. Incidentally, total spending for Black Friday is now expected to be $6.22 billion, a gain of 23.6% from last year, according to analyst estimates.

    And with Thanksgiving weekend all but behind us, the focus now turns to Cyber Monday, the “official” e-commerce holiday that takes place the Monday after Thanksgiving. Cyber Monday is a horrifying excuse to spend even money you don’t have a “holiday” that’s “celebrated” as everybody returns to work after Thanksgiving break and logs online to begin their holiday shopping.

    According to Bloomberg, shoppers are estimated to spend $7.8 billion this Cyber Monday, starting off holiday spending on the right track and setting fresh records. But the question of whether or not the Cyber Monday numbers will have an effect on retail names and the stock market in general still lingers. In the midst of a rising interest rate environment where discretionary spending is all but guaranteed to fall as the economy cools – amid an ongoing trade war – some believe that even record Cyber Monday numbers simply won’t be enough to move the needle.

    DA Davidson analyst Tom Forte believes that the lingering consumer spending slowdown in 2019 is throwing a damp rag on any positive signs that will come with a strong holiday spending season: “many of the tariffs will likely be borne by consumers in the second half of 2019 in the form of higher prices on products. Higher interest rates may dampen spending on big-ticket items.”

    Overall, US shoppers are estimated to spend $124.1 billion online in November and December this year, up an impressive 14.8% from last year, based on figures from Adobe Analytics. The growth rate is simply astounding, especially so many years after the first adoption of e-commerce. But the stock of legacy retailers like Walmart and Target, for instance, already appear to be priced to perfection and have inadvertently set expectations for themselves extremely high into both this year’s holiday season and into 2019. This makes it less likely that their market values are going to be profoundly affected by whatever the final retail holiday numbers end up printing.

    The expectation is for total holiday sales to rise over 5% for the second year in a row – the first time this has happened since the housing crisis. Given that much of this spending is a result of cheap credit and macroeconomic numbers that have peaked, some investors are nervous that this clip can’t and won’t be sustained into the new year.

    Of course, the Street still has its obligatory bulls, oblivious of the mess created over the past decade. For instance, Craig Johnson, president of Customer Growth Partners, told Bloomberg: “the strong consumer and retail spending we are seeing now is coming off of this healthy foundation, which is much more sustainable than the credit bubble we saw 12 years ago.” 

    Maybe someone should inform Craig that our “healthy” foundation is actually the result of cheap capital and inflating asset prices (and thus, the “wealth effect”) and the money supply, and – in the process – also inform him that it wasn’t just a “credit bubble” that caused the last crisis, which has been merely papered over – with a few trillion papers – and has been hardly resolved.

    One doesn’t need to be a Wall Street analyst or award-winning economist to realize that US consumers simply can’t keep sustain the rate of spending observed over the last 10 years. Furthermore, the US economy has yet to feel the last couple of aftershocks from recent rate hikes, while the cost of the ungodly amount of outstanding US debt continues to rise not only for consumers, but for corporations and municipalities, the economic machine is only going to grind slower in the years to come.

    So enjoy the positive holiday spending headlines as they hit over the next few weeks; it is unlikely that they will be repeated this time next year.

  • "We Are Living With Maximum Uncertainty" Fitts Fears "New Control System" Looms

    Via Greg Hunter’s USAWatchdog.com,

    Financial expert Catherine Austin Fitts has said for years that the economy was not going to crash, but be on a “slow burn.” 

    How long can they make this heavily indebted game last? Fitts says, “Our problem as investors is we don’t know…”

    “If you look at all the information we need to make an intelligent assessment, we don’t have access to that information. I have said many times this is a military question. Who has the biggest weapons and who has the ability to deliver force and control? So, we are living with maximum uncertainty…

    Clearly, we are headed into a new currency world that’s part of a new control system, but the answer is we don’t know when. My fear with many, many commentators is they are underestimating the power and endurance of the system. I am always getting yelled at because people think I am pro-empire. I am not saying I am pro-empire or I am for the things they are doing to keep it going.”

    Fits adds that things are so uncertain that “the old system could go five years or five months.”

    On introducing a new dollar, Fitts says:

    “Even if they do introduce a dollar backed by gold, it’s going to start off with a small market share. They are very unlikely to do a big bang thing. These guys are prototypers.”

    There is no doubt wealthy people around the world are buying gold. Why? Fitts says, “The reality is…in the worst case scenario, gold is a store of value because it is respected globally as a currency or money without the backing of a sovereign government.”

    “What is the global currency that has backing without a sovereign government, and gold and silver are one of the few. I think it is one of the reasons I think wealthy people need to have a store of value for the worst case. It is central bank insurance. A core position in gold is not an investment, it is central bank insurance…We continue to see people have a core position in precious metals for the worst case.

    What is the worst case scenario? Fitts says, “The worst case scenario is we are dealing with very serious geophysical risk…”

    “Throughout history, we have had things like Noah and the flood where civilization has almost gotten wiped out… There have been radical changes in policy to coalesce huge amounts of money under central control and do secret projects. Why? What is that about?…

    I don’t know how the governance system on planet earth works. I don’t know why the government is shifting massive amounts of money out of the U.S. government and out of the U.S. economy and taking it dark.

    Fitts says, “Right now, we are choking on secrecy as a society…”

    “If you look at all the people who got it wrong about the collapse, the reason they got it wrong is because all the information they needed to determine whether or not it was going to collapse was being kept secret even though they, as taxpayers, were financing it…

    If we had transparency and we stopped with the secrecy, we could turn the red button green. . . .

    The cost of secrecy is enormous …The cost of tyranny, the cost of oppression, the cost of Americans having lousy education and all this control, it destroys so much wealth…

    You cannot have a successful civilization with this kind of secrecy.”

    Join Greg Hunter as he goes One-on-One with Catherine Austin Fitts, Publisher of “The Solari Report.”

    To Donate to USAWatchdog.com Click Here.

    Catherine Austin Fitts says some of her favorite investments right now are land, precious metals and income producing real estate. There is free information and articles on Solari.com. There is much more information for subscribers. To subscribe to “The Solari Report” click here.

Digest powered by RSS Digest